Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the year ended December 31, 20192022

8i

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to

Commission File Number: 001-37477

TELADOC HEALTH, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

04-3705970

(State of incorporation)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2 Manhattanville Road, Suite 203

Purchase, New York

10577

(Address of principal executive office)

(Zip code)

(203635-2002

(Registrant’s telephone number including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

TDOC

The New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes    No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes    No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes    No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. 

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) Yes    No  

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $4,607,261,555.$5,334,035,010. The registrant has no non-voting stock outstanding.

As of February 20, 2020,22, 2023, there were 73,008,312162,617,192 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 20202023 annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 28, 2020 are incorporated by reference in response to Part III of this Report.Report to the extent stated herein.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART I 

 

 

    

ITEM 1.Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

3

Business

23

ITEM 1A.

Risk Factors

1420

ITEM 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

4355

ITEM 2.

Properties

4355

ITEM 3.

Legal Proceedings

4356

ITEM 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

4356

 

 

PART II

 

 

ITEM 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

4457

ITEM 6.

Selected Financial DataReserved

45

Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

4758

ITEM 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

4959

ITEM 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

7379

ITEM 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

7379

ITEM 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.Disclosure

7379

ITEM 9A.

Controls and Procedures

7379

ITEM 9B.

Other Information

7682

ITEM 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

82

 

 

PART III

 

 

ITEM 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

7782

ITEM 11.

Executive Compensation

7782

ITEM 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

7782

ITEM 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

7782

ITEM 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

7782

PART IV

ITEM 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

7883

ITEM 16.

Form 10-K Summary

7883

EXHIBIT INDEX

7984

SIGNATURES

8489

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

F-1

12

Table of Contents

PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Many statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “suggests”, “targets”, “projects”, “plans”, “expects”, “future”, “intends”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “would”, “likely”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “continue” and other similar words or phrases, as well as statements in the future tense to identify these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements and projections are contained throughout this Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Teladoc Health, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is referred to herein as “Teladoc Health,” the “Company,” or “we.” We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and consider this Form 10-K, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. The forward-looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include, but are not limited to section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K and in our other reports and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings. These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

Item 1.Business

Overview

Teladoc Health Inc. is the largest and most trusted global leader of comprehensivein whole person virtual healthcare services. We arecare, forging a new healthcare experience with better convenience, outcomes, and value. Our mission is to transform howempower all people accesseverywhere to live their healthiest lives by transforming the healthcare delivering an improved experience with better convenience, outcomes and value for individuals, providers and Clients. We provide virtualexperience.

Teladoc Health was founded on a simple, yet revolutionary idea: that everyone should have access to high-qualitythe best healthcare, anywhere in the world on their terms. Today, we have a vision of making virtual care the first step on any healthcare journey, and expertise,we are delivering on this mission by providing whole person virtual care that includes primary care, mental health, chronic condition management, and more.

We have developed and built upon our diverse capabilities over the course of more than 20 years, evolving our product and service portfolio from a suite of point solutions to a whole person offering. We are creating a truly unified and personalized consumer experience, developing technologies to connect patients and extend the reach of care providers, delivering the highest standard of clinical quality at every touchpoint, and enhancing health decisions and outcomes with smart data and actionable insights. Regardless of people’s healthcare needs, across any site of care, we aim to provide the right level of personalized support to meet that need.

We believe that we have the largest breadth of integrated whole person products and services in the virtual care industry, enabling us to treat the whole person, from mental healthcare to physical healthcare, and from acute episodic needs to chronic needs. We strive to be the “front door” to the healthcare system for our members, with a unique ability to connect them to the care they need. People who come to us with one of these needs are in turn much more likely to

3

Table of Contents

rely on us for other healthcare needs, which creates the opportunity for us to build longitudinal relationships, with care that’s personalized for each individual.

We aim to achieve our vision of making virtual care the first step on any healthcare journey by delivering, enabling and empowering integrated whole person virtual care services and experiences that span every stage of the healthcare journey. We offer a portfolio of services and solutions covering more than 450hundreds of medical subspecialties, from non-urgent, episodic needs like flubolstered by technology, machine learning and upper respiratory infections,human expertise to chronic, complicated medical conditions like cancerprovide an effective care experience that people value and congestive heart failure.trust. By combining the latest in data science and analytics with an award-winning user experience through a set of highly flexible integrated technology platform,platforms, we completed approximately 4.118.5 million telehealth visits in 20192022 through business to business and direct to consumer channels. Additionally, our licensed platform enabled our Clients’ (as defined below) clinicians to provide approximately 4.2 million visits for their patients around the globe.

Over 36.7 million unique U.S. paid Members and 19.3 million visit fee only individuals have access to our high-quality healthcare and expertise. We deliver servicesglobe in more than 175 countries around the world in more than 40 languages.2022. We provide access to healthcare through our portfolio of consumer brands 24 hours a day, seven7 days a week, and 365 days a year.

Our solutions are delivered with an approximate median response timeSegments

In the fourth quarter of less than ten minutes2022, we adopted a new organizational and reporting structure based on two operating segments, Teladoc Health Integrated Care (“Integrated Care”) and BetterHelp. As a result of these changes, the segment information for 2019 in the U.S.prior periods has been provided herein summarizing the significant factors affecting our results of operations and financial condition for the year ended December 31, 2022. This presentation reflects how management now allocates resources and assesses performance. See Note 20. “Segment Information,” to the consolidated financial statements for further information about our reportable segments.

Our Integrated Care segment includes a suite of global virtual medical services including general medical, inquiries from the timeexpert medical services, specialty medical, chronic condition management, mental health, and enabling technologies and enterprise telehealth solutions for hospitals and health systems. Services in this segment are distributed primarily on a Member requests a general medical telehealth visit to the time they consult with a Teladoc Healthbusiness-to-business (“B2B”) basis.

Our BetterHelp segment primarily consists of our market leading direct-to-consumer (“D2C”) mental health platform. The online counseling and therapy services are provided via our network provider.of over 30,000 licensed clinicians leveraging our platform for web, mobile app, phone, and text-based interactions.

Who We Serve

We currently provide virtual healthcare services on a business-to-business (B2B) basis to thousandsAs of Clients spanning the global healthcare distribution landscape and provide services to consumers directly and through channel partners. In our behavioral health business, including our BetterHelp brand, we serveDecember 31, 2022, over 80 million individuals in the direct-to-consumer (D2C) marketUnited States (“U.S.”) have access to one or more of our products and through business partnerships with other trusted brands. Teladoc Healthservices. The customers of our Integrated Care segment primarily consist of employers, health plans, hospitals and health systems, and insurance and financial services companies (Clients)(collectively “Clients”), as well as individual members who utilize our solutions. Clients as well as individual consumers purchase our solutions to reduce their healthcare spending, orexpand access to provide market differentiating services as either part of, or a complement to, their core set of consumer service offerings, while at the same time, offering convenient, affordable, and high-quality healthcare to their constituents.

We have over 50 health plan Clients, including some of the largest in the United States such as Aetna, Blue Shield of California, Blue Crossconstituents and Blue Shield of Alabama, Premera and United Healthcare. While health plans are Clients, they also serve as distribution channels to self-insured employers that contract with us through our relationships with the health plan. We work with more than 70 global insurance and financial services firms, such as AIG, AXA Global, Great West Life and MLC.

We serve more than 300 hospital and health system Clients, including prestigious organizations such as Jefferson Partners Healthcare.

reduce their healthcare spending. Our employer Clients include over 40% of the Fortune 500 companies. The remainder of our Clients are from channel partners such as brokers, resellers and consultants who sell into a range of small, medium and large enterprises.

We formed an important D2C enterprise partnership with CVS to be their virtual care provider, a rollout that continued throughout 2019.

Our virtual solutions delivered through all of our channels offer our Clients proven substantial savings opportunities and an attractive return on investment. As part of this segment, we sell to our Clients on behalf of their beneficiaries, including employees and health plan members. In our various sales channels, a range of third parties, including health plans, pharmacy benefits managers, financial institutions, brokers, agents, benefits consultants, and resellers, sell our solutions to various end markets around the world. Our BetterHelp segment substantially sells directly to individual consumers.

How We commissioned Veracity Analytics, an independent healthcare data analytics company, to perform a study of several Clients representing nearly two millionGenerate Revenue

For the year ended December 31, 2022, 87% of our Membersrevenue was derived from access fees. To a lesser extent, we generate revenue from visit fees as well as sales of the end of 2016. To date, we believe this is the most comprehensive study of its kindhardware and the findings remain valid based on our experience with our Clients. The study found that these Clients saved $472 on average per general medical visit when its Members received healthcare through Teladoc Health instead of receiving healthcare in other settings for therelated services to hospital and health systems.

24

Table of Contents

same diagnosis.Teladoc Health Integrated Care Segment

Our Integrated Care segment primarily generates revenue on a contractually recurring, access fee basis, typically on a per-member-per-month (“PMPM”) basis. In some cases, Clients primarily pay monthly access fees based on a per-participant-per-month model, based on the number of active enrolled members each month. This segment also generates revenue from health system and provider Clients related to our licensed technology platform, primarily in the form of recurring access fee revenue as well as from the sale and lease of devices such as robots, carts, and tablets. Some of our contracts place a portion of our fees at risk or provide for gain share opportunity based on achieving desired performance metrics, cost savings, and/or clinical outcomes improvements.

Our access fees comprise the majority of our revenue and therefore provide us with significant revenue visibility. We also generate revenue on a per-telehealth visit basis through certain Clients with visit fee only arrangements. For certain Clients, we also earn visit fees or per-case fees in combination with access fees. Access fee services continue to be the most appealing to our Clients due to the proven effectiveness of our engagement science driving utilization of our services.

Access fees are paid by our Clients on behalf of their employees, dependents, policy holders, card holders, beneficiaries, clinicians, or as is the case with certain of our subscribers, fees are paid by our members themselves. Visit fees for general medical and specialty visits are typically paid by Clients and/or members.

BetterHelp Segment

In our BetterHelp segment, we primarily generate revenue from paying users who pay a fee, most commonly monthly, to access our network of therapists and psychiatrists.

The Teladoc Health Brand Portfolio

Our consumerTeladoc Health family of brands – which include, among others, Teladoc, Advance Medical, Best Doctors,Livongo by Teladoc Health, and BetterHelp, and HealthiestYou - deliver access to advice and resolution tofor a broad array of healthcare needs, in intuitive, award-winning experiences designed to meet the expectations of today’s consumers, from children to the senior population. The most common way for individuals to request healthcareengage with our services is by using a mobile device, reflecting the growing consumer adoption of mobile technology and applications in managing their health.

How We Generate Revenue

We primarily generate revenue on a contractually recurring, subscription access fee basis, typically on a per-Member-per-month (PMPM) basis, and in certain contracts, on a per subscriber basis. Our subscription access fees comprise the majority of our revenue and therefore provide us with significant revenue visibility. We also generate additional revenue on a per-visit basis through certain Clients with visit fee only (VFO) arrangements.

Subscription access fees are paid by our Clients on behalf of their employees, dependents, policy holders, card holders, beneficiaries or, as is the case with certain of our subscribers, fees are paid by our Members themselves. General medical and other specialty visit fees are paid by Clients and/or Members.

For certain Clients, we also earn visit fees or per-case fees in combination with subscription access fees. Subscription access fee services continue to be the most appealing to our Clients due to the proven effectiveness of our engagement science and surround sound strategies driving utilization of our services. In 2019, we continued to experience strong demand for our subscription access fee services. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 84% and 16% of our revenue was derived from subscription access fees and visit fees, respectively.

Global Market Opportunities

We believe that favorable macro trends, in combination with the expansion of our capabilities, present significant opportunities for virtual healthcare to address the most pressing, universal healthcare challenges through trusted solutions, such as ours, that match consumer demand and physician supply at the time of need.

Barriers and inefficiencies in healthcare systems around the world present market participants with major global challenges such as:

(i)consumers lack sufficient access to high-quality, cost-effective healthcare at appropriate sites of care, while bearing an increasing share of costs;
(ii)employersand health plans lack effective solutions that reduce costs while enhancing healthcare access for beneficiaries;
(iii)health systems lack effective solutions to manage supply/demand gaps driven by physician demographics, burn out and aging baby boomers; and
(iv)providers lack flexibility to increase productivity by delivering healthcare on their own terms.

Traditional market participants are therefore increasingly unable to effectively and efficiently receive, deliver or administer healthcare. At the same time, the emergence of technology platforms solving massive structural challenges in other industries has highlighted the need for similar solutions in healthcare. Teladoc Health offers solution to address these challenges.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that Teladoc Health is the leading global virtual healthcare provider withbecause of our strong competitive advantages that address the most pressing challenges and trends in the delivery of healthcare around the world. We believe our history of innovation and long-standing operational excellence provide us with significant first-mover

3

Table of Contents

advantages, and we continue to invest and expand our services and geographic footprint globally. As the first comprehensive virtual healthcare providercompany providing whole person care at scale, we have pioneered solutions and created what we believe are collectively the telehealth industry’s first and only offerings of their kind. Our competitive advantages allow us to deliver whole person care solutions that create and demonstrate positive clinical outcomes for our members, and strong return on investment for our Clients.

Comprehensive Suite of Virtual Healthcare Clinical Services

We believe that we are the first and only company to provide a comprehensive and integrated whole person virtual healthcare solution coveringthat both provides and enables care for a full spectrum of clinical conditions, – from non-critical, episodicincluding wellness and prevention, acute care, to chronic complicated cases – as well asconditions, and complex healthcare needs. We also provide a widebroad range of programs and services, such asincluding primary and specialty care telehealth solutions, chronic condition management, expert medical services, behavioralmental health solutions, guidance and support, and platform & program services.

5

Table of Contents

Our proprietary platform enables patients and our providers (Providers) to have an integrated, smart user experience, through mobile, web, and phone based accessed points. Our virtual health assistant leverages natural language processing, patient and group specific information, clinical guidelines, and learning algorithms to make finding the right virtual health service even easier for our Members at their moment of need. We have seen increasing adoption of multiple products by our Clients. Our analytics driven member engagement capabilities deliver industry leading utilization and return on investment for our Clients.

Global Footprint Spanning Clients, Medical Operations and Members

We have a successful track record of acquiring and integrating companies with common purpose, complementary capabilities and access to new markets. We believe we have the only global virtual healthcare footprint spanning a diverse set of clientClient channels, medical operations, and Members.members. Combining our suite of international clinical capabilities with our technology and operational scale uniquely equips us to meet the needs of U.S. multinational employers that serve more than one third of their employees who live abroad.employers.

We have 17 offices globally servicing patients from more than 175 countries and can deliver care in more than 40 languages.

Unmatched Breadth of Solutions for Clients Across All Channels Served

We deliver a comprehensive set of solutions to a diverse Client population through a highly efficient and effective distribution network wherein we reach consumers on a direct B2B basisClients and individuals in our Integrated Care segment through our Clients and channel partners as well on a D2C basisin our BetterHelp segment by marketing our solution directly to potential paid Members.members.

On a direct B2B basis, we sell to our Clients who in turn buy our solutions on behalf of their beneficiaries. In our various sales channels, a range of third-parties, including health plans, financial institutions, brokers, agents, benefits consultants and resellers, sell our solutions to various end markets around the world. Notably, many of our health plan Clients also act as channel partners because they resell our solutions to their Administrative Service Only (ASO) accounts and other customers. Similarly, our financial services Clients act as channel partners, embedding our solutions into a range of insurance, credit card and other financial products.

In the hospital and health systems market, we sell our solutions directly to provider entities who leverage our platform to deliver virtual healthcare to both new and existing patients. We have a growing presence in D2C markets, where we primarily focus on general telehealth visits and behavioral health. We believe the breadth of our distribution strategy allows us to directly reach consumersindividuals and Clients of nearly every size and in nearly every market.

Comprehensive Engagement Model that Drives Utilization

We believe that our ability to drive behavior change on a global scale to deliver the highest utilization of virtual healthcare services in the industry is a key competitive differentiator for Teladoc Health. We utilize a combination of our proprietary engagement science, our Surround Sound“surround sound” capabilities, personalized individual experiences, as well as our deep knowledge and expertise of various populations to increase the adoption of our virtual care services.

4

Table of Contents

Our Engagement Scienceengagement science is a unique combination of the application of predictive analytics and modeling, our deep experience with all population demographics, and expertise in applying this knowledge to our Clientmember populations on a global scale. With our proprietary Engagement Science,engagement science, we target Membersmembers using behavioral triggers, advanced predictive modeling, and demographic/firmographic insights. This increases efficiency and the impact of our communications by reaching the right Member,member, with the right personalized message, in the right micro moments of their day-to-day lives. We were the first to implement sophisticated behavioral analytics and predictive modeling to drive utilization across our full portfolio of clinical services which are especially critical for more complex health conditions.

We believe that our Surround Sound“surround sound” capabilities are unique in the breadth and scale of media mix, analytics, and targeting techniques that we actively deploy across our diverse clientmember populations on a global scale. We use these capabilities, plus our Engagement Science,engagement science, to drive awareness and utilization of Teladoc Health services through innovative media strategies designed to reach Membersmembers in their homes, on the go and in their moments of need. Our Surround Soundsurround sound capabilities and strategies are continuously being evaluated, analyzed, and evolved to meet ever-shifting consumer behaviors.

We also are unique in our abilityIntelligent, Adaptable and Innovative Solution to successfully service our clients with Medicaid and Medicare Advantage populations, at scale. With a deep knowledge of CMS and DHS regulatory requirements, we have developed processes, capabilities, and assets that allow us to support the business needs of our clients and engage with these populations at large. In addition, our engagement approach is tailored to the differences and nuances of these two distinct consumer bases. Messaging and media mix are bespoke for these audiences, driving awareness and utilization of Teladoc Health benefits through channels and mediums most relevant to them, with messaging specifically crafted to address the distinct health needs and behaviors of these programs.Whole Person Care

In additionWe have taken an innovative approach to technology to address whole person care. We have fused technology, logistics, and behavioral and clinical science, with data science serving as the intelligent connective tissue that powers our proactive engagement techniques, we also providewhole person care model. We have a large and unique set of data points that gives us a longitudinal understanding of an individual’s clinical truth and enables us to engage in a holistic stepped care model. We integrate capabilities for our Clients with on-line access to our Teladoc Health Engagement Center for client specific, fully customized engagement collateral onmembers across health plan, employer, and health system relationships, in a self-service basis. We believeway that we arebelieve is unique in the only partner globally that provides our business-to-business-to-consumer Clients across all market channels with the breadth and dynamic customization of our proprietary online portal. The Teladoc Health Engagement Center has experienced strong Client adoption, with growth of more than 18% in 2019 compared to 2018.industry.

Our platform features the full range of health support – from artificial intelligence (“AI”) engine-driven “nudges” and health coaches to therapists and board-certified physicians and the world’s leading specialists – available anytime, anywhere we operate to ensure the right care is always delivered.

Highly Scalable and Secure API-Driven Technology Integrated Platform

We are tackling access, cost and quality of healthcare challenges for our Clients through our core technology platform that dynamically and efficiently match our Member’s demand and our Provider’s availability real-time, asynchronously and in various modalities such as video, web, mobile and telephone.

Our integrated, flexible, purpose-built solution positions us at the center of the patient, provider and payor relationship and as a key participant in the highly complex healthcare industry. We believe our technologycore platform contains several differentiating features.

We believe we were the first to buildis a highly scalable, integrated, application program interface or API-driven(“API”) driven technology platform, for virtual healthcare delivery, with multiple real-time integrations spanning the healthcare ecosystem.

We have a highly scalable platform that is currently equipped to serve over 100 million Members.6

Table of Contents

OurThe core platform canis equipped to provide the same level of Membermember support and response time for upwards of 50,000100,000 visits per day versus our December 2019 rate of almost 10,000 visits per day, on average.day. Further, our platform has been built to accommodate the seamless and quick introduction of new clinical and digital services and products that we have introduced, such as behavioral health, dermatology, nutrition, expert medical opinions, global healthcare including our Canadian telehealth program, and other services that are currently in the development stages.products.

We pride ourselvesleverage and develop a unique combination of cloud-based technology that integrates smart connected devices with sophisticated data science to deliver personalized health insight. For example, we provide a unique and proprietary blood glucose meter to members enrolled in our diabetes program. This patented device, which includes the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) Class II certified glucose testing along with a cellular antenna and color touchscreen, is seamlessly integrated with our platform. Our proprietary software relays the blood glucose measurements and user inputs to our cloud service, and then displays targeted communications and AI-selected “nudges” based on what we believe is unmatched integration with the payor community that enables uscurrent context and medical history of the member. These communications are dynamically personalized and optimized using our algorithms to uniquely provide real-time eligibility checking, real-time Member financial liability calculationsdeliver improved clinical health outcomes, which drives value to the healthcare ecosystem. The software on the device can also be remotely upgraded through the cellular antenna to deliver usability improvements and clinical data

5

Table of Contents

exchange.program enhancements.

Our platform’s APIs power external connectivity and deep integration with a wide range of payors, third partyelectronic medical records, third-party applications, and other interfaces with employers, hospital systems, and health systems, which we believe uniquely positions us to beas a centrallong-term partner meeting the unique needs of the rapidly emerging, technology poweredchanging healthcare industry.

We believe that we haveare able to white label our solutions, so they fit into the onlyplans and strategies of our Clients, all on a platform that incorporates the core functionality required to offer a full spectrum of virtual healthcare services on a single system. Our platform features predictive modeling, automated complex routing, queuingis high performing and scheduling.

Consumers benefit from our ability to customize their experience to meet their unique needs. They can manage their own electronic medical records, (EMRs). We also provide access to a secure message center, provider finder, image upload capability and enable real-time sharing capabilities with providers that include visit scheduling, a single sign on and full interoperability with native iOS and Android apps.highly scalable.

Our Providers benefit fromplatform is compliant with numerous international data and privacy regulations, including the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), data-in-country rules, and other national requirements. This gives us the opportunity and ability to offer our products and services internationally, using the host countries’ languages and currencies, and addressing their specific local needs. We are also able to customize our platform for key partnerships globally.

Due to the sensitive nature of our members’ and Clients’ data, we have a heightened focus on data security and protection. We have a rigorous and comprehensive information security program managed by a dedicated easyteam of security engineers and analysts. We have implemented telehealth industry standard processes, policies, and tools through all levels of our software development and network administration, including regularly scheduled vulnerability scanning and third-party penetration testing to use mobile app, EMRreduce the risk of vulnerabilities in our system. In addition, our enterprise security program is periodically evaluated by expert third parties to ensure we are meeting or exceeding standards, best practices, and visit queue, proprietary telehealth guidelines, e prescribing and a rangeregulatory requirements. One example of other features and functions such as auto complete symptoms, diagnoses and billing codes.an independent third-party certification that we have achieved is HITRUST.

To meet the growing needs of hospitals and health systems, as well as multi-national insurers, our proprietary licensed platform enables Clients to fully integrate private instances of our platform alongside their traditional modes of delivering healthcare to their patients. Leveraging the flexibility and customization available on the platform, most of these implementations incorporate deep integration with the hospitalhospital’s or health system’s EMRelectronic medical records (“EMR”) platform for scheduling and bi-directional clinical data sharing.

High-Quality Our unique technology designed for the hospital and health system market is a complete end-to-end telehealth solution, including patient intake, emergent and scheduled encounters, video conferencing capabilities (including our new virtual care end-point offering, Inpatient Connected Care), access to medical images, full application-specific clinical documentation tools – including interfaces to health system EMRs, and complete operational and clinical reporting and analytics. The technology also supports industry-leading medical devices such as robots, carts, and tablets via a unique network architecture for maximum performance, reliability, and security. The solution supports the entire patient journey and the full range of telehealth use cases encountered by hospitals and health systems.

Clinical Capabilities Tailored to Virtual Care

We deliver high-quality clinical care and advice in a virtual setting to our Membersmembers through the unique combinationmix of our proprietary guidelines, breadth and depth of clinical quality data and analytics oversight as well as through our in-house and third-party medical professionals (the Teladoc Health Medical Network).professionals.

7

Table of Contents

The Medical Group is composed of staff clinicians, our telehealth provider network and our Global Expert Panel. Overseeing the Medical Group we have a Quality and Care and Patient Safety sub-committee of our Board of Directors, chaired by Senator Bill Frist, M.D. We also have a Medical Advisory Board with a global network.

With the Teladoc Health Telehealth Practice, we believe that by directly recruiting, credentialing, training and contracting with our Providers we have built our clinical capabilities in a manner that supports the operational complexity of and commitment to clinical quality required in delivery of care in a virtual setting. We provide expert medical services through a combination of our Teladoc Health Expert Panel, as well as in house health professionals. Our Global Expert Panel is composed of a network of over 50,000 clinicians around the world whose specialties span over 450 sub-specialties and are affiliated with some of the most prestigious medical facilities in the world. 

To improve the clinical quality our patients receive, we apply analytics to the anonymized data points generated in our millions of visits with patients theseto continuously improve the clinical quality of our services. These data sets and insights are applied to enhancingenhance our Providersproviders’ ability to deliver quality care through tools such as our Providerprovider dashboards, as well as serving as a foundation for clinical innovation collaboratingand collaboration with leaders in the space,other leading healthcare organizations that are focused on the advancement of virtual care delivery and practices.delivery. 

We established The Institute for Patient Safety and Quality of Virtual Care in 2019, the healthcare industry’s first Patient Safety Organization (PSO)(“PSO”) dedicated to virtual care with the mission of conducting quality and safety initiatives with and on behalf of key healthcare stakeholders, including other PSOs, to improve the delivery of virtual care across the country. Named “The Institute for Patient Safety and Quality of Virtual Care,” this newly formed component entity of Teladoc Healthcare. This PSO is formally recognized by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and listed(“HHS”) and certified by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ).

6

Table of Contents

To deliver virtual care spanning the comprehensive suite of clinical services that Teladoc Health offers, we have pioneered the development of a new clinical specialty, the Virtualist, which is in the early stages of development. We have partnered with Thomas Jefferson University to offer a fellowship focused on the training of future leaders in virtual care. Additionally, as part of our successful antibiotic prescribing stewardship program, we have undertaken a five-year, grant-funded research study together with the University of Southern California (USC) Schaeffer Center for Health Policy & Economics and Northwestern University, to lead the first-ever, large-scale study to assess antibiotic prescribing practices in telehealth. This project is funded through a grant from the Department of Health and Human Services' Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and as part of the White House’s National Action Plan for Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria (CARB). This study is expected to set a new precedent in medical literature by adding specific standards for telehealth and virtual care.Quality.

Our Growth Strategies

The following are our key growth strategies.

Enable A Virtual First Strategy for Consumer Healthcare Access

Teladoc HealthOur vision is creating a newto position virtual front door for consumerscare as the first place individuals go to accessget the care they need and manage their health. For whatever healthcare system.needs an individual has, across any site of care, we aim to provide the right level of personalized support to meet that need. As we drive the world to a “Virtual First”“virtual first” mindset, we believe only Teladoc Health has the enterprise scale, technical capabilities, clinical depth, and consumer engagement expertise to achieve thethis vision. We refer to Teladoc Health’s integrated offering as our comprehensive Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform.

Teladoc Health’s Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform is changing consumer behavior to where consumers access virtual healthcare as their first point of entry into the healthcare system for a wide range of their healthcare needs. We are creating a new virtual front door, providing simple access to powerful healthcare solutions for consumers. We are deliveringplatform delivers a single solution leveraging our comprehensive clinical expertise, data, and scale, to address the complete spectrum of conditions from non-critical, episodic care to chronic complicated cases.conditions and mental health conditions. The Virtual Firstvirtual first model is built on our integrated Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform,platform, combining smart technologies, AI and AI,machine learning, rich data exchange, Analyticsdigital self-management tools, integrated remote patient monitoring devices, analytics, and scalability to streamline care and drive better outcomes. Our Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platformplatform matches the expectations of today’s digital consumer withby delivering a new kind of healthcare experience.experience that is personalized, convenient, and connected.

Expand our suiteSuite of clinical servicesServices to address unmet needsAddress Unmet Needs

We believe that our Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform addressesintegrated technology platforms address significant unmet needs, and we intend to continue to expand our solutions across use cases and additional care settings.settings and clinical conditions, including virtual primary care, virtual care in a hospital room, home care, post discharge follow-ups, wellness/screening, and new areas in chronic care.

In its annual survey,We continue to expand our virtual primary care offering, Primary360, through commercial health plans, employers, and other organizations that sponsor healthcare for individuals and families in the National Business GroupU.S. Our strategy is to deliver a reimagined model for primary care, build on a foundation of integrated, multi-source data, leveraging a unified whole person experience; dedicated care team of physicians and non-medical doctors for a personalized longitudinal care plan; continuous guidance and support; navigation and coordination with high quality providers; and “last mile” services like lab testing, prescriptions, and in-home exams. We believe that Primary360 will be an effective gateway to the full range of our services for an individual. Clients have adopted Primary360 utilizing different models, including making it a care option for all members in a broad employee or health plan population, or offering a specific Virtual First Health asked 147 large employers representing 15 million livesPlan designed for their perspectives onPrimary360 to be the rapidly-changing healthcare environment and the impact on healthcare costs, plan design trends, and employer initiatives. The survey indicates that employers expect healthcare costsaccess point for primary care for members. We intend to increase – an average of 5% in 2020 – continuingcontinue to outpace worker earnings and the Consumer Price Index. Top drivers include high-cost claimants, specialty pharmacy, and specific conditions such as musculoskeletal and cancer. Behavioral health costs, and notably, inappropriate and inefficient use of the healthcare system are other key factors.respond quickly to evolving market needs with innovative solutions.

The same study identifiedWe have launched a new offering, Inpatient Connected Care, that enables hospitals, health systems, and other clinical facilities to turn the majoritytelevision in every patient room into a virtual care end-point, utilizing a special purpose set-top box, camera, microphone, software, and networking. Hospitals have been experiencing critical staffing shortages, exacerbated by the impact of employers’ report that their topCOVID-19 on nursing capacity, with a projected need for 2.1 million new initiativeregistered nurses for the year ahead is expanded implementationexpansion and replacement of retirees through 2025. Through our technology and workflows, Clients can more efficiently administer admissions, discharge planning, patient education, nursing coverage, and virtual care. Teladoc Health’s portfolioprovider consultations, improving efficiency and quality of higher acuity offerings are well positioned to meet these needs.

As it relates to mental health – a costly medical issue affecting one in five American adults – the U.S. Department of Healthcare, and Human Services estimates that approximately 96.5 million Americans live in areas where there are shortages of mental health providers. In 2019 we commissioned IPSO MORI to perform an international study into workplace mental health, which showed that 82% of employees who have had a mental health diagnosis have kept their difficulties hidden from workplace management. Over half of employees (55%) agreed more should be done in their workplace to improve mental health, with more than a third (38%) saying they would be more productive at work if there was better mental health support. To improve access to high-quality behavioral healthcare and navigation, Teladochelping address hospital staffing challenges.

78

Table of Contents

Health offers three care offerings to support the many different ways mental health challenges present themselves: for our B2B Clients, Behavioral Health Care provides access to ongoing treatment from licensed mental health professionals, Behavioral Health Navigator, available in multiple countries, enables high-touch review of diagnosis and treatment plans. We also offer D2C access to behavioral health professionals who treat conditions such as anxiety and depression through our Better Help offering.

We are able to offer solutions to our Members globally for a range of critical, life-threatening cases such as cancer, musculoskeletal conditions, inflammatory disorders, heart conditions, chronic pain, and many other chronic, complex, and critical medical issues. By bringing our global provider networks together under our Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform, we believe we have created an unrivaled offering that will enable the continued expansion of our product portfolio and solve the biggest challenges of our Clients and Members.

We also continually explore ancillary opportunitiescontinue to broadeninvest in new expansions and innovation within our business. We believechronic care management and mental health suite of offerings, such as myStrength Complete and Chronic Care Complete. myStrength Complete is an integrated mental health service providing personalized, targeted care to consumers in a single, comprehensive experience. myStrength Complete’s proprietary stepped care model is designed to seamlessly combine app-based tools and coaching expertise with our services have wide applicability across new use cases, including Virtual Primarytherapists and psychiatrists to ensure that consumers get the level of mental health support and care they need, when they need it. Chronic Care home care, post discharge, wellness/screening and new areas in chronic care. During 2019 we undertookComplete is a partnership with Vida, a leader in digitalfirst-of-its-kind chronic condition management solutions for employerssolution to help individuals improve their health outcomes while living with multiple chronic conditions. This solution provides members with a unified, comprehensive experience that leverages connected health monitoring devices, access to health coaches and support from physicians and mental health plans. Vida incorporates personalized digital therapeutic programs combined with health coachingspecialists. Examples of expansion and therapyinnovation include enhanced gaps in care reporting, home delivery of continuous glucose monitors and A1c test kits, flexibility to support individuals in managing and reversing conditions such as pre-diabetes, diabetes, hypertension, and obesity, and numerous others. Our partnership will deliver on more integrated, clinically robust solutions that benefit Teladoc Health’s customers and members. We will continue to respond quickly to evolving market needs with innovative solutions, including mobile applications, nutrition and wellness, biometricuse a wider range of monitoring devices, and at-home testing.expanded availability of mental health therapy for adolescents. We believe that these and other enhancements will improve quality of care and patient experience, and expand the scope of populations we serve.

Increase Engagement and Long-term Relationships with Our Members by Driving Expanded Access & Enhanced Touch Points

We believe there is significant opportunity within our existing Membershipmembership base to increase engagement by continually driving awareness of and usage of our solutions. We believe our Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platformplatform can become the primary entry point for on-demand, virtual healthcare for eligible individuals around the world. We willexpect to continually refine and enhance our user experience, which is a critical driver of new and repeat engagement, and we willbuilding longer term relationships with our members, and to continue validating our Membermember satisfaction with surveys and other proactive tools.

Our mobile app is foundational for Teladoc Healthus as we have redefined virtual healthcare delivery and are providing our Members with a better way to navigate their individual care. Our Members benefit from a single, patient-centered point of access to our Virtual Healthcare Delivery Platform.delivery. As we expand the range of products and services available to our Members,members, we are investing in a seamless, relevant, and personalized mobile experience that provides smart guidance for our Members. For example,members. During 2022, we developed a new unified mobile app that seamlessly offers members access to all of our virtual health services within a single, modern, user-friendly digital experience, under the Teladoc Health Assistant enables Membersbrand. We believe this new integrated experience will help drive increased member engagement, enrollment in additional clinical programs, and support for longitudinal relationships with members. In addition, our integrated smart devices, such as our cellular blood glucose monitor, provide additional touch points for engaging members with relevant AI driven nudges to express their healthcare need through a user-friendly, AI-supporteddrive behavior change and guided interface. Members are then presented with the optimal product or pathway to meet their need.improved health outcomes.

Our industry leading user interface capabilities and expertise enable unique types of partnerships where our capabilitiesservices are delivered to our partners with their brands, logos, and workflows on mobile and web platforms. Examples of these partnerships include CVS/Minute Clinic and United Healthcare, our single largest client deployment in Teladoc Health’s history. These integrated member experience solutionsexperiences drive higher member engagement, convenience, and utilization.

We are also building robust data repositories to strengthen our predictive models and multi-channel marketing strategies to provide a more complete pictureExpand Penetration of our Members, enhancing our ability to lead targeted and purposeful campaigns.

We will continue to invest heavily in marketing technologies that allow us to increase Member touch-points. In addition, we will continue to actively engage Clients in benefit design, worksite marketing and executive sponsorship strategies to drive awareness about our solution.

8

TableSuite of Contents

Expand Penetration AmongstServices Among Existing Clients

We believe that we offer a highly differentiated suite of solutions for a broad range of market channels, spanning the spectrum of traditional healthcare system participants such as employers, health plans, and health systems as well as global financial services businesses and other organizations that have extended their investment in our industry.organizations. We plan to execute this strategy by further penetrating existing relationships. selling additional, high value services to our Clients, including our primary care services, chronic condition management programs, and mental health services. We believe that this strategy will help drive an increase in our average revenue per member over time.

Within existing accounts,Clients, we believe our current Membershipmembership represents only a fractionportion of the potential Membersmembers available to us. Our existing health plan Clients and self-insured Clients associated with these health plans currently purchase our solutionsolutions for only a small percentageportion of their beneficiaries in the aggregate, and we estimate this provides us the opportunity to grow our Membershipmembership base by more than 75 million individuals in the United States by expanding our penetration within our existing Clients alone.Clients. We also have substantial room to drive cross-sell opportunities of chronic condition management products into our Client base of telehealth customers, as we see limited overlap of existing Client bases.

Within the health plan market, a key area for growth is in increasing penetration within Government sponsored programs, such as Medicaid, Medicare Advantage, and Exchange populations. Virtual healthcare is well positioned to address the cost and access challenges in many9

Table of these markets, and we expect Medicare Advantage plans to accelerate the adoption of virtual healthcare with the expansion of telehealth coverage in the 2020 plan year under the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018.Contents

A key focus for us is to offer our full suite of services to all of our new and existing Clients across all channels. As a result, we are continuing to invest in new marketing technologies and support staff to aid our sales force to expand existing Client relationships, support new service implementations and generate lead for potential new Clients.

Leverage Existing Distribution Channels and Expand Penetration of Global Markets

We have developed a highly effective and efficient global distribution network. Our international operations are headquartered in Barcelona, Spain with satellite locations in countries covering Europe, South America, and Asia. With these locations, we are able to provide 24x7 international services to our Members worldwide, ensuring that they are conveniently helped by our physicians from whatever country where they are located.members internationally. When medically necessary, our doctors can help Membersmembers navigate the local health systems to obtain the best healthcare for their situation.

In our core, traditional markets we are targeting large employers and health plans while simultaneously committing incremental sales and marketing resources to the small to medium business (“SMB”) sales channel to increase our penetration within this market. Additionally, we intend to further penetrate the hospital and health systems market, as we believe our solution offers these markets an attractive platform from which to generate substantial income by acquiring new patients and to better participate in emerging risk-sharing and value-based payment models, such as Accountable Care Organizations and Patient-Centered Medical Homes.

We expanded our international presence through the acquisition of Advance Medical in 2018, building on our acquisition of Best Doctors in 2017. ThisOur international Client base, largely comprised ofcomprising global financial services and health insurance companies, provides fertile ground for expansion of our product portfolio through existing partners in attractive markets where our infrastructure is already in place. During 2019We also market our solution in international markets, supporting the needs of government health systems and hospitals, as well as private entities. In addition, we launched our Teladoc telehealth offeringpartner with companies, such as consumer telecommunications companies, in Canada, bringing Teladoc’s market leading telehealth platform, operational expertise, clinical quality, and engagement capabilitiescertain international markets to a fertile and sizable market foroffer virtual care growth.services on a co-branded or white-labelled basis directly to customers of those companies and other consumers.

Drive Direct-To-Consumer Channel Growth

We plan to continue driving growth through investments in our D2C channels, which includes our BetterHelp segment as well as mental health and general medicine in our Integrated Care segment. Relative to our mental health capabilities, BetterHelp is the leader in the D2C therapy market, both in terms of the number of individuals enrolled and the number of licensed professionals who provide services on the platform. The company’s global expansion is supportedscale of our data and provider network, powered by our technology’s localization componentsdata science capabilities, creates a competitive advantage for us in providing an optimal match of an individual with a provider, increasing the rate of success in therapy. We leverage diverse customer acquisition channels and increased organic sources of traffic, which reduces dependence on any single source of member acquisition. Even with our strong historical growth, we believe there is substantial untapped growth potential, both domestically and internationally. The COVID-19 pandemic caused an increase in the prevalence of mental health illness globally, triggering a 25% increase in anxiety and depression worldwide in the first year of the pandemic, as measured by the World Health Organization in March 2022. Also, almost half of BetterHelp members have never sought therapy before, suggesting that service a global provider network, route visits based on mobile device location information, support real time context switching among multiple languages, interface with electronic prescribing networks around the world, and leverage local reference data standards.availability of high quality, convenient, consumer friendly virtual mental healthcare is expanding the mental healthcare market.

Expand Through Focused Investments and Acquisitions

We plan to continue to support our overall strategy and market leadership with selective investments and acquisitions. To date, we have completed multiple acquisitions that have expanded our distribution capabilities, broadened our service offering, and created a broad global footprint. Our acquisition strategy is centered on acquiring products, capabilities, clinical specialties, technologies, and distribution channels that are highly scalable and rapidly

9

Table of Contents

growing. We have also established a track record of integrating these acquisitions to deliver incremental value to our Clients and Members. For example, in 2019 we began offering to U.S. clients our new Teladoc Medical Experts service, which was commercialized from our acquisition of Best Doctors and Advance Medical. In 2019 we acquired Medicin Direct, a leading telehealth player in France. This acquisition combines the breadth of virtual care services of Teladoc Health with the strong, established local medical operations of MedecinDirect, enabling us to capitalize on positive market conditions and bring the benefits of virtual care to more individuals across France. In 2019 we also made a strategic investment in Vida Health, a personalized virtual care platform for physical and behavioral health. Our investment in Vida Health enables us to offer targeted virtual solutions to people with multiple chronic conditions.

In January 2020 we announced a definitive agreement to acquire InTouch, Technologies, Inc., the leading provider of enterprise solutions for hospitals and health systems. The transaction is anticipated to close by the end of the second quarter of 2020. We will continue to evaluate and pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business and virtual healthcare strategy.

Technology and Operations

Our core integrated technology platform supports rapid and efficient access to, and evaluation of, information from a variety of healthcare network participants. It has a user-friendly interface designed to empower Members and dependents to remotely access healthcare whenever and wherever an individual chooses (via mobile devices, the Internet, video and phone).

Our enterprise scale platform is architected for sharing clinical and non-clinical data in real time among the Teladoc Health constituents, which include: Members, Providers, provider network operations centers staff, nurses, SureScripts (for electronic medication prescription writing, routing and fulfillment) and health plans for real time Member eligibility verification, financial responsibility calculations, claims processing, clinical summaries and clinical alerts.

The Teladoc Health telehealth provider network leverages our core technology platform for managing custom visit queues that automatically and instantly route requested visits to the appropriate Providers based upon proprietary algorithms. Providers use our Internet based application or iOS app for viewing their visit queue, scheduling visits and following the proprietary Teladoc Health workflow for reviewing Members’ medical history and symptoms, documenting the completed visits, e Prescribing, if appropriate, and sending applicable medical content with follow up instructions to the Member via a secure message center.

We use data and analytics to predict demand patterns by geography and we recruit and manage our Provider network to meet the demands of our Members. Our complex algorithms enable us to effectively manage/allocate supply and onboard Providers to meet demand while maintaining one hour guaranteed response times, with a median response time of less than ten minutes.

Additionally, our platform’s external connectivity and easy integration with EMR and outside systems extends its functionality and customer features, which include:

Member real-time eligibility and financial liability;

clinical alerts, including gaps in care integration;

partner integration and operability;

clinical data exchange (including, biometrics and visit information); and

a fully functional RESTful API.

REST is a stateless, scalable web services architecture that utilizes open communication standards such as HTTP and HTTPS, and has been widely adopted for system to system communications. Having a documented set of

10

Table of Contents

RESTful API’s enables our Clients and Members to access our solution using a custom or existing website or mobile app. For example, a Teladoc Health plan Client can offer its Members the ability to access our solution through their existing Member portal. Members can also register for Teladoc Health, complete their medical history, select a pharmacy and request a visit without having to access the Teladoc Health Member site. All of these functions are provided via the Client’s website or mobile app that completes system calls to the Teladoc Health API to process the requests.

The primary goal of our integrated platform architecture is to provide a single member experience for our Clients whether they have purchased one or several of our service offerings. This is accomplished via an enterprise services-based architecture that isolates functional capabilities into independent, standalone service pods that can be accessed by our member facing web and mobile properties. These services can also be accessed by partners that desire tighter integrations with seamless experiences for their Members through Single Sign on (SSO), our SDK and our APIs. These pods can be independently managed and scaled to meet varying usage requirements.

The majority of our application platform technology is cloud based, leveraging scalable and redundant solutions from AWS and Microsoft Azure to ensure high performance and high availability. Due to the sensitive nature of our Members’ and Clients’ data, we have a heightened focus on data security and protection. We have a rigorous and comprehensive information security program managed by a dedicated department of security engineers and analysts. We have implemented telehealth industry standard processes, policies and tools through all levels of our software development and network administration, including regularly scheduled vulnerability scanning and third-party penetration testing in order to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities in our system. In addition, our enterprise security program is periodically evaluated by expert third parties to ensure we are meeting or exceeding standards, best practices, and regulatory requirements. One example of such an independent third party certification that we have achieved is HITRUST CSF.

We have also successfully grown our business to a level that supports the establishment of Teladoc Health owned provider network operations centers located in Lewisville, TX, Quincy, MA, Phoenix, AZ and Barcelona, Spain. Through these internal operations centers, our employees service Teladoc Health Members and Clients with expanded customer service, compliance monitoring, provider network operations as well as other business support functions.

The internal operations centers operate on a hosted virtual call center platform providing intelligent call routing across the centers for inbound and outbound member and client services in an enterprise 24x7x365. Through the platform, the centers operate together providing better time zone coverage, resource optimization, and disaster recovery roll-over.members.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our Integrated Care services principally through our direct sales organization. Our direct sales team is comprised of enterprise-focused fieldcomprises enterprise focused sales professionals, who are organized by geography and account size. Our field professionals are supported by a sales operations staff, including product technology experts, lead generation professionals, and sales data experts. We maintain relationships with key industry participants including benefit consultants, brokers, group purchasing organizations, and health planplans, and hospital partners.

We generate Client leads, accelerate sales opportunities, and build brand awareness through our marketing programs. Our marketing programs target human resource, benefits, and finance executives in addition to technology and health professionals, senior business leaders, and healthcare channel partners. Our principal marketing programs include use of our website to provide information about our company and our solution,solutions, as well as learning opportunities for potential Members; demand generation; field marketing events;members; integrated marketing campaigns comprised of direct email and online advertising;campaigns; and participation in industry events, trade shows, and conferences.

We sell our BetterHelp services principally through marketing our solution directly to potential users. We also rely on relationships for our BetterHelp business with a wide variety of third parties, including Internet search providers

1110

Table of Contents

Clientssuch as Google, social networking platforms such as Facebook, internet advertising networks, co-registration partners, retailers, distributors, television advertising agencies, and Membersdirect marketers, to source new users and to promote or distribute our services and products.

Our Clients consist of (i) employers, including over 40% of Fortune 500 companies, (ii) health plans and (iii) health systems and other entities. As of December 31, 2019, we have over thousands of Clients and our services reached over 36.7 million Members. The following is a selection of our Clients:

employers, such as Accenture, Bank of America, General Mills, and T-Mobile;

health plans, such as Aetna, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama, Blue Shield of California, CareFirst of Maryland, Inc., Highmark Inc., Premera, and United Healthcare; and

health systems, such as Jefferson Health, Mass General Brigham, Orlando Health and Adventist Health.

Within existing accounts, we believe our current Membership represents only a fraction of the potential Members available to us. For example, our existing health plan Clients and self-insured Clients associated with these health plans currently purchase our solution for only a small percentage of their beneficiaries in aggregate, reflecting a significant opportunity for Membership growth. We believe there are in approximately 75 million potential Members within these existing Clients alone.

Research and Development

Our ability to compete depends, in large part, on our continuous commitment to rapidly introduce new products, services, technologies, features, and functionality. We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, significant resources in research and development and acquisitions to enhance our existing solutions and introduce innovative products and capabilities. Our multi-disciplinary team includes a product development team is responsible for the design, development, testing, and certification of our solution. In addition, we utilize certain third-party development services to perform applicationsolutions. It also includes software engineering teams responsible for solution development and design services.deployment, and a data science team providing the insight that powers our differentiated health actions. We continuously focus our efforts on developing new products and further enhancing the usability, functionality, reliability, performance, and flexibility of our solution.solutions.

Competition

We view as our competitors those companies that currently (or in the future will) (i) develop and market telehealthvirtual care technology (devices, software, and systems) or (ii) provide telehealth,virtual care services, such as the delivery of on-demand access to healthcare. In the provision of telehealth, competitionhealthcare and chronic condition management. Competition focuses on, among other factors, experience in operation, customer service, quality of technology and know-how, ability to generate and demonstrate clinical and financial outcomes for clients, and reputation.

Teladoc Health Integrated Care Segment

Competitors in the telehealth and expert medical services market include MDLive, Inc., Doctors on Demand, Inc. (now owned by Cigna), American Well Corporation, Included Health, and Grand Rounds,Accolade, Inc., among other small industryparticipants. In the digital chronic condition management market, competitors include Omada Health, Inc., Virta Health Corp., and other participants. In the market for technology solutions for hospitals and health systems, competitors include American Well Corporation and MDLive, Inc., as well as smaller technology providers. We also face competition from large, well-financed health plans that in some cases have developed their own virtual care, expert medical service or chronic condition management tools, as well as large technology and retail companies, such as Amazon and Walmart, which have developed or acquired their own virtual care solutions.

BetterHelp Segment

In the D2C mental health market, competitors include Talkspace and Cerebral, and other participants.

Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.

We contract for the services of our Integrated Care telehealth provider network through a services agreement with Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.,formerly Teladoc Physicians, P.A..P.A. (“THMG”). We do not own THMG, which is a 100% physician owned independent entity, or the professional corporations with which it contracts. Instead, THMG and the professional corporations (collectively, the “THMG Association”) are owned by physicians licensed in their respective jurisdictions. Under the services agreement with THMG, we have agreed to serve, on an exclusive basis, as manager and administrator of Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.’sTHMG’s non-medical functions and services related to the provision of the telehealth services by providers employed by or under contract with Teladoc Health Medical Group, PA..THMG. The non-medical functions and services we provide under the services agreement primarily include member management services, such as maintaining network operations centers for our Membersmembers to request a visit with Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.’sTHMG’s providers, member billing and collection administration, and maintenance and storage of member medical records. Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.THMG has agreed to provide our Members,members, through itsour providers, access to telehealth services and recommended treatment 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. The services agreement also requires Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.THMG to maintain the state licensure and other credentialing requirements of itsour providers. Under the services agreement, Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.THMG currently pays us an access fee of $65,000 per month for network operations center and medical records maintenance, a fixed feefees of approximately $353,000$1,815,000 and $778,000, respectively$1,151,000 per month for our provision of

11

Table of Contents

management and administrative services and marketing expense, respectively, and a license fee of $10,000 per month for the non-exclusive use of the Teladoc Health trade name. The services agreement has a 20-year term and expires in February 2025 unless earlier terminated upon mutual agreement of the parties or unilaterally by a party following the commencement of bankruptcy or liquidation

12

Table of Contents

proceeds by the non-terminating party, a material breach of the services agreement by the non-terminating party, or a governmental or judicial termination order related to the services agreement. The Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.THMG Association is considered a variable interest entity and its financial results are included in Teladoc Health’s consolidated financial statements.

RegulationSeasonality

For information regarding significant regulation that affects us, referIn our Integrated Care segment, as a result of many Clients’ introducing new services at the start of each year, a concentration of our new Client contracts has an effective date of January 1. Therefore, while membership increases, utilization and enrollment rates are dampened until service delivery ramps up over the course of the year. As a result of seasonal cold and flu trends, we historically have experienced our highest level of visit fee revenue during the first and fourth quarters of each year.

Due to “Regulatory Environment”the higher cost of Management’s Discussioncustomer acquisition during the end-of-year holiday season, our BetterHelp segment has historically reduced marketing activity during the fourth quarter. As a result of this dynamic, we have typically experienced fewer new member additions and Analysisthe strongest operating income performance in the fourth quarter. Conversely, as marketing activity typically resumes at the start of Financial Conditionthe year we typically experience the weakest operating income performance during the first quarter as new customer acquisition and Resultsrevenue growth lags marketing spend.

During the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021 and 2020, we did not experience the typical seasonality associated with cold and flu outbreaks, nor did we experience the typical seasonality associated with the BetterHelp business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of Operationsour common stock.” included elsewhere in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K,10-K.

Health Equity

Our commitment to health equity is central to our mission of empowering all people everywhere to achieve their healthiest lives. In 2022, we made targeted investments to advance these health equity goals in three core areas: setting and implementing an enterprise-wide health equity strategy, leveraging data to address disparities, and delivering culturally responsive care.

We convened a Health Equity Task Force in 2022 to research, vet and recommend new ways to address barriers to health equity. Based on the task force’s recommendations, we have taken several steps to formalize our approach to health equity, including establishing and hiring for the roles of Chief Health Equity Officer and Vice President of Diversity, Equity and Inclusion, and embedding a new health equity program director within our product team to help incorporate more inclusive best practices to our solutions and experiences.

Through our interactions with the people who use our services, we gain insights into how we can better serve our diverse populations and help reduce inequities. For example, when our clinical analytics team uncovered a gap in our experience for Hispanic members—which affected their health outcomes—we applied that data to prioritize the rollout of Spanish-language experiences across our portfolio. We also made investments to collect more quantitative and qualitative patient data, helping to further support identification of disparities at the population level and improve care. Beginning in 2023, we expect to launch new capabilities for our members to self-report an expanded range of health equity-related data including race, ethnicity, gender identity, pronouns, and preferred language.

We are also helping to ensure the care we deliver is responsive to each individual’s needs, beliefs and preferences. For example, we launched Spanish-language experiences across our portfolio, increased our accessibility features to better accommodate phone-based preferences and low-bandwidth environments and support people with visual and physical impairments, and continue our efforts to recruit a provider network that reflects the diversity of those we serve.

12

Table of Contents

Regulatory Environment

Our operations are subject to comprehensive U.S. federal, state and local, and comparable multiple levels of international regulation in the jurisdictions in which we do business. The laws and rules governing our business and interpretations of those laws and rules continue to expand and become more restrictive each year and are subject to frequent change. Our ability to operate profitably will depend in part upon our ability, and that of our affiliated providers, to maintain all necessary licenses and to operate in compliance with applicable laws and rules. Those laws and rules continue to evolve, and we therefore devote significant resources to monitoring developments in healthcare and medical practice regulation. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our business processes from time to time. In many jurisdictions where we operate, neither our current nor our anticipated business model has been the subject of judicial or administrative interpretation. We cannot be assured that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations.

Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, state and federal regulatory authorities have reduced or removed a number of regulatory requirements in order to increase the availability of telehealth services. For example, changes were made to the Medicare and Medicaid programs (through waivers and other regulatory authority) to increase access to telehealth services by, among other things, increasing reimbursement, permitting the enrollment of out of state providers, and eliminating prior authorization requirements. It is uncertain how long these COVID-19 related regulatory changes will remain in effect and whether they will continue beyond this public health emergency period. We do not believe that our operations or results will be materially adversely affected by a return to the status quo from a regulatory perspective.

For additional discussion of certain factors that may cause our actual results to differ from currently anticipated results in connection with regulation that affects us,regulatory environment, see “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Telehealth Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines

The practice of medicine, including the provision of mental health services, is subject to various federal, state, and local certification and licensing laws, regulations, and approvals, relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, the practice of medicine (including the provision of remote care and cross coverage practice), equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, and the prerequisites for the prescription of medication. The application of some of these laws to telehealth is unclear and subject to differing interpretation. Physicians, physician assistants, advanced practice registered nurses, nurses, and mental health professionals who provide professional medical or mental health services to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine or to provide mental health treatment in the state in which the patient is located. We have established systems for ensuring that our affiliated physicians and mental health professionals are appropriately licensed under applicable state law and that their provision of telehealth to our members occurs in each instance in compliance with applicable rules governing telehealth. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in our services being found to be non-reimbursable or prior payments being subject to recoupments and can give rise to civil or criminal penalties.

U.S. Corporate Practice of Medicine; Fee Splitting

We contract with physicians or physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations to deliver our U.S. telehealth services to their patients. We frequently enter into management services contracts with these physicians and physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations pursuant to which we provide them with billing, scheduling, and a wide range of other services, and they pay us for those services out of the fees they collect from patients and third-party payors. These contractual relationships are subject to various state laws that prohibit fee splitting or the practice of medicine by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine restrictions of certain states, decisions and activities such as scheduling, contracting, setting rates, and the hiring and management of non-clinical personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine.

13

Table of Contents

State corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting laws vary from state to state and are not always consistent among states. In addition, these requirements are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our engagement of a provider licensed in the state or the provision of telehealth to a resident of the state. However, regulatory authorities or other parties, including our providers, may assert that, despite these arrangements, we are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine or that our contractual arrangements with affiliated physician groups constitute unlawful fee splitting. In this event, failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action against us and/or our providers, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease-and-desist orders from state regulators, loss of provider licenses, the need to make changes to the terms of engagement of our providers that interfere with our business and other materially adverse consequences.

U.S. Federal and State Fraud, Waste, and Abuse Laws

Federal Stark Law

We are subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable, this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with the entity, unless an exception applies. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include the denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the statute, mandatory refunds of any sums paid for such services, civil penalties of up to $27,750 for each violation, and twice the dollar value of each such service and possible exclusion from future participation in the federally funded healthcare programs. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibitions may be fined up to $185,009 for each applicable arrangement or scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A determination of liability under the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute

We are also subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broadly worded and prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, or (iii) the purchasing, leasing, or ordering or arranging or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation, making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” required for a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, as discussed below. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including civil monetary penalties of up to $112,131, and criminal fines of $100,000 per violation, and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration, and imprisonment of up to ten years. Imposition of any of these remedies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the HHS Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) has published safe-harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.

14

Table of Contents

False Claims Act

Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers, a significant number of these investigations involve the federal False Claims Act. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government or has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $12,537 to $25,076 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. A False Claims Act violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally funded healthcare programs. In addition, some states have adopted similar fraud, whistleblower, and false claims provisions.

State and Foreign Fraud, Waste, and Abuse Laws

Several states and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate have also adopted or may adopt similar fraud, waste, and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary by jurisdiction and are enforced by local courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud, waste, and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program. A determination of liability under such state fraud, waste, and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Other Healthcare Laws

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”) and their implementing regulations, (collectively, “HIPAA”), established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to insurance companies and other non-governmental payors of healthcare services. Under HIPAA, these two additional federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device, or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These provisions are intended to punish some of the same conduct in the submission of claims to private payors as the federal False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs.

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of copayments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner, or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be liable for civil monetary penalties for each wrongful act. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the Anti-Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient.

15

Table of Contents

Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payers may implicate applicable state laws related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts, and statutory or common law fraud.

Foreign and U.S. State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personally identifiable information (“PII”), including health information. In particular, HIPAA establishes privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of protected health information (“PHI”) and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. The THMG Association, our providers, and our health plan Clients are all regulated as covered entities under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23, 2013, HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the independent contractors, agents, and other “business associates” of covered entities that create, receive, maintain, or transmit PHI in connection with providing services to covered entities. We are also at times a business associate of other covered entities when we are working on behalf of our affiliated medical groups.

Violations of HIPAA may result in significant civil and criminal penalties, and a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. Our management responsibilities to the THMG Association also include assisting it with its obligations under HIPAA’s breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which has more than a low probability of compromising the privacy, security, or integrity of the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the HHS and the local media in cases where a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. The regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities, and others.

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and security enforcement efforts.

The privacy and security of personal information stored, maintained, received or transmitted electronically is an enforcement priority in the U.S. and internationally. While we strive to comply with all applicable privacy and security laws and regulations, as well as our own posted privacy policies, legal standards for privacy, including but not limited to “unfairness” and “deception,” as enforced by the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and state attorneys general, any failure or perceived failure to comply with such requirements may result in proceedings or actions against us by government entities or private parties, or could cause us to lose Clients or members, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Recently, there has been an increase in public awareness of privacy issues in the wake of revelations about the activities of various government agencies and in the number of private privacy-related lawsuits filed against companies. Any allegations about our practices with regard to the collection, use, disclosure, or security of personal information or other privacy-related matters, even if unfounded and even if we are in compliance with applicable laws, could damage our reputation and harm our business.

Many states in which we operate and in which our patients reside also have laws that protect the privacy and security of personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to, or even more protective, and may apply more broadly than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws, or they apply to personal information that HIPAA does not regulate. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”) protects the personal

16

Table of Contents

information of California consumers regardless of the location of the business holding the information. The California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) provides additional rights for California consumers and went into effect on January 1, 2023. Numerous states have enacted, or are currently reviewing, legislation that is similar to the CCPA and/or CPRA. For example, Virginia passed the Virginia Consumer Data Protect Act in March 2021, which became effective on January 1, 2023. At least three more states have laws scheduled to become effective in 2023, including Colorado, Connecticut, and Utah. There are also active bills going through the legislative process in many more states. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA or apply more broadly than HIPAA, or apply to different personal information than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject.

In addition to HIPAA and state information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal laws, including laws that prohibit unfair and deceptive practices which may include deceptive statements about privacy and security policies and practices.

In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of PII and PHI. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials.

We are also subject to laws and regulations in non-U.S. countries covering data privacy and the protection of health-related and other personal information. European Union (“EU”) member states and other jurisdictions have adopted data protection laws and regulations, which impose significant compliance obligations. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure, processing, and security of personal information that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names, contact information, and sensitive personal data such as health data. These laws and regulations are subject to frequent revisions and differing interpretations and have generally become more stringent over time.

The GDPR imposes many requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals, a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymized (i.e., key-coded) data, and additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data. The GDPR allows EU member states to make additional laws and regulations further limiting the processing of genetic, biometric, or health data. Failure to comply with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in fines of up to €10,000,000 or up to 2% of the total worldwide annual revenue from the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties.

We are also subject to EU laws on data export, as we may transfer personal data from the EU to other jurisdictions, in particular the U.S. These obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other requirements or our practices. In addition, these rules are constantly under scrutiny. For example, following a decision of the Court of Justice of the EU in October 2015 (commonly referred to as the Schrems I), transferring personal data to U.S. companies that had certified as members of the U.S. Safe Harbor Scheme was declared invalid. In July 2016, the European Commission adopted the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield Framework which replaced the Safe Harbor Scheme. However, the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield Framework was also declared invalid by the Court of Justice of the EU in July 2020 (commonly referred to as Schrems II). While Schrems II affirmed the validity of corporate binding rules and standard contractual clauses as legal bases to transfer EU data to the U.S., it also put into place stricter requirements for transfers based on standard contractual clauses. The EU and U.S. have yet to come to an agreement on a framework to replace the Privacy Shield.

17

Table of Contents

Some countries outside the EU have adopted laws that are similar to the EU GDPR. For example, Brazil adopted the Brazilian General Data Protection Law, which is closely aligned with the EU GDPR and began to be enforced in August 2021. Additionally, China adopted the Personal Information Protection Law (“PIPL”), which also closely aligns with GDPR, although there are differences. PIPL went into effect on November 1, 2021.

International Regulation

We expect to continue to expand our operations in foreign countries through both organic growth and acquisitions. Our international operations are subject to different, and sometimes more stringent, legal and regulatory requirements, which vary widely by jurisdiction, including anti-corruption laws; economic sanctions laws; various privacy, insurance, tax, tariff and trade laws and regulations; corporate governance, privacy, data protection (including GDPR), data mining, data transfer, labor and employment, intellectual property, consumer protection, and investment laws and regulations; discriminatory licensing procedures; required localization of records and funds; and limitations on dividends and repatriation of capital. In addition, the expansion of our operations into foreign countries increases our exposure to the anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-money laundering provisions of U.S. law, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”), and corresponding foreign laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “U.K. Bribery Act”).

The FCPA prohibits offering, promising, or authorizing others to give anything of value to a foreign government official to obtain or retain business or otherwise secure a business advantage. We also are subject to applicable anti-corruption laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Violations of the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws may result in severe criminal and civil sanctions as well as other penalties, and the SEC and the DOJ have increased their enforcement activities with respect to the FCPA. The U.K. Bribery Act is an anti-corruption law that is broader in scope than the FCPA and applies to all companies with a nexus to the United Kingdom. Disclosures of FCPA violations may be shared with the UK authorities, thus potentially exposing companies to liability and potential penalties in multiple jurisdictions. We have internal control policies and procedures and conduct training and compliance programs for our employees to deter prohibited practices. However, if our employees or agents fail to comply with applicable laws governing our international operations, we may face investigations, prosecutions, and other legal proceedings and actions which could result in civil penalties, administrative remedies, and criminal sanctions.

We also are subject to regulation by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against targeted foreign countries and regimes, terrorists, international narcotics traffickers, those engaged in activities related to the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, and other threats to the national security, foreign policy, or economy of the U.S. In addition, we may be subject to similar regulations in the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate.

OTHER INFORMATIONHuman Capital Management

EmployeesAt Teladoc Health, we live our values as a company through policies, governance, and deliberate investment in operating responsibly and sustainably. We are committed to making a positive impact in society and, perhaps even more importantly, to encourage others of like mind and spirit to join us in this critical work.

To fulfill our mission, we are focused on building a great company that becomes a global destination for amazing talent who want to build their careers, develop their capabilities, and grow both professionally and personally. We design a range of programs and initiatives to nurture talent, encourage curiosity and innovation, make room for diverse voices and perspectives, increase engagement and connectiveness, and mentor leaders for future roles. We build a range of total reward programs that support employees through fair, equitable, and competitive pay and benefits, and we invest in technology, tools, and resources to transform and increase the quality of work.

As of December 31, 2019,2022, we had over 2,400employed approximately 5,600 people, comprised of approximately 86% full-time employees focused on our mission of transforming the way healthcare is delivered around the world. Our dedicated employees are guided by our corporate values and driven by a passion to help people. The breadth, depth and diversity of14% part-time employees. In addition, we augment our employee base are key differentiators for us.with contractors to meet resource needs and to increase flexibility in managing our expense base. Of the total employee population as of December 31, 2022, approximately 65% of our employees worked in the U.S. and 35% worked in our international locations. Through the THMG Association and our BetterHelp platform, we also contract with a network of providers. In

18

Table of Contents

order to ensure predictable availability of providers and a consistent member experience, we expect that THMG will hire more providers and rely less on contractors.

We continue to look for ways to expand a range of programs and initiatives that are focused to attract, develop and retain our workforce – including a focused engagement through diversity, equity, and inclusion (“DEI”). We have enhanced our efforts in recent years to include:

Supporting Employees through Our Products and Services. We offer our employees full access to our diverse portfolio of whole-person health solutions, including free mental health resources, digital health devices, and on-demand access to the employee assistance program for employees and their dependents.

Talent Development. We prioritize and invest in creating opportunities to help employees grow and build their careers, through training and development programs. These include online and self-paced courses, live in-class education, professional speaker series, peer-to-peer learning, certification programs, and on-the-job training, as well as executive talent and succession planning paired with an individualized development approach.

Expanding the Voice of the Employee. We strive to build a culture of inclusion which includes soliciting employee feedback through our pulse engagement surveys, listening circles, and seeking opportunities to advance employee feedback.

Open Dialogue to Encourage Diverse Thinking and Voices. In 2022, we launched the Diversity in Health learning series to expand knowledge and awareness of diversity and health topics.

Business Resource Groups. We believe our business resource groups (“BRGs”) are a foundational element of the DEI ecosystem. Our seven BRGs include a focus on LGBTQ+, women, multicultural, military veterans, neurodiversity and differing physical and mental abilities, working parents and caregivers, and generational interests of employees who are engaged in four key pillars:

Building internal community/network

Advancing external community

Supporting business impact

Enhancing professional development

Focusing on diversity recruiting and talent acquisition. We continue to broaden our diversity hiring manager training resources for performance-based interviewing, which included a screening tool to promote gender-neutral job descriptions and expanded our corporate and college/university partnerships to advance our pipeline of diverse talent.

Community Impact. We embrace the opportunity and the responsibility to have a meaningful impact in our global community, using our voice and our resources to help expand equitable access to care, and create a better future for families and our neighbors. We continue to work toward further mobilizing our workforce to give back to the communities where we live and work through new volunteer programs and corporate matching opportunities for giving.

We set out to advance positive social change in our communities with a 2022 goal of volunteering more than 15,000 hours around the globe – a goal we exceeded by more than 30%. This was an ambitious goal that was consistent with our values, including those of respecting and taking care of people, doing what’s right, and succeeding together. For 2023, we have increased our goal to 20,000 volunteer hours and expanded these efforts to do good and give back to our communities.

19

Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We own and use trademarks and service marks on or in connection with our services, including both unregistered common law marks and issued trademark registrations in the United StatesU.S. and around the world. We also have trademark applications pending to register marks in the United StatesU.S. and internationally. In addition, we rely on certain intellectual property rights that we license from third parties and on other forms of intellectual property rights and measures, including trade secrets, know-how, and other unpatented proprietary processes and nondisclosure agreements, to maintain and protect proprietary aspects of our products and technologies. Other than the trademarks Teladoc Health (and design), Best Doctors (and design) and Advance Medical (and design), we do not believe our business is dependent to a material degree on trademarks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets. We require our employees, consultants, and certain of our contractors to execute confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements in connection with their employment or consulting relationships with us. We also require our employees and consultants to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived during the term of their employment or engagement while using our property or which relate to our business.

Legal ProceedingsAdditional Information

From timeOur website address is teladochealth.com. We make available free of charge at the Investors section of this website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to time, Teladoc Health is involved in various litigation matters arising out of the normal course of business, including the matters described below. We consult with legal counsel on those issues relatedreports filed or furnished pursuant to litigationSections 13(a) and seek input from other experts and advisors with respect to such matters. Estimating the probable losses or a range of probable losses resulting from litigation, government actions and other legal proceedings is inherently difficult and requires an extensive degree of judgment, particularly where the matters involve indeterminate claims for monetary damages, may involve discretionary amounts, present novel legal theories, are in the early stages of the proceedings, or are subject to appeal. Whether any losses, damages or remedies ultimately resulting from such matters could reasonably have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows will depend on a number of variables, including, for example, the timing and amount of such losses or damages (if any) and the structure and type of any such remedies. Teladoc Health’s management does not presently expect any litigation matter to have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

On December 12, 2018, a purported securities class action complaint (Reiner v. Teladoc Health, Inc., et.al.) was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against us and certain of our officers and a former officer. The complaint is brought on behalf of a purported class consisting of all persons or entities who purchased or otherwise acquired shares of our common stock during the period March 3, 2016 through December 5,

13

Table of Contents

2018. The complaint asserts violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a)15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, basedas amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after we file or furnish such materials with the SEC. The information on allegedly false or misleading statementsour website is not, and omissions with respect to, among other things, the alleged misconduct of one of our previous executive officers. The complaint seeks certification as a class action and unspecified compensatory damages plus interest and attorneys’ fees. We believe that the claims against us and our officers are without merit, and we and our named officers intend to defend ourselves vigorously, including filing a motion to dismiss the complaint, which motion was filed on September 13, 2019.

In addition, on June 21, 2019, a stockholder derivative lawsuit (Kreutter v. Gorevic, et al.) was filed in the SDNY against certain of our current and former directors and officers. The derivative lawsuit alleges that the named directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties to us in connection with factual assertions substantially similar to those in the purported securities class action complaint described above. We believe that the claims set forth in this stockholder derivative lawsuit are without merit.

On May 14, 2018, a purported class action complaint (Thomas v. Best Doctors, Inc.) was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against our wholly owned subsidiary, Best Doctors, Inc. The complaint alleges that on or about May 16, 2017, Best Doctors violated the U.S. Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA) by sending unsolicited facsimiles to plaintiff and certain other recipients without the recipients’ prior express invitation or permission. The lawsuit seeks statutory damages for each violation, subject to trebling under the TCPA, and injunctive relief. We will vigorously defend the lawsuit and any potential loss is currentlynot be deemed to be, immaterial.

Seasonality

We typically experience the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth and first quartersa part of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of the current year, or the start of each year, a concentration of our new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Therefore, while Membership increases, utilization is dampened until service delivery ramps up over the course of the year. Additionally, as a result of national seasonal cold and flu trends, we typically experience our highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year. Conversely, the second quarter of the year has historically been the period of lowest utilization of our provider network services relative to the other quarters of the year. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Other

To10-K or incorporated into any of our other filings with the extent required by Item 1 of Form 10-K, the information contained in Item 7 of this Annual Report is herebySEC, except where we expressly incorporated by reference in this Item 1.such information.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business, financial and operating results are subject to many significant risks and uncertainties, as described below. The following is a summary of the material risks known to us. ThereAdditional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. In addition, the impact of COVID-19 and any worsening of the economic environment may exacerbate the risks described below, any of which could have a material impact on us.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those risks discussed at-length below. These risks include, among others, the following:

our history of losses and accumulated deficit and the risk that we may not achieve profitability;

the potential for future non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets;

our ability to compete successfully in competitive markets;

the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy in general and on our business in particular, including recent cost inflation and supply chain disruptions;

risk of the loss of any of our significant Clients or partners, or the loss of a significant number of BetterHelp users;

risks associated with a decrease in the number of individuals offered benefits by our Clients or the number of products and services to which they subscribe, or a decrease in the number of members who utilize our BetterHelp service;

rapid technological change in the virtual care market or the failure to innovate and develop new applications and services that are adopted;

20

Table of Contents

our expectations and management of future growth, including our ability to introduce new products and any change in product mix that impacts our profitability;

our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships with third parties;

our ability to recruit and retain a network of qualified providers;

our dependence on a limited number of third-party suppliers for timely access to materials, and the risk of supply chain disruptions;

risk specifically related to our ability to operate in competitive international markets and comply with complex non-U.S. legal requirements;

our ability to recruit, retain and develop our workforce, and in particular software engineers;

our level of indebtedness and our ability to fund debt obligations and comply with covenants in our debt instruments;

our ability to obtain additional capital through debt or equity financings on commercially reasonable terms or at all;

failures of our cyber-security measures that expose the confidential information of us, our Clients or members;

ongoing legal challenges to, or new actions against, our business model, or the failure of the virtual care market to continue to develop;

our dependence on our relationships with affiliated professional entities;

evolving government regulations and our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business;

our ability to operate in the heavily regulated healthcare industry;

compliance with regulations concerning data privacy, including personally identifiable information and personal health information;

risk that we may be subject to legal proceedings and the insurance we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures; and

our ability to integrate acquired businesses and achieve fully the strategic and financial objectives related thereto, and their impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position

We have a history of cumulative losses, which we expect to continue, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception. We incurred net losses of $13,659.5 million and $428.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2022 included non-cash impairment charges of $13,402.8 million as discussed further below. As of December 31, 2022, we had an accumulated deficit of $15,008.3 million. These losses and accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we have made to expand our business and scope of services, acquire new Clients and members,

21

Table of Contents

build our proprietary network of healthcare providers, and develop our technology platform. We intend to continue scaling our business to increase our Client, member, and provider bases, broaden the scope of services we offer, and expand our applications of technology through which members can access our services. Accordingly, we anticipate that cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately) and operating expenses may continue to increase substantially in the foreseeable future. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain or increase profitability. Our prior losses, combined with our expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. As a result of these factors and cash flow needs, we may need to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings to fund our operations, and such capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all.

A significant portion of our revenue comes from a limited number of Clients, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Historically, we have relied on a limited number of Clients for a substantial portion of our total revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, our top ten Clients by revenue accounted for 19.2% and 21.8% of our total revenue, respectively. The loss of any of our key Clients, or a failure of some of them to renew or expand their relationships with us, could have a significant impact on the growth rate of our revenue, profitability, and our reputation. In addition, mergers and acquisitions involving our Clients could lead to cancellation or non-renewal of our contracts with those Clients or by the acquiring or combining companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential Clients and members.

We may incur additional non-cash impairment charges for our goodwill or non-cash impairment charges for our other intangible assets which would negatively impact our operating results.

As of December 31, 2022, our balance of goodwill was $1.1 billion. Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. We experienced a pair of triggering events in 2022 due to sustained decreases in our share price, prompting impairment assessments of goodwill and long-lived assets including definite-lived intangibles, first as of March 31, 2022, and again as of June 30, 2022. As a result of these assessments, we did not identify an impairment to our definite-lived intangible assets or other long-lived assets, but we recorded a $6.6 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge (or $40.88 per basic and diluted share) in the quarter ended March 31, 2022 and an additional $3.0 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge (or $18.77 per basic and diluted share) in the quarter ended June 30, 2022.

On October 1, 2022, we reorganized our reporting structure to include two reportable segments, Integrated Care and BetterHelp, which also represent reporting units for purposes of assessing goodwill. We performed our annual impairment test consistent with the rules set forth under ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” performing an initial test on our then-existing reporting unit. The impairment test utilized our latest estimates of projected cash flows, including revenues, margin, and capital expenditures, as well as current market assumptions for the discount rate and revenue multiples, to reflect current market conditions and risk assessments. Based on the result of the impairment test, we recognized an additional $2.6 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge, driven significantly by a decline in projected cash flows. Following this impairment, we reassigned the remaining $2.2 billion to our new reporting units using a relative fair value allocation approach. We performed tests of the asset groups identified for the purposes of testing the recoverability of each reporting unit’s definite-lived intangibles and other long-lived assets, which was passed by a significant margin. Lastly, a post allocation goodwill impairment test on each of our reporting units was performed, the result of which was the recognition of an additional $1.1 billion of impairment on the goodwill assigned to our Integrated Care reporting unit. The $3.8 billion (or $23.37 per basic and diluted share) non-cash charges in the quarter ended December 31, 2022 had no impact on the provision for income taxes.

In the event there are further adverse changes in our projected cash flows and/or further changes in key assumptions, including but not limited to an increase in the discount rate, lower market multiples, lower revenue growth, lower margin, and/or a lower terminal growth rate, we may be required to record additional non-cash impairment charges to our goodwill or non-cash impairment charges to our other intangibles and/or long-lived assets. Such non-cash charges

22

Table of Contents

could have a material risksadverse effect on our consolidated statements of which we are unaware.operations and balance sheets in the reporting period of the charge.

For additional information, see Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the sub-heading “Critical Accounting Estimates and Policies – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – Goodwill Impairment Charge.”

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The virtual care market is immature and volatile, and if it does not continue to develop, if it develops more slowly than we expect, if it encounters negative publicity, or if our solutions do not drive member engagement, the growth of our business will be harmed.

The virtual care market is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether it will continue to achieve and sustain high levels of demand, consumer acceptance, and market adoption. The COVID-19 pandemic increased utilization of virtual care services, but it is uncertain whether such increase in demand will continue. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of our members to use, and to increase the frequency and extent of their utilization of, our solutions, as well as on our ability to continue to demonstrate the value of virtual care to employers, health plans, government agencies, and other purchasers of healthcare for beneficiaries. Negative publicity concerning our solutions, or the virtual care market as a whole, could limit market acceptance of our solutions. If our Clients or members do not perceive the benefits of our solutions, or if our solutions do not drive member engagement, then our market may not continue to develop, or it may develop more slowly than we expect. Similarly, individual and healthcare industry concerns or negative publicity regarding patient confidentiality and privacy in the context of virtual care could limit market acceptance of our healthcare services. If any of these events occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The impact of potential changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in healthcare spending and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory, and other influences. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) made major changes in how healthcare is delivered and reimbursed, and increased access to health insurance benefits to the uninsured and underinsured population of the U.S. PPACA, among other things, increased the number of individuals with Medicaid and private insurance coverage, implemented reimbursement policies that tie payment to quality, facilitated the creation of accountable care organizations that may use capitation and other alternative payment methodologies, strengthened enforcement of fraud, waste, and abuse laws, and encouraged the use of information technology.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year pursuant to the Budget Control Act of 2011 and subsequent laws, which began in 2013 and due to subsequent legislative amendments, will stay in effect through 2030. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers, and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. New laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which may materially adversely affect Client and member demand and affordability for our solutions and, accordingly, our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additional changes that may affect our business include the expansion of new programs such as Medicare payment for performance initiatives for physicians under the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, which first affected physician payment in 2019. At this time, it is unclear how the introduction of the Medicare quality payment program will impact overall physician reimbursement.

Such changes in the regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payor mix that may affect our operations and revenue. Further, the PPACA may adversely affect payors by increasing medical costs generally, which could have an effect on the industry and potentially impact our business and revenue as payors seek to offset these

23

Table of Contents

increases by reducing costs in other areas. Certain of these provisions are still being implemented and the full impact of these changes on us cannot be determined at this time.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third-party payors will pay for healthcare products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition, and results of operations will be harmed.

The virtual care market is competitive, and we expect it to continue to attract increased competition, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition in the virtual care industry for our solutions from a range of companies, including specialized software and solution providers that offer competitive solutions, often at substantially lower prices, and that are continuing to develop additional products and becoming more sophisticated and effective. Aside from other competing virtual care companies and smaller industry participants, we also face competition from companies that offer solutions for mental health and management of chronic conditions, and enterprise companies who are focused on or may enter the healthcare industry, including initiatives and partnerships launched by these large companies. In addition, large, well-financed health plans, technology companies and retailers have in some cases developed or acquired their own tools and may provide these solutions to their customers at discounted prices. Competition from these parties will result in continued pricing pressures, which is likely to lead to price declines in certain product segments, which could negatively impact our sales, profitability, and market share. Increased competition has also resulted in elongated sales cycles for certain products, including chronic condition management solutions, which may continue to reduce our growth and could negatively impact our sales, profitability, and market share.

Some of our competitors may have, or new competitors or alliances may emerge that have, greater name recognition, a larger customer base, longer operating histories, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, larger sales forces, and significantly greater resources than we do. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies, or services to increase the availability of their solutions in the marketplace. Our competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of our markets, which could create additional price pressure. In light of these factors, even if our solutions are more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential Clients or members may accept competitive solutions in lieu of purchasing our solutions. If we are unable to successfully compete, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

The COVID-19 pandemic or other similar epidemics or adverse public health developments could cause disruptions and adversely impact our business and operations.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic. This pandemic, which has continued to spread, and the related adverse public health developments have adversely affected workforces, organizations, customers, economies, and financial markets globally, leading to an economic downturn and increased market volatility. The spread of COVID-19, including new variants, has disrupted and may continue to disrupt the normal operations of many businesses, including ours. Additionally, recent cost inflation and supply chain disruptions stemming from the pandemic have led to higher material costs, which we may not be able to successfully offset.

The COVID-19 pandemic increased utilization of our virtual care services, but it is uncertain whether such increase in demand will continue. While the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations to date, the future impact on our operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, impact and severity of new variants, impact on our Clients and members, impact on our sales cycles, and effect on our vendors, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. The economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and economic conditions have financially constrained some of our prospective and existing Clients’ and members’ healthcare spending and may continue to do so, which may

24

Table of Contents

negatively impact our ability to acquire new Clients and members and our ability to renew subscriptions with or sell additional solutions to our existing Clients and members. We also may experience increased member attrition to the extent our existing Clients reduce their respective workforces in response to economic conditions. In addition, due to our subscription-based business model, the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic or economic effects may not be fully reflected in our revenue until future periods. It is possible that the COVID-19 pandemic, the measures taken by the governments and businesses affected, and any resulting economic impact may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations as well as those of our customers.

It is not possible for us to accurately predict the duration or magnitude of the adverse results of the COVID-19 pandemic and its effects on our business, financial condition, and results of operations at this time, but such effects may be material. The COVID-19 pandemic may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks identified in this Form 10-K, such as those relating to our indebtedness, our need to generate sufficient cash flows to service our indebtedness, and our ability to comply with the covenants contained in the agreements that govern our indebtedness.

If our existing Clients do not continue or renew their contracts with us, renew at lower fee levels, or decline to purchase additional applications and services from us, or if our individual members do not renew their purchase of our solutions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from the renewal of existing Client contracts and sales of additional applications and services to existing Clients. As part of our growth strategy, for instance, we have focused on expanding our services amongst current Clients. As a result, selling additional applications and services are critical to our future business, revenue growth, and results of operations.

Factors that may affect our ability to sell additional applications and services include, but are not limited to, the following:

the price, performance, and functionality of our solutions;

the availability, price, performance, and functionality of competing solutions;

our ability to develop and sell complementary applications and services;

the stability, performance, and security of our products and solutions;

changes in healthcare laws, regulations, or trends; and

the business environment of our Clients and, in particular, any headcount reductions by our Clients.

We generally enter into subscription access contracts with our Clients. Most of our Clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solutions after the initial term expires. In addition, our Clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenue from these Clients. Our future results of operations also depend, in part, on our ability to expand into new clinical specialties and across care settings and use cases. If our Clients fail to renew their contracts, renew their contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels, or fail to purchase new products and services from us, our revenue may decline, or our future revenue growth may be constrained.

In addition, after the initial term, a significant number of our Client contracts allow Clients to terminate such agreements for convenience at certain times, typically with one to three months advance notice. We typically incur the expenses associated with integrating a Client’s data into our healthcare database and related training and support prior to recognizing meaningful revenue from such Client. Access revenue is not recognized until our products are implemented for launch. If a Client terminates its contract early and revenue and cash flows expected from a Client are not realized in the time period expected or not realized at all, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

25

Table of Contents

Similarly, individual members who utilize our BetterHelp services have no obligation to renew their subscriptions. Failure of such members to renew their subscriptions could cause the revenue of our BetterHelp segment to decline or constrain future growth.

Failure to successfully execute on the terms of our contracts could result in significant harm to our business. 

Our ability to grow and expand our business is contingent upon our ability to achieve desired performance metrics, cost savings, and/or clinical outcomes improvements under our existing contracts and to favorably resolve contract billing and interpretation issues with our Clients. Some of our contracts place a portion of our fees at risk or provide for gain share opportunity based on achieving such metrics, savings, and/or improvements. We cannot guarantee that we will achieve and reach mutual agreement with Clients with respect to contractually required performance metrics, cost savings and/or clinical outcomes improvements under our contracts within the expected time frames. Unusual and unforeseen patterns of healthcare utilization by individuals with diseases or conditions for which we provide services could adversely affect our ability to achieve desired performance metrics, cost savings, and clinical outcomes. Our inability to meet or exceed the targets under our Client contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Also, our ability to provide financial guidance with respect to performance-based contracts is contingent upon our ability to accurately forecast variables that affect performance and the timing of revenue recognition under the terms of our contracts ahead of data collection and reconciliation.

In addition, certain of our contracts are increasing in complexity, requiring integration of data, systems, people, programs and services, the execution of sophisticated business activities, and the delivery of a broad array of services to large numbers of people who may be geographically dispersed. The failure to successfully manage and execute the terms of these agreements could result in the loss of fees and/or contracts and could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan, and other Clients decreases, or the number of applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, our revenue will likely decrease.

Under most of our Client contracts, we base our fees on the number of individuals to whom our Clients provide benefits and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our Clients. Many factors may lead to a decrease in the number of individuals covered by our Clients and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our Clients, including, but not limited to, the following:

failure of our Clients to adopt or maintain effective business practices;

changes in the nature or operations of our Clients;

government regulations; and

increased competition or other changes in the benefits marketplace.

The number of individuals employed by some of our Clients has decreased, and the number of individuals employed by our Clients may in the future decrease, as a result of economic conditions, which could negatively impact our revenue. If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan and other Clients decreases, or the number of applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, for any reason, our revenue will likely decrease.

We incur significant upfront costs in our Client relationships, and if we are unable to maintain and grow these Client relationships over time, we are likely to fail to recover these costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We derive most of our revenue from access fees. Accordingly, our business model depends heavily on achieving economies of scale because our initial upfront investment is costly, and the associated revenue is recognized on a ratable basis. We devote significant resources to establish relationships with our Clients and implement our solutions and related services. This is particularly so in the case of large enterprises that, to date, have comprised a

26

Table of Contents

substantial majority of our Client base and revenue and often request or require specific features or functions unique to their particular business processes. Accordingly, our results of operations will depend in substantial part on our ability to deliver a successful experience for both Clients and members and persuade our Clients to maintain and grow their relationship with us over time. Additionally, as our business is growing significantly, our Client acquisition costs could outpace our build-up of recurring revenue, and we may be unable to reduce our total operating costs through economies of scale such that we are unable to achieve profitability. If we fail to achieve appropriate economies of scale or if we fail to manage or anticipate the evolution and in future periods, demand, of the access fee model, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

If our applications and services are not adopted by our Clients or members, or if we fail to innovate and develop new applications and services that are adopted by our Clients or members, our revenue and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Our longer-term results of operations and continued growth will depend in part on our ability to successfully develop and market new applications and services that our Clients and members want and are willing to purchase. In addition, we have invested, and will continue to invest, significant resources in research and development and acquisitions to enhance our existing solutions and introduce new high-quality applications and services. If existing Clients are not willing to make additional payments for such new applications, or if new Clients and members do not value such new applications, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If we are unable to predict user preferences or if our industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our solutions and services on a timely basis, we may lose Clients or members. Our results of operations would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our Clients and members, appropriately timed with market opportunity, or effectively brought to market.

Rapid technological change in our industry and the interoperability with third-party technologies presents us with significant risks and challenges.

The virtual care market is characterized by rapid technological change, changing consumer requirements, short product lifecycles, and evolving industry standards. Our success will depend on our ability to enhance our solutions with next-generation technologies and to develop or to acquire and market new services to access new consumer populations. As our operations grow, we must continuously improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure while maintaining or improving the reliability and integrity of our infrastructure as the cost of technology increases. Our future success also depends on our ability to adapt our systems and infrastructure to meet rapidly evolving consumer trends and demands while continuing to improve the performance, features, and reliability of our solutions in response to competitive services and offerings. We expect the use of alternative platforms such as tablets and wearables will continue to grow and the emergence of niche competitors who may be able to optimize offerings, services, or strategies for such platforms will require new investment in technology. New developments in other areas, such as cloud computing, have made it easier for competition to enter our markets due to lower up-front technology costs. In addition, we may not be able to maintain our existing systems or replace or introduce new technologies and systems as quickly as we would like or in a cost-effective manner.

There is no guarantee that we will possess the resources, either financial or personnel, for the research, design, and development of new applications or services, or that we will be able to utilize these resources successfully and avoid technological or market obsolescence. Further, there can be no assurance that technological advances by one or more of our competitors or future competitors will not result in our present or future applications and services becoming uncompetitive or obsolete. If we are unable to enhance our offerings and network capabilities to keep pace with rapid technological and regulatory change, or if new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive offerings at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently, or more securely than our offerings, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our success will also depend on the availability of our mobile apps in app stores and in “super-app” environments, and the creation, maintenance, and development of relationships with key participants in related industries, some of which may also be our competitors. In addition, if the accessibility of various apps is limited by government actions, the full functionality of devices may not be available to our members. Moreover, third-party

27

Table of Contents

platforms, services, and offerings are constantly evolving, and we may not be able to modify our platform to assure its compatibility with those of third parties. If we lose such interoperability, we experience difficulties or increased costs in integrating our offerings into alternative devices or systems, or manufacturers or operating systems elect not to include our offerings, make changes that degrade the functionality of our offerings, or give preferential treatment to competitive products, the growth of our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. This risk may be exacerbated by the frequency with which individuals change or upgrade their devices. In the event individuals choose devices that do not already include or support our platform or do not install our mobile apps when they change or upgrade their devices, our member engagement may be harmed.

A decline in the prevalence of employer-sponsored healthcare or the emergence of new technologies may render our virtual care solutions obsolete or require us to expend significant resources to remain competitive.

The U.S. healthcare industry is massive, with a number of large market participants with conflicting agendas, is subject to significant government regulation, and is currently undergoing significant change. Changes in our industry, for example, away from high deductible health plans, or the emergence of new technologies as more competitors enter our market, could result in our solutions being less desirable or relevant.

For example, we currently derive the majority of our revenue in our Integrated Care segment from sales to Clients that purchase healthcare for their employees (either via insurance or self-funded benefit plans). A large part of the demand for our solutions depends on the need of these employers to manage the costs of healthcare services that they pay on behalf of their employees. Some experts have predicted that future healthcare reform will encourage employer-sponsored health insurance to become significantly less prevalent as employees migrate to obtaining their own insurance over the state-sponsored insurance marketplaces. Were this to occur, there is no guarantee that we would be able to compensate for the loss in revenue from employers by increasing sales of our solution to health insurance companies, individuals, or government agencies. In such a case, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be adversely affected.

If healthcare benefits trends shift or entirely new technologies are developed that replace existing solutions, our existing or future solutions could be rendered obsolete, and our business could be adversely affected. In addition, we may experience difficulties with software development, industry standards, design, or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction, or implementation of new applications and enhancements.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase and we may be unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives, business strategies, or operating plans.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, which puts strain on our business, operations, and employees, and we anticipate that our operations will continue to expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our information technology infrastructure, financial and accounting systems, and controls. We recently embarked on a transformation initiative to upgrade our customer relationship management (“CRM”) and enterprise resources planning (“ERP”) systems in connection with our acquisition and integration activities. We must also attract, train, and retain a significant number of qualified sales and marketing personnel, customer support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel, finance and accounting personnel, and management personnel, and the availability of such personnel, in particular software engineers, may be constrained.

A key aspect to managing our growth is our ability to scale our capabilities to implement our solutions satisfactorily with respect to both large and demanding Clients, who currently constitute the substantial majority of our Client base, as well as smaller Clients who are becoming an increasingly larger portion of our Client base. Large Clients often require specific features or functions unique to their membership base, which, at a time of significant growth or during periods of high demand, may strain our implementation capacity and hinder our ability to successfully implement our solutions to our Clients in a timely manner. We may also need to make further investments in our technology and automate portions of our solutions or services to decrease our costs. If we are unable to address the needs of our Clients or members, or our Clients or members are unsatisfied with the quality of our solutions or services, they may not renew

28

Table of Contents

their contracts, seek to cancel or terminate their relationship with us, or renew on less favorable terms, any of which could cause our annual net dollar retention rate to decrease.

Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to overinvest or underinvest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems, or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. Our growth is expected to require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects such as the development of new applications and services. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may grow more slowly than expected, and we may be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our services may also suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to attract and retain Clients and members.

We are continually executing a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance our business, including the introduction of new products and solutions such as virtual primary care. The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on several assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies, and operating plans and realize all of the benefits, including growth targets and cost savings, that we expect to achieve, or it may be more costly to do so than we anticipate. A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all of the expected benefits. These risks include, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans, increased difficulty and cost in implementing these efforts, including difficulties in complying with new regulatory requirements, and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business. Moreover, our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations and performance. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will realize these benefits. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize are less than our estimates or the implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans adversely affect our operations or cost more or take longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions prove inaccurate, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with third parties, including our partner organizations and technology and content providers. For example, we partner with a number of price transparency, health savings account, and other benefits platforms to deliver our solutions to their consumers. Identifying partners and negotiating and documenting relationships with them requires significant time and resources. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to, or utilization of, our products and services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners by our competitors could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential Clients, as our partners may no longer facilitate the adoption of our applications by potential Clients. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased Client use of our applications or increased revenue.

Our business and growth strategy depend on our ability to maintain and expand a network of qualified providers. If we are unable to do so, our future growth would be limited and our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be harmed.

Our success is dependent upon our continued ability to maintain a network of qualified providers, and demand for such providers in both our Integrated Care and BetterHelp businesses has become increasingly competitive. In order to ensure predictable availability of providers and a consistent member experience, we expect that the THMG Association will hire more providers and rely less on contractors. If we are unable to recruit and retain board-certified physicians, mental health providers, and other healthcare professionals, or unable to augment our or the THMG Association’s employee base with contractors to meet resource needs, it would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and ability to grow. In any particular market, providers could demand higher payments

29

Table of Contents

or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less attractive service for our Clients and members, or difficulty meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements.

Our ability to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with providers also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated with us, such as changes in Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement levels and other pressures on healthcare providers and consolidation activity among hospitals, physician groups, and healthcare providers. The failure to maintain or to secure new cost-effective provider contracts may result in a loss of or inability to grow our membership base, higher costs, healthcare provider network disruptions, less attractive service for our Clients and members, and/or difficulty in meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.

We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued development of our direct sales force and our ability to obtain new Clients and to manage our existing Client base. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense, and attention. It can take six months or longer before a new sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our services will suffer, and our growth will be impeded.

Our sales and implementation cycle can be long and unpredictable and requires considerable time and expense, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate.

The sales cycle for our solutions from initial contact with a potential lead to contract execution and implementation varies widely by Client and solution, ranging from a number of days to approximately 24 months. Business interruptions caused by current economic conditions have and may continue to delay or lengthen some of our Clients’ sales cycles. Some of our Clients undertake a significant and prolonged evaluation process, including to determine whether our services meet their unique healthcare needs, which frequently involves evaluation of not only our solutions but also an evaluation of those of our competitors, which has in the past resulted in extended sales cycles. For example, this has occurred and may continue to occur with respect to our chronic condition management solutions. Our sales efforts involve educating our Clients about the use, technical capabilities, and potential benefits of our solutions. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing activities, which lowers our operating margins, particularly if no sale occurs. Moreover, our large enterprise Clients often begin to deploy our solutions on a limited basis, but nevertheless demand extensive configuration, integration services, and pricing concessions, which increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these Clients will deploy our solutions widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment. It is possible that in the future we may experience even longer sales cycles, more complex Client needs, higher upfront sales costs, and less predictability in completing some of our sales as we continue to expand our direct sales force, expand into new territories, and market additional applications and services. If our sales cycle lengthens or our substantial upfront sales and implementation investments do not result in sufficient sales to justify our investments, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Economic uncertainties or downturns in the general economy or the industries in which we or our Clients operate could disproportionately affect the demand for our solutions and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Economic downturns, market volatility, inflation and uncertainty make it potentially very difficult for our Clients and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. During challenging economic times, our Clients may have difficulty gaining timely access to sufficient credit or obtaining credit on reasonable terms, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us and adversely affect our revenue. If that were to occur, our financial results could be harmed. Furthermore, we have Clients in a variety of different industries. A significant downturn in the economic activity attributable to any particular industry may cause organizations to react by reducing their capital and

30

Table of Contents

operating expenditures in general or by specifically reducing their spending on healthcare matters, including chronic care and mental health solutions. In addition, our Clients may delay or cancel healthcare projects or seek to lower their costs by renegotiating vendor contracts. To the extent purchases of our solutions are perceived by Clients and potential Clients to be discretionary, our revenue may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in general healthcare spending. Also, competitors may respond to challenging market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our Clients or members.

Similarly, economic conditions may impact the ability of our members to pay for our BetterHelp services, particularly if such services are perceived by members to be discretionary. Any decrease in, or reduction in growth of, the number of paying users who utilize our BetterHelp services would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, challenging economic conditions may impair the ability of our Clients to pay for the applications and services they already have purchased from us and, as a result, our write-offs of accounts receivable could increase. We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. If the condition of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsens, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.

Our quarterly results of operations, including our revenue, gross profit, net loss, and cash flows, have varied and may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, without limitation, the following:

the addition or loss of large Clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations of such Clients;

seasonal and other variations in the timing of the sales of our services or the cost of BetterHelp customer acquisitions, as discussed above;

the timing of recognition of revenue, including possible delays in the recognition of revenue due to sometimes unpredictable Client implementation timelines and performance guarantees;

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations, and infrastructure;

our ability to effectively manage the size and composition of our proprietary network of healthcare professionals relative to the level of demand for services from our members;

the timing and success of introductions of new applications and services by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, Clients, or strategic partners;

Client renewal rates and the timing and terms of Client renewals;

the mix of applications and services sold during a period;

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill and/or intangible assets; and

changes in the value or useful lives of our assets.

31

Table of Contents

We are particularly subject to fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations because the costs associated with entering into Client contracts are generally incurred up front, while we generally recognize revenue over the term of the contract. Further, most of our Integrated Care revenue in any given quarter is derived from contracts entered into with our Clients during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our revenue for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue in future periods and the effect of significant downturns in sales of and market demand for our solutions, and potential changes in our rate of renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our access fee model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue through additional sales in any period, with the exception of the first quarter during peak benefits enrollment, as revenue from new Clients must be recognized over the applicable term of the contract. Accordingly, the effect of changes in the industry impacting our business or changes we experience in our new sales may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations. Any fluctuation in our quarterly results may not accurately reflect the underlying performance of our business and could cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components of our medical devices, and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, could harm our business.

We utilize sole source contract manufacturing vendors to build and assemble our medical device products. The hardware components included in such devices are sourced from various suppliers by the manufacturers thereof and are principally industry standard parts and components that are available from multiple vendors. Quality or performance failures of the devices or changes in the contractors’ or vendors’ financial or business condition could disrupt our ability to supply quality products to our Clients and members and thereby have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

For our business strategy to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with components in sufficient quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Increases in our product sales, whether forecasted or unanticipated, could strain the ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large supply of components in a manner that meets these various requirements.

We do not have long-term supply agreements with our suppliers and, in many cases, we make our purchases on a purchase order basis. Under our supply agreements, we have no obligation to buy any given quantity of products, and our suppliers have no obligation to manufacture for us or sell to us any given quantity of products. As a result, our ability to purchase adequate quantities of our products may be limited. Additionally, our suppliers may encounter problems that limit their ability to supply products to us, including financial difficulties, labor shortages, shutdowns related to the COVID-19 pandemic, shipping delays, or damage to their manufacturing equipment or facilities. If we fail to obtain sufficient quantities of high-quality components to meet demand on a timely basis, we could lose Clients or members, our reputation may be harmed, and our business could suffer. For certain of our contracts, we have obligations to provide a blood glucose meter and other supplies to new members within a certain specified period of time, and/or to provide replacements for defective blood glucose meters within a certain specified period of time. If we are regularly unable to meet those obligations, our channel partners, resellers, or Clients may decide to terminate their contracts.

Depending on a limited number of suppliers, or on a sole supplier, exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality, and delivery schedules. Moreover, we may not be able to convince suppliers to continue to make components available to us unless there is demand for such components from their other clients. As a result, there is a risk that certain components could be discontinued and no longer available to us, including as a result of supply chain disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting economic conditions. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of components in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of factors such as the proprietary nature of our solutions, our quality control standards, and regulatory requirements, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. Failure of any of our suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires would limit our ability to meet our sales commitments, which could harm our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also have difficulty qualifying new suppliers and obtaining

32

Table of Contents

similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) or other regulatory agencies, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory and quality requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures, or civil penalties. It could also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative components or technologies, and modify our solutions to incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could result in a requirement to seek additional regulatory approvals or clearances for alternative components used in our medical devices. Any disruption of this nature or increased expenses could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our international operations pose certain political, legal and compliance, operational, regulatory, economic, and other risks to our business that may be different from or more significant than risks associated with our domestic operations, and our exposure to these risks is expected to increase.

Our international business is subject to political, legal and compliance, operational, regulatory, economic, and other risks resulting from differing legal and regulatory requirements, political, social, and economic conditions and unforeseeable developments in a variety of jurisdictions. These risks vary widely by country and include varying regional and geopolitical business conditions and demands, government intervention and censorship, discriminatory regulation, nationalization or expropriation of assets, and pricing constraints. Our international solutions need to meet country-specific Client and member preferences as well as country-specific legal requirements, including those related to licensing, virtual care, privacy, data storage, location, protection, and security. Our ability to conduct virtual care services internationally is subject to the applicable laws governing remote healthcare and the practice of medicine in such location, and the interpretation of these laws is evolving and vary significantly from country to county and are enforced by governmental, judicial, and regulatory authorities with broad discretion. We cannot, however, be certain that our interpretation of such laws and regulations is correct in how we structure our operations, our arrangements with physicians, services agreements, and customer arrangements. We earned approximately 13% of revenue internationally in 2022.

Our international operations require us to overcome logistical and other challenges based on differing languages, cultures, legal and regulatory schemes, and time zones. Our international operations encounter labor laws, customs, and employee relationships that can be difficult, less flexible than in our domestic operations and expensive to modify or terminate. In some countries we are required to, or choose to, operate with local business partners, which requires us to manage our partner relationships and may reduce our operational flexibility and ability to quickly respond to business challenges.

Our international operations are also subject to particular risks in addition to those faced by our domestic operations, including:

the need to localize and adapt our solutions for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

obtaining regulatory approvals or clearances where required for the sale of our solutions, devices, and services in various countries;

potential loss of proprietary information due to misappropriation or laws that may be less protective of our intellectual property rights than U.S. laws or that may not be adequately enforced;

requirements of foreign laws and other governmental controls, including compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, healthcare, tax, privacy, and data protection laws and regulations;

data privacy laws that require that Client and member data be stored and processed in a designated territory;

new and different sources of competition and laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

33

Table of Contents

local business and cultural factors that differ from our normal standards and practices, including business practices that we are prohibited from engaging in by the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws and regulations;

changes to economic sanctions laws and regulations;

central bank and other restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash from international subsidiaries;

adverse tax consequences;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates, economic instability, and inflationary conditions, which could make our solutions more expensive or increase our costs of doing business in certain countries;

limitations on future growth or inability to maintain current levels of revenues from international sales if we do not invest sufficiently in our international operations;

different pricing environments, longer sales cycles, and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;

difficulties in staffing, managing and operating our international operations, including difficulties related to administering our stock plans in some foreign countries and increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

difficulties in coordinating the activities of our geographically dispersed and culturally diverse operations;

political unrest, war, terrorism, economic instability, curtailment of trade, epidemics (including the COVID-19 pandemic), or regional natural disasters, particularly in areas in which we have facilities.

For example, the conflict in Ukraine and the surrounding region has led to disruption, instability, and volatility in global markets, increased inflation and further disrupted supply chains. We also have employees and/or contractors in Ukraine and surrounding countries, including Belarus, primarily focused on technology development, and they and our development efforts have been disrupted, and any further disruptions could impact our operations.

Our overall success in international markets depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these risks and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so without incurring unexpected costs. If we are not able to manage the risks related to our international operations, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers and other senior leaders. These individuals are at-will employees and therefore they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. From time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives or other key employees, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel. However, competition in the job market is intense for a limited pool of qualified professionals. Inability to meet the ever-increasing expenses (salaries, benefits and technology costs, and talent inflation) of attracting and retaining talent may threaten our ability to provide the staffing resources needed to execute our growth strategy. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled

34

Table of Contents

personnel with appropriate qualifications, in particular software engineers and product managers. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working in the healthcare market is limited overall. In addition, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have.

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in high technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity-based awards they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility in the price of our stock may, therefore, adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity-based compensation may discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join our company. Failure to attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are dependent on our ability to recruit, retain and develop a very large and diverse workforce. We must evolve our culture in order to successfully grow our business.

Our products and services and our operations require a large number of employees. A significant number of employees have joined us in recent years as a result of our rapid growth, our acquisitions and our entry into new businesses. Our success is dependent on our ability to evolve our culture, align our talent with our business needs, engage our employees, and inspire our employees to be open to change, to innovate, and to maintain member- and Client-focus when delivering our services. Our business would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our executives and senior management; or if we fail to effectively recruit, integrate, retain, and develop key talent and/or align our talent with our business needs, in light of the current rapidly changing environment. While we have succession plans in place and we have employment arrangements with a limited number of key executives, these do not guarantee that the services of these or suitable successor executives will continue to be available to us.

If we fail to develop widespread brand awareness cost-effectively, or are subject to widespread negative media coverage, our business may suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread adoption of our solutions and attracting new Clients and members. Our brand promotion activities may not generate Client or member awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in doing so, we may fail to attract or retain Clients or members necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad Client and member adoption of our solutions.

In addition, unfavorable publicity regarding, among others, us, our business, our solutions, the healthcare industry, litigation or regulatory activity, our data privacy, or data security practices, or those of other participants in our industry, could materially adversely affect our reputation. From time to time, news media outlets have provided negative coverage regarding virtual care and privacy practices, in particular related to BetterHelp. Any negative media coverage or public perceptions about our brand, regardless of the accuracy of such reporting or perceptions, may have an adverse impact on our business and reputation, as well as have an adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain Clients, members or employees, and result in decreased revenue, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our BetterHelp marketing efforts may not be successful or may become more expensive, either of which could increase our costs and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

BetterHelp represents a significant portion of our overall business and has been rapidly growing in recent years. We spend significant resources marketing this service. Any decrease in the amount or effectiveness of our BetterHelp marketing efforts could lead to lower revenue or growth and profitability of this business.

In addition, we rely on relationships for our BetterHelp business with a wide variety of third parties, including Internet search providers such as Google, social networking platforms such as Facebook, internet advertising networks,

35

Table of Contents

co-registration partners, retailers, distributors, television advertising agencies, and direct marketers, to source new members and to promote or distribute our services and products. Also, in connection with the launch of new services or products for our BetterHelp business, we may spend a significant amount of resources on marketing. If our marketing activities are inefficient or unsuccessful, if important third-party relationships or marketing strategies, such as internet search engine marketing and search engine optimization, become more expensive or unavailable, or are suspended, modified, or terminated, for any reason, if there is an increase in the proportion of individuals visiting our websites or purchasing our services by way of marketing channels with higher marketing costs as compared to channels that have lower or no associated marketing costs or if our marketing efforts do not result in our services being prominently ranked in internet search listings, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially and adversely impacted.

In order to support the growth of our business, we have and may need to incur additional indebtedness or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional indebtedness or capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception and we intend to continue to make significant investments to support our growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, develop new applications and services, enhance our existing solutions and services, enhance our operating infrastructure, and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, our net cash provided by operating activities was $189.3 million and $194.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, we had $918.2 million of cash and cash equivalents which are held for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2022, we had outstanding $1,000.0 million of 1.25% convertible senior notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”) and $0.7 million of 1.375% convertible senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes,” and together with the 2027 Notes, the “Notes”). As of December 31, 2022, Livongo Health, Inc. (“Livongo”) also had outstanding $550.0 million of 0.875% convertible senior notes due 2025 (the “Livongo Notes”), and we had agreed to guarantee Livongo’s obligations under the Livongo Notes. On January 1, 2023, we assumed all of Livongo’s rights and obligations under the Livongo Notes.

We may be required to use a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness. Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes and the Livongo Notes, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond our control. Such payments will reduce the funds available to us for working capital, capital expenditures, and other corporate purposes and limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, expansion plans, and other investments, which may in turn limit our ability to implement our business strategy, heighten our vulnerability to downturns in our business, the industry, or in the general economy, limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry, and prevent us from taking advantage of business opportunities as they arise. Our business may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt, or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. If we are unable to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, it could result in a default on our debt obligations, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We may settle conversions of the Notes and the Livongo Notes through payment or delivery, as the case may be, of cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock. The amount of cash paid, or number of shares delivered, in connection with any conversion may be material and could result in a significant depletion in the cash available to fund our operations or significant dilution to our stockholders.

Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, subscription renewal activity, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new or enhanced services, and the continuing market acceptance of virtual care. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings or collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could become more expensive due to rising interest rates or involve restrictive covenants

36

Table of Contents

relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, during times of economic instability, it has been difficult for many companies to obtain financing in the public markets or to obtain debt financing, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates. Although our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, we operate in different geographical areas and transact in a range of currencies in addition to the U.S. dollar. As a result, movements in exchange rates may cause our revenue and expenses to fluctuate, impacting our profitability and cash flows. Future business operations and opportunities, including any continued expansion of our business outside the U.S., may further increase the risk that cash flows resulting from these activities may be adversely affected by changes in currency exchange rates. In the event we are unable to offset these risks, there may be a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In appropriate circumstances where we are unable to naturally offset our exposure to these currency risks, we may enter into derivative transactions to reduce such exposures. Even where we implement hedging strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, costs to implement the strategies, and potential accounting implications. Nevertheless, exchange rate fluctuations may either increase or decrease our revenues and expenses as reported in U.S. dollars. Moreover, foreign governments may restrict transfers of cash out of the country and control exchange rates. There can be no assurance that we will be able to repatriate our earnings, and at exchange rates that are beneficial to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our offices may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, power outages, fires, floods, nuclear disasters, health epidemics (including the COVID-19 pandemic), war (including the conflict in Ukraine), and acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. For example, our headquarters are located in the greater New York City area, a region with a history of terrorist attacks and hurricanes. Acts of terrorism, including malicious internet-based activity, could cause disruptions to the internet or the economy as a whole. Even with our disaster recovery arrangements, access to our platform could be interrupted. If our systems were to fail or be negatively impacted as a result of a natural disaster or other event, our ability to deliver our platform and solution to our Clients and members would be impaired or we could lose critical data. Although we maintain an insurance policy covering damage to property we rent, such insurance may not be sufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate during and after a disaster, and successfully execute on those plans in the event of a disaster or emergency, any such losses or damages could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and harm our reputation. In addition, our Clients’ facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties, or material adverse effects on our business.

37

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Information Technology

We rely on data center providers, internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third-party computer hardware and software, network and cloud service providers, other third parties and our own systems for providing services to our Clients and members, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with Clients and members, adversely affecting our brand and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We serve all of our Clients and members leveraging a multi-cloud architecture using leading multinational vendors. The actual instances are geographically diverse to insulate our applications from local failures and have an additional layer of redundancy provided by company-managed data centers. While we control and have access to our servers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The cloud vendors and the owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our cloud vendors or data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to a new vendor or a new data center facility, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. Problems faced by our cloud vendors or third-party data center locations with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their clients, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our Clients and members. Our cloud vendors or third-party data center operators could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial or business actions by our cloud vendors, third-party data centers operators, or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. These financial or business actions may include bankruptcy declarations or decisions to acquire or develop products that compete directly with our solutions. Should they compete against us, we may be at a disadvantage because they may gain additional insights into our system by analyzing our cloud traffic on their services.

In addition, our ability to deliver our services that rely on internet or mobile technology depends on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the internet or mobile technology by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity, and security. Our services are designed to operate without interruption in accordance with our service level commitments. However, we have experienced and expect that we may experience future interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with Clients and members. To operate without interruption, both we and our service providers must guard against:

damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters, health epidemics (including the COVID-19 pandemic), and other force majeure events outside our control;

communications failures;

software and hardware errors, failures, and crashes;

security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, denial-of-service attacks, and similar disruptive problems; and

other potential interruptions.

We exercise limited control over third-party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with technology and information services they provide. Interruptions in our network access and services in connection with third-party technology and information services may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to Clients or members for prepaid and unused subscription services, subject us to potential liability, or adversely affect Client or member renewal rates. Although we maintain a security and privacy damages insurance policy, the coverage under our policies may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur related to the services provided by our third-party

38

Table of Contents

vendors. In addition, we may not be able to continue to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost, if at all.

Our ability to rely on these services of third-party vendors could be impaired as a result of the failure of such providers to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and contractual covenants, or as a result of events affecting such providers, such as power loss, telecommunication failures, software or hardware errors, computer viruses, cyber incidents, and similar disruptive problems, fire, flood, and natural disasters. Any such failure or event could adversely affect our relationships with our Clients and members and damage our reputation. This could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If our or our vendors’ security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to a Client's or member’s data is obtained, or if a competitor gains a competitive edge through its investments in security programs, then our services may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose sales, Clients, and members.

Our services involve the storage and transmission of Clients’ and our members’ proprietary information, sensitive or confidential data, including valuable intellectual property and personal information of employees, Clients, members and others, as well as the PHI of our members. Because of the extreme sensitivity of the information we store and transmit, the security features of our and our third-party vendors’ computer, network, and communications systems infrastructure are critical to the success of our business. A breach or failure of our or our third-party vendors’ security measures could result from a variety of circumstances and events, including third-party action, employee negligence or error, malfeasance, computer viruses, cyber-attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and databases, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors, or catastrophic events. Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to further enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. While we have security measures in place, we have experienced cybersecurity incidents in the past. If our or our third-party vendors’ security measures fail or are breached, it could result in unauthorized persons accessing sensitive Client or member data (including PHI), a loss of or damage to our data, an inability to access data sources, or process data or provide our services to our Clients or members. Such failures or breaches of our or our third-party vendors’ security measures, or our or our vendors’ inability to effectively resolve such failures or breaches in a timely manner, could severely damage our reputation, adversely affect Client, member, or investor confidence in us, and reduce the demand for our services from existing and potential Clients or members. In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, monetary penalties, or regulatory actions for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and incur significant costs for remedial measures to prevent future occurrences and mitigate past violations. Applicable data protection laws, privacy policies, or data protection obligations may require us to notify affected individuals, regulators, customers, credit reporting agencies, and others in the event of a security breach. Members about whom we obtain health information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may have statutory or contractual rights that limit our ability to use and disclose the information. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to ensure ongoing compliance with applicable data protection laws, privacy policies, and data protection obligations. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights or breached our data protection obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could harm our business. Although we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.

We may experience cyber-security and other breach incidents that remain undetected for an extended period. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, or if we are unable to effectively resolve such breaches in a timely manner, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales, Clients, and members, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

39

Table of Contents

Also, the threat of ransomware has quickly escalated from a small, isolated incident to that of large-scale business disruption and data breach. A successful attack could shut down our ability to provide our services for an extended period of time, the result of which would be the loss of revenue, potential fines and costs associated with data loss, as well as a blemished reputation that could hinder our ability to retain and attract Clients and members.

In addition, our competitors may possess greater financial resources to invest in their security programs, leading to advanced data protection capabilities which could be perceived as a point of competitive differentiation. This potential competitive differentiation could put us at a relative disadvantage to such competitors and hinder our ability to retain and attract Clients and members.

Our proprietary software may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us, or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our application platform provides our members and providers with the ability to, among other things: register for our services; complete, view and edit medical history; request a visit (either scheduled or on demand); conduct a visit (via video or phone); use our devices to collect health information; and initiate an expert medical service. Proprietary software development is time consuming, expensive, and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary applications from operating properly. We are currently implementing software with respect to a number of new applications and services. If our solutions do not function reliably or fail to achieve Client or member expectations in terms of performance, Clients or members could assert liability claims against us or attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain Clients and members.

Moreover, data services are complex and those we offer have in the past contained, and may in the future develop or contain, undetected defects or errors. Material performance problems, defects, or errors in our existing or new software and applications and services may arise in the future and may result from interface of our solutions with systems and data that we did not develop and the function of which is outside of our control or undetected in our testing. These defects and errors, and any failure by us to identify and address them, could result in loss of revenue or market share, diversion of development resources, harm to our reputation, and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or errors may discourage existing or potential Clients or members from purchasing our solutions from us. Correction of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we cannot implement our solutions for Clients, enroll members or resolve any technical issues in a timely manner, we may lose Clients or members and our reputation may be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Clients utilize a variety of data formats, applications, and infrastructure and our solutions must support our Clients’ data formats and integrate with complex enterprise applications and infrastructures. If our virtual care platform does not currently support a Client’s required data format or appropriately integrate with a Client’s applications and infrastructure, then we must configure our platform to do so, which increases our expenses. Additionally, we do not control our Clients’ implementation schedules. As a result, if our Clients do not allocate the internal resources necessary to meet their implementation responsibilities or if we face unanticipated implementation difficulties, the implementation may be delayed. If the Client implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur significant costs, Clients could become dissatisfied and decide not to increase utilization of our solution or not to implement our solution beyond an initial period prior to their term commitment or, in some cases, revenue recognition could be delayed. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower implementation costs could jeopardize our Client relationships.

Our Clients and members depend on our support services to resolve any technical issues relating to our solution and services, and we may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in member demand

40

Table of Contents

for support services, particularly as we increase the size of our Client and membership bases. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. It is difficult to predict member demand for technical support services, and if member demand increases significantly, we may be unable to provide satisfactory support services to our members. Further, if we are unable to address members’ needs in a timely fashion or further develop and enhance our solution, or if a Client or member is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or with the technical support services rendered, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation or be required to issue credits or refunds for amounts related to unused services, and our profitability may be impaired and Clients’ and members’ dissatisfaction with our solution could damage our ability to expand the number of applications and services purchased by such Clients. These Clients may not renew their contracts, seek to terminate their relationship with us, or renew on less favorable terms, or members may not renew their subscriptions to our BetterHelp services. Moreover, negative publicity related to our Client or member relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our reputation or ability to compete for new business with current and prospective Clients or members. If any of these were to occur, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our business could be adversely affected by legal challenges to our business model or by actions restricting our ability to provide the full range of our services in certain jurisdictions.

Our ability to conduct telehealth services and expert medical servicesour business in a particular U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdiction is directly dependent upon the applicable laws governing remotevirtual healthcare, the practice of medicine, and healthcare delivery in general in such location which are subject to changing political, regulatory, and other influences. With respect to telehealthvirtual care services, in the past, state medical boards have established new rules or interpreted existing rules in a manner that has limited or restricted our ability to conduct our business as it was conducted in other states.

14

Table of Contents

Some of these actions have resulted in litigation and the suspension or modification of our telehealthvirtual care operations in certain states. With respect to expert medical services, we believe we are correct in the view that they do not constitute the practice of medicine in any jurisdiction in which we provide them. However, the extent to which a U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdiction considers particular actions or relationships to constitute practicing medicine is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by (in the case of U.S. states) medical boards and state attorneys general, among others, and (in the case of non-U.S. jurisdictions) the relevant regulatory and legal authorities, each with broad discretion.

In addition, our BetterHelp business and the industry as a whole has come under increasing scrutiny from government regulators in recent years, including as a result of the industry’s growing profile due to the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, see Note 19. “Legal Matters,” to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding a Civil Investigative Demand received from the FTC. Accordingly, we must monitor our compliance with lawlaws in every jurisdiction in which we operate, on an ongoing basis, and we cannot provide assurance that our activities and arrangements, if challenged, will be found to be in compliance with the law.laws. Additionally, it is possible that the laws and rules governing the practice of medicine, including remotevirtual healthcare, in one or more jurisdictions may change in a manner deleterious to our business. If a successful legal challenge or an adverse change in the relevant laws were to occur, and we were unable to adapt our business model accordingly, our operations in the affected jurisdictions would be disrupted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In our U.S. telehealth business, we are dependent on our relationships with affiliated professional entities, which we do not own, to provide physician services, and our business would be adversely affected if those relationships were disrupted.

There is a risk that U.S. state authorities in some jurisdictions may find thatdisrupted or if our contractual relationshipsarrangements with our physicians providing telehealthproviders or our Clients are found to violate state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine.medicine or fee splitting.

The laws of many states, including states in which many of our Clients are located, prohibit us from exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians and from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as splitting professional fees with physicians. These laws generally prohibit the practice of medicine by lay persons or entitiesand their interpretations vary from state to state and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons or entities from interferingenforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with or inappropriately influencing a physician’s professional judgment. The extent to which each state considers particular actions or contractual relationships to constitute improper influence of professional judgment varies across the statesbroad discretion, and isare subject to change and to evolving interpretations by state boards of medicine and state attorneys general, among others. As such,We enter into agreements with a professional association, THMG, which enters into contracts with our providers pursuant to which they render

41

Table of Contents

professional medical services. In addition, we must monitorenter into contracts with our complianceClients to deliver professional services in exchange for fees. These contracts include management services agreements with lawsour affiliated physician organizations pursuant to which the physician organizations reserve exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of the practice of medicine and the delivery of medical services. Although we seek to substantially comply with applicable state prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting, changes in, every jurisdiction in which we operate on an ongoing basis and we cannot guarantee thator subsequent interpretationinterpretations of, the corporate practice of medicine laws will notcould circumscribe our business operations, and state officials who administer these laws or other third parties may successfully challenge our existing organization and contractual arrangements. If such a claim were successful, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. A determination that these arrangements violate state statutes, or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships with our providers to comply with these statutes, could eliminate Clients located in certain states from the market for our services, which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. State corporate practice of medicine doctrines also often impose penalties on physicians themselves for aiding the corporate practice of medicine, which could discourage physicians from participating in our network of providers.

The corporate practice of medicine prohibition exists in some form, by statute, regulation, board of medicine or attorney general guidance, or case law, in at least 42 states, all of which we operate in, though the broad variation between state application and enforcement of the doctrine makes an exact count difficult. Due to the prevalence of the corporate practice of medicine doctrine, including in the states where we predominantly conduct our business, we contract for provider services through a services agreement with Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.,We do not own THMG, which is a 100% physician-ownedphysician owned independent entity, that has agreements with several professional corporations, to contract with physicians and professional corporations that contract with physicians for the clinical and professional services provided to our Members. We do not own Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. or the professional corporations with which it contracts. Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. is owned by Dr. Kyon Hood, one of our providers,THMG and the other professional corporations are owned by physicians licensed in their respective states. While we expect that these relationships will continue, we cannot guarantee that they will. A material change in our relationship with Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.,THMG, or among Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.THMG and the contracted professional corporations, whether resulting from a dispute among the entities, a change in government regulation, or the loss of these affiliations, could impair our ability to provide services to our Membersmembers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the arrangement in which we have entered to comply with state corporate practice of medicine doctrines could subject us to additional scrutiny by federal and state regulatory bodies regarding federal and state fraud, waste, and abuse laws. Any scrutiny, investigation, or litigation with regard to our arrangement with Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.THMG could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Evolving government regulations may require increased costs or adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In a regulatory climate that is uncertain, our operations have been, and may in the future be, subject to direct and indirect adoption, expansion, or reinterpretation of various laws and regulations. Compliance with these future laws and regulations may require us to change our practices at an undeterminable and possibly significant initial monetary and recurring expense.

15

Table of Contents

These additional monetary expenditures may increase future overhead, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have identified what we believe are the areas of government regulation that, if changed, would be costly to us. These areas include: rules governing the provision of telehealth; practice of medicine by physicians; licensure standards for doctors, physician assistants, advanced practice registered nurses, nurses, and behavioralmental health professionals; laws limiting the corporate practice of medicine; cybersecurity and privacy laws; laws and rules relating to the distinction between independent contractors and employees; and tax and other laws encouraging employer-sponsored health insurance and group benefits. There could be laws and regulations applicable to our business that we have not identified or that, if changed, may be costly to us, and we cannot predict all the ways in which implementation of such laws and regulations may affect us.

In the jurisdictions in which we operate, we believe we are in compliance with all applicable laws, but, due to the uncertain regulatory environment, certain jurisdictions may allege or determine that we are in violation of their laws. In the event that we must remedy such violations, we may be required to modify our services and products in a manner that undermines our solution’ssolutions’ attractiveness to our Clients, Membersmembers or providers, or experts, we may become subject to fines or other penalties or, if we determine that the requirements to operate in compliance in such jurisdictions are overly burdensome, we may elect to terminate our operations in such places. In each case, our revenue may decline, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Additionally, the introduction of new services may require us to comply with additional, yet undetermined, laws and regulations. Compliance may require obtaining appropriate licenses or certificates, increasing our security measures,

42

Table of Contents

and expending additional resources to monitor developments in applicable rules and ensure compliance. The failure to adequately comply with these future laws and regulations may delay or possibly prevent some of our products or services from being offered to Clients and Members,members, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In the U.S., we conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with these laws and government regulations, we could incur penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations, or experience adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The U.S. healthcare industry is heavily regulated and closely scrutinized by federal, state, and local governments. Comprehensive statutes and regulations govern the manner in which we provide and bill for services and collect reimbursement from governmental programs and private payors, our contractual relationships with our providers, vendors, and Clients, our marketing activities and other aspects of our operations. Of particular importance are:

the federal physician self-referral law, commonly referred to as the Stark Law, that, subject to limited exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with the entity, and prohibit the entity from billing Medicare or Medicaid for such designated health services;

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation, or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate, or other remuneration for referring an individual, in return for ordering, leasing, purchasing, or recommending or arranging for or to induce the referral of an individual or the ordering, purchasing, or leasing of items or services covered, in whole or in part, by any federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

the criminal healthcare fraud provisions of the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or

16

Table of Contents

HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA and related rules that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program or falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any material false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

the federal False Claims Act that imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that knowingly submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement in order to have a false claim paid, including qui tam or whistleblower suits;

reassignment of payment rules that prohibit certain types of billing and collection practices in connection with claims payable by the Medicare or Medicaid programs;

similar state law provisions pertaining to anti-kickback, self-referral, and false claims issues, some of which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers;

state laws that prohibit general business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine, controlling physicians’ medical decisions, or engaging in some practices such as splitting fees with physicians;

laws that regulate debt collection practices as applied to our debt collection practices;

43

Table of Contents

a provision of the Social Security Act that imposes criminal penalties on healthcare providers who fail to disclose, or refund known overpayments;

federal and state laws that prohibit providers from billing and receiving payment from Medicare and Medicaid for services unless the services are medically necessary, adequately and accurately documented, and billed using codes that accurately reflect the type and level of services rendered; and

federal and state laws and policies that require healthcare providers to maintain licensure, certification, or accreditation to enroll and participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to report certain changes in their operations to the agencies that administer these programs.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. Failure to comply with these laws and other laws can result in civil and criminal penalties such as fines, damages, overpayment, recoupment, imprisonment, loss of enrollment status and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are sometimes open to a variety of interpretations. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations to our business or any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us and negatively affect our business. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business, and result in adverse publicity.

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice, the OIG and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG,other governmental agencies have recently increased their scrutiny of healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions, and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, because of the potential for large monetary exposure under the federal False Claims Act, which provides for treble damages and minimum penalties of $11,463 to $22,927 per false claim or statement, healthcare providers often resolve allegations without admissions of liability for significant and material amounts to avoid the uncertainty of treble damages that may

17

Table of Contents

be awarded in litigation proceedings. Such settlements often contain additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree, settlement agreement or corporate integrity agreement. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ compliance with the healthcare reimbursement rules and fraud, waste, and abuse laws.

The laws, regulations and standards governing the provision of healthcare services may change significantly in the future. We cannot assure you that anyAny new or changed healthcare laws, regulations, or standards will not materially adversely affect our business. We cannot assure you that aor any review of our business by judicial, law enforcement, regulatory or accreditation authorities will not result in a determination that could adversely affect our operations.

Our international operations pose certain risks to our business that may be different from risks associated with our domestic operations.

Our international business is subject to risks resulting from differing legal and regulatory requirements, political, social and economic conditions and unforeseeable developments in a variety of jurisdictions. We have 17 offices globally and Clients across more than 175 countries worldwide. We earned approximately 20% of revenue internationally in 2019. Our international operations following are subject to particular risks in addition to those faced by our domestic operations, including:

the need to localize and adapt our solutions for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

potential loss of proprietary information due to misappropriation or laws that may be less protective of our intellectual property rights than U.S. laws or that may not be adequately enforced;

requirements of foreign laws and other governmental controls, including compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, healthcare, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations;

data privacy laws that require that client data be stored and processed in a designated territory;

new and different sources of competition and laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

local business and cultural factors that differ from our normal standards and practices, including business practices that we are prohibited from engaging in by the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws and regulations;

changes to economic sanctions laws and regulations;

central bank and other restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash from international subsidiaries;

adverse tax consequences;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates, economic instability and inflationary conditions, which could make our solutions more expensive or increase our costs of doing business in certain countries;

limitations on future growth or inability to maintain current levels of revenues from international sales if we do not invest sufficiently in our international operations;

different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;

18

Table of Contents

difficulties in staffing, managing and operating our international operations, including difficulties related to administering our stock plans in some foreign countries and increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

difficulties in coordinating the activities of our geographically dispersed and culturally diverse operations; and

political unrest, war, terrorism or regional natural disasters, particularly in areas in which we have facilities.

Our overall success in international markets depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these risks and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so without incurring unexpected costs. If we are not able to manage the risks related to our international operations, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our failure to comply with the anti-corruption, trade compliance and economic sanctions laws and regulations of the United States and applicable international jurisdictions could materially adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

We must comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, which may include the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act'”), as well as the laws of the countries where we do business. These laws and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents, and may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions and partnering activities. Where they apply, the FCPA and the Bribery Act prohibit us and our officers, directors, employees and business partners acting on our behalf, including joint venture partners and agents, from corruptly offering, promising, authorizing or providing anything of value to public officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. The Bribery Act also prohibits non-governmental ‘‘commercial'' bribery and accepting bribes. As part of our business, we may deal with governments and state-owned business enterprises, the employees and representatives of which may be considered public officials for purposes of the FCPA and the Bribery Act.

We also are subject to the jurisdiction of various governments and regulatory agencies around the world, which may bring our personnel and agents into contact with public officials responsible for issuing or renewing permits, licenses or approvals or for enforcing other governmental regulations. In addition, some of the international locations in which we will operate lack a developed legal system and have elevated levels of corruption. Our business also must be conducted in compliance with applicable export controls and trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations, including those of the U.S. government, the governments of other countries in which we will operate or conduct business and various multilateral organizations. Such laws and regulations include, without limitation, those administered and enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, the United Nations Security Council and other relevant sanctions authorities. Our provision of services to persons located outside the United States may be subject to certain regulatory prohibitions, restrictions or other requirements, including certain licensing or reporting requirements. Our provision of services outside of the United States exposes us to the risk of violating, or being accused of violating, anti-corruption, exports controls and trade compliance and economic sanctions laws and regulations. Our failure to successfully comply with these laws and regulations may expose us to reputational harm as well as significant sanctions, including criminal fines, imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions and suspension or debarment from government contracts, as well as other remedial measures. Investigations of alleged violations can be expensive and disruptive. Though we have implemented formal training and monitoring programs, we cannot assure compliance by our employees or representatives for which we may be held responsible, and any such violation could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates. Although our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, we operate in different geographical areas and transact in a range of currencies in addition to the U.S. dollar. As a result,

19

Table of Contents

movements in exchange rates may cause our revenue and expenses to fluctuate, impacting our profitability and cash flows. Future business operations and opportunities, including any continued expansion of our business outside the United States, may further increase the risk that cash flows resulting from these activities may be adversely affected by changes in currency exchange rates. In the event we are unable to offset these risks, there may be a material adverse impact on our business and operations. In appropriate circumstances where we are unable to naturally offset our exposure to these currency risks, we may enter into derivative transactions to reduce such exposures. Even where we implement hedging strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications. Nevertheless, exchange rate fluctuations may either increase or decrease our revenues and expenses as reported in U.S. dollars. Moreover, foreign governments may restrict transfers of cash out of the country and control exchange rates. There can be no assurance that we will be able to repatriate our earnings, and at exchange rates that are beneficial to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is subject to complex and evolving foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and other matters relating to information collection.

There are numerous foreign laws, regulations and directives regarding privacy and the collection, storage, transmission, use, processing, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information (“PII”) and other personal or customer data, the scope of which is continually evolving and subject to differing interpretations. We must comply with such laws, regulations and directives and we may be subject to significant consequences, including penalties and fines, for our failure to comply. For example, as of May 25, 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) replaced the Data Protection Directive with respect to the processing of personal data in the European Union. The GDPR imposes several stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymized (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract with third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data. The GDPR provides that EU member states may make their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data, which could limit our ability to use and share personal data or could cause our costs to increase and could harm our business and financial condition. Failure to comply with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in fines of up to €20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties. To comply with the new data protection rules imposed by GDPR we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance. In addition, privacy laws are developing quickly in other jurisdictions where we operate, which impose similar accountability, transparency and security obligations. This may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and compliance uncertainty regarding certain transfers of information from the European Union to the United States. We cannot be certain of the legitimacy of previously authorized data export mechanisms, including Standard Model Contractual Clauses, on which we and our customers have relied in exporting data to servers located in the United States. For example, following a decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union in October 2015, transferring personal data to U.S. companies that had certified as Members of the U.S. Safe Harbor Scheme was declared invalid. In July 2016 the European Commission adopted the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield Framework which replaces the Safe Harbor Scheme. However, this Framework is under review and there is currently litigation challenging other EU mechanisms for adequate data transfers (i.e., the standard contractual clauses). It is uncertain whether the Privacy Shield Framework and/or the standard contractual clauses will be similarly invalidated by the European courts. We rely on a mixture of mechanisms to transfer personal data from our EU business to the United States, and could be impacted by changes in law as a result of a future review of these transfer mechanisms by European regulators under the GDPR, as well as current challenges to these mechanisms in the European courts. If one or more of the legal bases for transferring PII from Europe to the United States is invalidated, or if we are unable to transfer PII between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services or could adversely affect our financial results. Furthermore, any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with or make effective modifications to our policies, or to comply with any federal, state, or international

20

Table of Contents

privacy, data-retention or data-protection-related laws, regulations, orders or industry self-regulatory principles could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, a loss of customer confidence, damage to our brand and reputation, and a loss of customers, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative or regulatory bodies may enact new or additional laws and regulations concerning privacy, data-retention and data-protection issues, including laws or regulations mandating disclosure to domestic or international law enforcement bodies, which could adversely impact our business, our brand or our reputation with customers. For example, some countries have adopted laws mandating that PII regarding customers in their country be maintained solely in their country. Having to maintain local data centers and redesign product, service and business operations to limit PII processing to within individual countries could increase our operating costs significantly.

As we expand our international operations, we will increasingly face political, legal and compliance, operational, regulatory, economic and other risks that we do not face or are more significant than in our domestic operations. Our exposure to these risks is expected to increase.

As we expand our international operations, we will increasingly face political, legal and compliance, operational, regulatory, economic and other risks that we do not face or that are more significant than in our domestic operations. These risks vary widely by country and include varying regional and geopolitical business conditions and demands, government intervention and censorship, discriminatory regulation, nationalization or expropriation of assets and pricing constraints. Our international products need to meet country-specific client and member preferences as well as country-specific legal requirements, including those related to licensing, telehealth, privacy, data storage, location, protection and security. Our ability to conduct telehealth services internationally is subject to the applicable laws governing remote healthcare and the practice of medicine in such location, and the interpretation of these laws is evolving and vary significantly from country to county and are enforced by governmental, judicial and regulatory authorities with broad discretion. We cannot, however, be certain that our interpretation of such laws and regulations is correct in how we structure our operations, our arrangements with physicians, services agreements and customer arrangements

Our international operations increase our exposure to, and require us to devote significant management resources to implement controls and systems to comply with, the privacy and data protection laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions and the anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws of the United States (including the FCPA) and the United Kingdom (including the Bribery Act) and similar laws in other jurisdictions. Implementing our compliance policies, internal controls and other systems upon our expansion into new countries and geographies may require the investment of considerable management time and management, financial and other resources over a number of years before any significant revenues or profits are generated. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers or employees, restrictions or outright prohibitions on the conduct of our business, and significant brand and reputational harm. We must regularly reassess the size, capability and location of our global infrastructure and make appropriate changes, and must have effective change management processes and internal controls in place to address changes in our business and operations. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate these risks and manage these difficulties, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial position, brand, reputation and/or long-term growth.

Our international operations require us to overcome logistical and other challenges based on differing languages, cultures, legal and regulatory schemes and time zones. Our international operations encounter labor laws, customs and employee relationships that can be difficult, less flexible than in our domestic operations and expensive to modify or terminate. In some countries we are required to, or choose to, operate with local business partners, which requires us to manage our partner relationships and may reduce our operational flexibility and ability to quickly respond to business challenges.

We have a history of cumulative losses, which we expect to continue, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception. We incurred net losses of $98.9 million, $97.1 million and $106.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of

21

Table of Contents

December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $507.5 million. These losses and accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we made to acquire new Clients, build our proprietary network of healthcare providers and develop our technology platform. We intend to continue scaling our business to increase our Client, Member and provider bases, broaden the scope of services we offer and expand our applications of technology through which Members can access our services. Accordingly, we anticipate that cost of revenue and operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain or increase profitability. Our prior losses, combined with our expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings in order to fund our operations, and such capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all.

The impact of recent healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending on us is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in healthcare spending and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or PPACA made major changes in how healthcare is delivered and reimbursed, and increased access to health insurance benefits to the uninsured and underinsured population of the United States.

PPACA, among other things, increased the number of individuals with Medicaid and private insurance coverage, implemented reimbursement policies that tie payment to quality, facilitated the creation of accountable care organizations that may use capitation and other alternative payment methodologies, strengthened enforcement of fraud and abuse laws and encouraged the use of information technology.

Such changes in the regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payor mix that may affect our operations and revenue.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third-party payors will pay for healthcare products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

A significant portion of our revenue comes from a limited number of Clients, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Historically, we have relied on a limited number of Clients for a substantial portion of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, no Client represented more than 10% of our total revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our top ten Clients by revenue accounted for 13.3%, 13.0% and 16.0% of our total revenue, respectively. We also rely on our reputation and recommendations from key Clients in order to promote our solution to potential new Clients. The loss of any of our key Clients, or a failure of some of them to renew or expand their relationships with us, could have a significant impact on the growth rate of our revenue, reputation and our ability to obtain new Clients. In addition, mergers and acquisitions involving our Clients could lead to cancellation or non-renewal of our contracts with those Clients or by the acquiring or combining companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential Clients and Members.

The telehealth market is immature and volatile, and if it does not develop, if it develops more slowly than we expect, if it encounters negative publicity or if our solution does not drive member engagement, the growth of our business will be harmed.

With respect to our telehealth services, the telehealth market is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether it will achieve and sustain high levels of demand, consumer acceptance and market adoption. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of our Members to use, and to increase the frequency and extent of their

22

Table of Contents

utilization of, our solution, as well as on our ability to demonstrate the value of telehealth to employers, health plans, government agencies and other purchasers of healthcare for beneficiaries. Negative publicity concerning our solution or the telehealth market as a whole could limit market acceptance of our solution. If our Clients and Members do not perceive the benefits of our solution, or if our solution does not drive member engagement, then our market may not develop at all, or it may develop more slowly than we expect. Similarly, individual and healthcare industry concerns or negative publicity regarding patient confidentiality and privacy in the context of telehealth could limit market acceptance of our healthcare services. If any of these events occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan and other Clients decreases, or the number of applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, our revenue will likely decrease.

Under most of our client contracts, we base our fees on the number of individuals to whom our Clients provide benefits and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our Clients. Many factors may lead to a decrease in the number of individuals covered by our Clients and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our Clients, including, but not limited to, the following:

failure of our Clients to adopt or maintain effective business practices;

changes in the nature or operations of our Clients;

government regulations; and

increased competition or other changes in the benefits marketplace.

If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan and other Clients decreases, or the number of applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, for any reason, our revenue will likely decrease.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with third parties, including our partner organizations and technology and content providers. For example, we partner with a number of price transparency, health savings account, and other benefits platforms to deliver our solution to their consumers. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to, or utilization of, our products and services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners by our competitors could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential Clients, as our partners may no longer facilitate the adoption of our applications by potential Clients. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased client use of our applications or increased revenue.

Our telehealth business and growth strategy depend on our ability to maintain and expand a network of qualified providers. If we are unable to do so, our future growth would be limited and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

Our success is dependent upon our continued ability to maintain a network of qualified telehealth providers. If we are unable to recruit and retain board-certified physicians and other healthcare professionals, it would have a material adverse effect on our business and ability to grow and would adversely affect our results of operations. In any particular market, providers could demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less attractive service for our Clients or difficulty meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements. Our ability to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with providers also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated with us, such as changes in Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement levels and other pressures on healthcare providers and consolidation activity among hospitals, physician groups and healthcare providers. The failure to maintain or to

23

Table of Contents

secure new cost-effective provider contracts may result in a loss of or inability to grow our Membership base, higher costs, healthcare provider network disruptions, less attractive service for our Clients and/or difficulty in meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may indicate growth, which could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

We have experienced significant growth in the last five years. Future revenues may not grow at these same rates or may decline. Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our revenue from existing Clients, to complete sales to potential future Clients, to expand our Client and Member bases, to develop new products and services and to expand internationally. We can provide no assurances that we will be successful in executing on these growth strategies or that, even if our key metrics would indicate future growth, we will continue to grow our revenue or to generate net income. Our ability to execute on our existing sales pipeline, create additional sales pipelines, and expand our Client base depends on, among other things, the attractiveness of our services relative to those offered by our competitors, our ability to demonstrate the value of our existing and future services, and our ability to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales and marketing leadership and support personnel. In addition, our existing Clients may be slower to adopt our services than we currently anticipate, which could adversely affect our results of operations and growth prospects.

We may become subject to medical liability claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses and may require us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance.

Our business entails the risk of medical liability claims against both our providers and us. Although we and Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial damage awards that exceed the limits of our and Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.’s insurance coverage. Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A. carries professional liability insurance for itself and each of its healthcare professionals (our providers), and we separately carry a general insurance policy, which covers medical malpractice claims. In addition, professional liability insurance is expensive and insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly as we expand our services. As a result, adequate professional liability insurance may not be available to our providers or to us in the future at acceptable costs or at all.

Any claims made against us that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in substantial damage awards against us and divert the attention of our management and our providers from our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any claims may adversely affect our business or reputation.

Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges.

The telehealth market is characterized by rapid technological change, changing consumer requirements, short product lifecycles and evolving industry standards. Our success will depend on our ability to enhance our solution with next-generation technologies and to develop or to acquire and market new services to access new consumer populations. There is no guarantee that we will possess the resources, either financial or personnel, for the research, design and development of new applications or services, or that we will be able to utilize these resources successfully and avoid technological or market obsolescence. Further, there can be no assurance that technological advances by one or more of our competitors or future competitors will not result in our present or future applications and services becoming uncompetitive or obsolete.

A decline in the prevalence of employer-sponsored healthcare or the emergence of new technologies may render our telehealth solution obsolete or require us to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive.

The U.S. healthcare industry is massive, with a number of large market participants with conflicting agendas, is subject to significant government regulation and is currently undergoing significant change. Changes in our industry, for

24

Table of Contents

example, away from high-deductible health plans, or the emergence of new technologies as more competitors enter our market, could result in our telehealth solution being less desirable or relevant.

For example, we currently derive the majority of our revenue from sales to Clients that purchase healthcare for their employees (either via insurance or self-funded benefit plans). A large part of the demand for our solution depends on the need of these employers to manage the costs of healthcare services that they pay on behalf of their employees. Some experts have predicted that future healthcare reform will encourage employer-sponsored health insurance to become significantly less prevalent as employees migrate to obtaining their own insurance over the state-sponsored insurance marketplaces. Were this to occur, there is no guarantee that we would be able to compensate for the loss in revenue from employers by increasing sales of our solution to health insurance companies or to individuals or government agencies. In such a case, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

If healthcare benefits trends shift or entirely new technologies are developed that replace existing solutions, our existing or future solutions could be rendered obsolete and our business could be adversely affected. In addition, we may experience difficulties with software development, industry standards, design or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or implementation of new applications and enhancements.

If our new applications and services are not adopted by our Clients, or if we fail to innovate and develop new applications and services that are adopted by our Clients, our revenue and results of operations will be adversely affected.

To date, we have derived a substantial majority of our revenue from sales of our primary care telehealth and expert medical service, and our longer-term results of operations and continued growth will depend on our ability successfully to develop and market new applications and services that our Clients want and are willing to purchase. In addition, we have invested, and will continue to invest, significant resources in research and development to enhance our existing solution and introduce new high-quality applications and services. If existing Clients are not willing to make additional payments for such new applications, or if new Clients and Members do not value such new applications, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to predict user preferences or if our industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our solution and services on a timely basis, we may lose Clients. Our results of operations would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our Clients, appropriately timed with market opportunity or effectively brought to market.

We rely on data center providers, Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third-party computer hardware and software, other third parties and our own systems for providing services to our Clients and Members, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with Clients, adversely affecting our brand and our business.

We serve all of our Clients and Members leveraging a multi cloud architecture using three vendors: AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Salesforce Force.com. This architecture provides redundancy and cost savings, and reduces our reliance on one single vendor. The actual instances are geographically diverse to insulate our applications from local failures, and have an additional layer of redundancy provided by company managed data centers. While we control and have access to our servers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The cloud vendors and the owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our cloud vendors or data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to a new vendor or a new data center facility, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. Problems faced by our cloud vendors or third-party data center locations with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their Clients, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our Clients and Members. Our cloud vendors or third-party data center operators could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy faced by our cloud vendors or third-party data centers operators or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict.

25

Table of Contents

Additionally, if our cloud or data centers vendors are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business. For example, a rapid expansion of our business could affect the service levels at our cloud vendors or data centers or cause such cloud systems or data centers and systems to fail. Any changes in third-party service levels at our cloud vendors or data centers or any disruptions or other performance problems with our solution could adversely affect our reputation and may damage our Clients and Members’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to Clients for prepaid and unused subscriptions, subject us to potential liability or adversely affect client renewal rates.

In addition, our ability to deliver our Internet-based services depends on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity and security. Our services are designed to operate without interruption in accordance with our service level commitments. However, we have experienced and expect that we may experience future interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with Clients and Members. To operate without interruption, both we and our service providers must guard against:

damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters and other force majeure events outside our control;

communications failures;

software and hardware errors, failures and crashes;

security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, denial-of-service attacks and similar disruptive problems; and

other potential interruptions.

We also rely on computer hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties in order to offer our services, including software from Dell Computer, Microsoft, Apple and Redhat Corporation, and routers and network equipment from Cisco and Hewlett-Packard Company. These licenses are generally commercially available on varying terms. However, it is possible that this hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated.

We exercise limited control over third-party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with technology and information services they provide. Interruptions in our network access and services may in connection with third-party technology and information services reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to Clients for prepaid and unused subscription services, subject us to potential liability or adversely affect client renewal rates. Although we maintain a security and privacy damages insurance policy, the coverage under our policies may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur related to the services provided by our third-party vendors. In addition, we may not be able to continue to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost, if at all.

If our security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to a client's data is obtained, our services may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose sales and Clients.

Our services involve the storage and transmission of Clients’ and our Members’ proprietary information, sensitive or confidential data, including valuable intellectual property and personal information of employees, Clients, Members and others, as well as the protected health information, or PHI, of our Members. Because of the extreme sensitivity of the information we store and transmit, the security features of our computer, network, and communications systems infrastructure are critical to the success of our business. A breach or failure of our security measures could result from a variety of circumstances and events, including third-party action, employee negligence or error, malfeasance, computer viruses, cyber-attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and

26

Table of Contents

databases, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors, or catastrophic events. Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to further enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. If our security measures fail or are breached, it could result in unauthorized persons accessing sensitive client or member data (including PHI), a loss of or damage to our data, an inability to access data sources, or process data or provide our services to our Clients. Such failures or breaches of our security measures, or our inability to effectively resolve such failures or breaches in a timely manner, could severely damage our reputation, adversely affect Client, Member or investor confidence in us, and reduce the demand for our services from existing and potential Clients. In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, monetary penalties, or regulatory actions for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and incur significant costs for remedial measures to prevent future occurrences and mitigate past violations. Although we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.

We may experience cyber-security and other breach incidents that remain undetected for an extended period. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, or if we are unable to effectively resolve such breaches in a timely manner, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales, Clients and Members, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, and financial results.

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the Internet and technology industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and our competitors and other third parties may hold patents or have pending patent applications, which could be related to our business. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties, which we refer to as non-practicing entities, whose sole primary business is to assert such claims. Regardless of the merits of any other intellectual property litigation, we may be required to expend significant management time and financial resources on the defense of such claims, and any adverse outcome of any such claim or the above referenced review could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We expect that we may receive in the future notices that claim we or our Clients using our solution have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights, particularly as the number of competitors in our market grows and the functionality of applications amongst competitors overlaps. Our existing or any future litigation, whether or not successful, could be extremely costly to defend, divert our management’s time, attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business.

In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our Clients against certain third-party claims, which may include claims that our solution infringes the intellectual property rights of such third parties. Our business could be adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our Clients as to the applicability or scope of our indemnification obligations to them. The results of any intellectual property litigation to which we may become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

cease offering or using technologies that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

redesign technology to avoid infringement.

27

Table of Contents

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our Clients for such claims, such payments or costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We could experience losses or liability not covered by insurance.

Our business exposes us to risks that are inherent in the provision of telehealth and remote, virtual healthcare. If Clients or individuals assert liability claims against us, any ensuing litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in a substantial cost to us, divert management's attention from operations, and decrease market acceptance of our solution. We attempt to limit our liability to Clients by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth in the contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. Additionally, we may be subject to claims that are not explicitly covered by contract. We also maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us, and may include larger self-insured retentions or exclusions for certain products. In addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. A successful claim not fully covered by our insurance could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.

If our arrangements with our providers or our Clients are found to violate state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting, our business, financial condition and our ability to operate in those states could be adversely impacted.

The laws of many states, including states in which our Clients are located, prohibit us from exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians and from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as splitting professional fees with physicians. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. We enter into agreements with a professional association, Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A., which enters into contracts with our providers pursuant to which they render professional medical services. In addition, we enter into contracts with our Clients to deliver professional services in exchange for fees. These contracts include management services agreements with our affiliated physician organizations pursuant to which the physician organizations reserve exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of the practice of medicine and the delivery of medical services. Although we seek to substantially comply with applicable state prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting, state officials who administer these laws or other third parties may successfully challenge our existing organization and contractual arrangements. If such a claim were successful, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. A determination that these arrangements violate state statutes, or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships with our providers to comply with these statutes, could eliminate Clients located in certain states from the market for our services, which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our providers or experts are characterized as employees, we would be subject to employment and withholding liabilities.

We structure our relationships with our providers and experts in a manner that we believe results in an independent contractor relationship, not an employee relationship. An independent contractor is generally distinguished from an employee by his or her degree of autonomy and independence in providing services. A high degree of autonomy and independence is generally indicative of a contractor relationship, while a high degree of control is generally indicative of an employment relationship. Although we believe that our providers and experts are properly characterized as independent contractors, tax or other regulatory authorities may in the future challenge our characterization of these relationships. If such regulatory authorities or state, federal or foreign courts were to determine that our providers or experts are employees, and not independent contractors, we would be required to withhold income taxes, to withhold and pay social security, Medicare and similar taxes and to pay unemployment and other related payroll taxes. We would also be liable for unpaid past taxes and subject to penalties. As a result, any determination that our providers or experts are our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

28

Table of Contents

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our Clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former associates. Litigation may result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which may substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our revenue and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our stock.

Certain U.S. state tax authorities may assert that we have a state nexus and seek to impose state and local income taxes which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are currently licensed to operate in all fifty states and file state income tax returns in 36 states. There is a risk that certain state tax authorities where we do not currently file a state income tax return could assert that we are liable for state and local income taxes based upon income or gross receipts allocable to such states. States are becoming increasingly aggressive in asserting a nexus for state income tax purposes. We could be subject to state and local taxation, including penalties and interest attributable to prior periods, if a state tax authority successfully asserts that our activities give rise to a nexus. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest may adversely affect our results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. As of December 31, 2019, we have approximately $609.7 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards, $326.7 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, and $39.3 million of foreign net operating loss carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforwards created subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2017 of $205.8 million carry forward indefinitely, while the remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards of $404.0 million begin to expire in 2020. The state net operating loss carryforwards began to expire in 2019, and the foreign net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has approximately $5.9 million of foreign tax credits, which begin to expire in 2020. Our ability to utilize NOLs may be currently subject to limitations due to prior ownership changes. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code, further limiting our ability to utilize NOLs arising prior to such ownership change in the future. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs that are not more likely than not expected to be utilized.

Our proprietary software may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Teladoc Health proprietary application platform provides our Members and providers with the ability to, among other things, register for our services; complete, view and edit medical history; request a visit (either scheduled or on demand); conduct a visit (via video or phone); and initiate an expert medical service. Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary applications from operating properly. We are currently implementing software with respect to a number of new applications and services. If our solution does not function reliably or fails to achieve client expectations in terms of performance, Clients

29

Table of Contents

could assert liability claims against us or attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain Clients.

Moreover, data services are complex and those we offer have in the past contained, and may in the future develop or contain, undetected defects or errors. Material performance problems, defects or errors in our existing or new software and applications and services may arise in the future and may result from interface of our solution with systems and data that we did not develop and the function of which is outside of our control or undetected in our testing. These defects and errors, and any failure by us to identify and address them, could result in loss of revenue or market share, diversion of development resources, harm to our reputation and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or errors may discourage existing or potential Clients from purchasing our solution from us. Correction of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our current credit facility or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception and we intend to continue to make significant investments to support our business growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, develop new applications and services, enhance our existing solution and services, enhance our operating infrastructure and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $29.9 million, $(4.9) million and $(34.4) million respectively. As of December 31, 2019, we had $514.4 million of cash and cash equivalents and $2.7 million of short-term investments, which are held for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding $287.5 million of 1.375% convertible senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”), $275 million of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes” and, together with the 2025 Notes, the “Notes”) and the ability to borrow up to an additional $10.0 million under our revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”).

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of ours and generally rank equally in right of payment to all of our other unsecured indebtedness. Under certain conditions, we may redeem any portion of the 2022 Notes for cash on or after May 22, 2020 and we may redeem any portion of the 2025 Notes for cash on or after May 22, 2022 at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Under certain circumstances, including following a notice of redemption, holders of the Notes may convert all or a portion of their Notes into shares of our common stock. We may settle conversions of Notes through payment or delivery, as the case may be, of cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock. The amount of cash paid, or number of shares delivered in connection with any conversion may be material, and could result in a significant depletion in the cash available to fund our operations or significant dilution to our stockholders.

Borrowings under our credit facility are secured by substantially all of our properties, rights and assets. Additionally, the credit agreement governing our credit facility contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends and transfer or dispose of assets, as well as a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a specified level of recurring revenue growth and liquidity. These covenants could limit our ability to seek capital through the incurrence of new indebtedness or, if we are unable to meet our recurring revenue growth or liquidity obligations, require us to repay any outstanding amounts with sources of capital we may otherwise use to fund our business, operations and strategy.

Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, subscription renewal activity, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new or enhanced services and the continuing market acceptance of telehealth. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings or collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing

30

Table of Contents

secured by us in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, during times of economic instability, it has been difficult for many companies to obtain financing in the public markets or to obtain debt financing, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.

We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued development of our direct sales force and its ability to obtain new Clients and to manage our existing client base. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take six months or longer before a new sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our services will suffer, and our growth will be impeded.

We may be unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives, business strategies or operating plans.

We are continually executing a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance our business. For example, we recently entered into new specialist healthcare professional markets as well as into business-to-consumer markets. The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on several assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans and realize all of the benefits, including growth targets and cost savings, that we expect to achieve, or it may be more costly to do so than we anticipate. A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all of the expected benefits. These risks include, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans, increased difficulty and cost in implementing these efforts, including difficulties in complying with new regulatory requirements and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business. Moreover, our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations and performance. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will realize these benefits. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize are less than our estimates or the implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans adversely affect our operations or cost more or take longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions prove inaccurate, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our use and disclosure of personally identifiable information, including health information, and other personal data is subject to federal, state, and stateforeign privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure the information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, a material adverse effect on our clientClient base, Membershipmembership base, and revenue.

Numerous federal, state and federalforeign laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use, privacy, confidentiality, security, availability, and integrity of PII, including protected health information. These laws and regulations include HIPAA.PHI. In particular, in the U.S., HIPAA establishes a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of PHI by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses, and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services, which includes us.

HIPAA requires healthcare providers like us to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to PHI that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to protect such information. HIPAA also implemented the use of standard transaction code sets

44

Table of Contents

and standard identifiers that covered entities must use when submitting or receiving certain electronic healthcare transactions, including activities associated with the billing and collection of healthcare claims.

31

Table of Contents

HIPAA imposes mandatory penalties for certain violations. Penalties for violations of HIPAA and its implementing regulations start at $114 per violation and are not to exceed $57,051 per violation, subject to a cap of $1.7 million for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards.standards, which could result in significant fines. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents. Courts will be able to award damages, costs, and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI. Any such penalties or lawsuits could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and reputation.

In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA coveredHIPAA-covered entities or business associates for compliance with the HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator.

HIPAA further requires that patients be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of their unsecured PHI that compromiseshas more than a low probability of compromising the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals. HIPAA specifies that such notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the breach.” If a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to HHS without unreasonable delay, and HHS will post the name of the breaching entity on its public web site.website. Breaches affecting 500 patients or more in the same state or jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually.

Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality, privacy, availability, integrity, and security of personally identifiable information, or PII, including PHI.PHI and other personal data. These laws in many cases are more restrictive than, and may not be preempted by, the HIPAA rules and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and our Clients and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity, and liability. In addition to fines and penalties imposed upon violators, some of these state laws also afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. There are many other state-based data privacy and security laws and regulations that may impact our business. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that are likely to increase over time, may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, divert resources from other initiatives and projects, and could restrict the way services involving data are offered, all of which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, U.S. states have begun to introduce more comprehensive data protection laws. The CCPA went into effect in January 2020 and established a new privacy framework for covered businesses such as ours that expands the scope of personal information and provides new privacy rights for California residents. These changes required us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur compliance-related costs and expenses. The CCPA also provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches, which may increase the likelihood and cost of data breach litigation. Additionally, the CPRA went into effect on January 1, 2023 andsignificantly modifies the CCPA by, among other things, creating a dedicated privacy regulatory agency, requiring businesses to implement data minimization and data integrity principles, and imposing additional requirements for contracts addressing the processing of personal information. Numerous states have enacted, or are currently reviewing, legislation that is similar to the CCPA and/or CPRA. For example, Virginia passed the Virginia Consumer Data Protect Act in March 2021, which became effective on January 1, 2023. At least three more states have laws scheduled to become effective in 2023, including Colorado, Connecticut and Utah. There are also active bills going through the legislative process in many more states. In July 2022, a draft of the American Data Privacy and Protection Act (“ADPPA”) was released and would be a comprehensive federal data privacy law that would seek to ease the burden of a patchwork of overlapping but different state laws. These changes may result in further uncertainty with respect to privacy, data protection, and information security issues and will require us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply.

45

Table of Contents

New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action, or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle healthcare relatedhealthcare-related data, and the cost of complying with standards could be significant. If we do not comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to PHI, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions.sanctions and our reputation could be harmed.

Because of the extreme sensitivity of the PII we store and transmit, the security features of our technology platform are very important. If our security measures, some of which are managed by third parties, are breached or fail, unauthorized persons may be able to obtain access to sensitive clientClient and member data, including HIPAA-regulated PHI. As a result, our reputation could be severely damaged, adversely affecting clientClient and member confidence. Members may curtail their use of, or stop using, our services or our clientClient base could decrease, which would cause our business to suffer. In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, penalties, and regulatory actions for violation of HIPAA and other applicable laws or regulations and significant costs for remediation, notification to individuals, and for measures to prevent future occurrences. Any potential security breach could also result in increased costs associated with liability for stolen assets or information, repairing system damage that may have been caused by such breaches, incentives offered to Clients or other business partners in an effort to maintain our business relationships after a breach, and implementing measures to prevent future occurrences, including organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third-party experts and consultants. While we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.

We outsource important aspects of the storage and transmission of clientClient and member information, and thus rely on third parties to manage functions that have material cyber-securitycybersecurity risks. We attempt to address these risks by requiring outsourcing subcontractors who handle clientClient and member information to sign business associate agreements contractually requiring those subcontractors to adequately safeguard personal health data to the same extent that applies

32

Table of Contents

to us and in some cases by requiring such outsourcing subcontractors to undergo third-party security examinations. In addition, we periodically hire third-party security experts to assess and test our security posture. However, we cannot assure you that these contractual measures and other safeguards will adequately protect us from the risks associated with the storage and transmission of Client and Members’members’ proprietary and protected health information.

We also publish statements to our Membersmembers that describe how we handle and protect personal information. If federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be untrue, we may be subject to claims of deceptive practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without limitation, costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims, and complying with regulatory or court orders.

We engage in digital marketing which has come under additional scrutiny by the FTC and state regulators. If our practices are deemed to have been unlawful or deceptive or potentially a violation of FTC requirements, it could lead to significant liabilities and consequences including, without limitation, costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, including class action suits, settling claims, complying with regulatory or court orders, and managing public relations and Client and member concerns associated with such violations. For example, see Note 19. “Legal Matters,” to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding a Civil Investigative Demand received from the FTC.

We also send short message service or SMS(“SMS”) text messages to potential end users who are eligible to use our service through certain customers and partners. While we obtain consent from or on behalf of these individuals to send text messages, federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants may claim that the notices and disclosures we provide, form of consents we obtain, or our SMS texting practices, are not adequate. These SMS texting campaigns are potential sources of risk for our company since they are governed by the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, which allows for class action lawsuits and liability for our company.is enforced by the Federal Communications Commission. Numerous class-actionclass action suits under federal and state laws have been filed in the past year against companies whothat conduct SMS texting programs, with many resulting in multi-million-dollar settlements tofor the plaintiffs. Any such future such litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.

Our quarterly results of operations, including our revenue, gross profit, net loss and cash flows, has varied and may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, without limitation, the following:

the addition or loss of large Clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations of such Clients;

seasonal and other variations in the timing of the sales of our services, as a significantly higher proportion of our Clients enter into new subscription contracts with us or renew their existing contracts in the third and fourth quarters of the year compared to the first and second quarters;

seasonal and other variations in the timing of the sales of our services, as a significantly higher proportion of our Members use our services during peak cold and flu season months;

the timing of recognition of revenue, including possible delays in the recognition of revenue due to sometimes unpredictable implementation timelines;

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

our ability to effectively manage the size and composition of our proprietary network of healthcare professionals relative to the level of demand for services from our Members;

the timing and success of introductions of new applications and services by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, Clients or strategic partners;

Client renewal rates and the timing and terms of Client renewals;

the mix of applications and services sold during a period; and

3346

Table of Contents

Further, there are numerous foreign laws, regulations and directives regarding privacy and the collection, storage, transmission, use, processing, disclosure, and protection of PII and other personal or customer data, the scope of which is continually evolving and subject to differing interpretations. We must comply with such laws, regulations, and directives and we may be subject to significant consequences, including penalties and fines, for our failure to comply. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in fines of up to €10,000,000 or up to 2% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties. To comply with the data protection rules imposed by the GDPR we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms to ensure compliance. In addition, privacy laws are developing quickly in other jurisdictions where we operate, which impose similar accountability, transparency, and security obligations. These additional privacy law obligations may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and compliance uncertainty regarding certain transfers of information from the EU to the U.S. If one or more of the legal bases for transferring PII from Europe to the U.S. is invalidated, or if we are unable to transfer PII between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services or could adversely affect our financial results. Furthermore, any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with or make effective modifications to our policies, or to comply with any federal, state, or international privacy, data-retention or data-protection-related laws, regulations, orders, or industry self-regulatory principles could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, a loss of customer confidence, damage to our brand and reputation, and a loss of customers, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Finally, federal, state, and foreign legislative or regulatory bodies may enact new or additional laws and regulations concerning privacy, data-retention, and data-protection issues, including laws or regulations mandating disclosure to domestic or international law enforcement bodies, which could adversely impact our business, our brand, or our reputation with customers. For example, some countries have adopted laws mandating that PII regarding customers in their country be maintained solely in their country. Having to maintain local data centers and redesign product, service, and business operations to limit PII processing to within individual countries could increase our operating costs significantly.

Our medical device operations are subject to FDA and other similar foreign regulatory requirements.

We are regulated by the FDA and other foreign regulatory agencies as a medical device manufacturer, and the medical devices that we distribute are subject to extensive regulation. As we continue to expand the sales of our medical devices internationally, we will also become subject to similar regulations by other foreign governments. Government regulations specific to medical devices are wide ranging and govern, among other things:

product design, development, and manufacture;

laboratory, preclinical and clinical testing, labeling, packaging, storage, and distribution;

premarketing clearance or approval;

record keeping;

product marketing, promotion and advertising, sales and distribution; and

the timingpost-marketing surveillance, including reporting of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businessesdeaths, serious injuries, and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies.product malfunctions, recalls, corrections, and removals.

WeBefore a new medical device or a new intended use for a device in commercial distribution can be marketed in the U.S., a company must first submit and receive either 510(k) clearance pursuant to section 510(k) of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or approval of a premarket approval (“PMA”) application from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device

47

Table of Contents

legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. To be substantially equivalent, the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. Failure to demonstrate substantial equivalence to a predicate device to the FDA’s satisfaction may require the submission and approval by the FDA of a PMA application. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes approximately six months on average but may last longer. The process for obtaining a PMA approval takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the PMA is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals or clearances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Material modifications to the intended use or technological characteristics of our devices may also require new 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals prior to implementing the modifications, or require us to recall or cease marketing the modified devices until these clearances or approvals are particularlyobtained.

Although some jurisdictions outside of the U.S. may accept FDA approval as a basis for regulatory approval, many have their own requirements in order for a device to be marketed. In order to market our products in those countries, we would need to submit the appropriate applications and meet the requirements set by those regulatory agencies. As is the case in the U.S., the failure to comply with regulatory requirements in foreign jurisdictions could subject us to possible legal or regulatory action, and any such failure or delay in obtaining necessary licenses or approvals could restrict or delay our ability to sell our devices and solutions in those jurisdictions. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, or refusal to allow a us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts.

In addition, we are required to timely submit various reports with the FDA, including reports that medical devices that we distribute as part of our solutions may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. If these reports are not filed in a timely manner, regulators may impose sanctions and we may be subject to fluctuations in our quarterly resultsproduct liability or regulatory enforcement actions, all of operations because the costs associated with entering into client contracts are generally incurred up front, while we generally recognize revenue over the term of the contract. Further, most of our revenue in any given quarter is derived from contracts entered into with our Clients during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our revenue for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue in future periods and the effect of significant downturns in sales of and market demand for our solution, and potential changes in our rate of renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue through additional sales in any period, with the exception of the first quarter during peak benefits enrollment, as revenue from new Clients must be recognized over the applicable term of the contract. Accordingly, the effect of changes in the industry impactingwhich could harm our business, or changes we experience in our new sales may not be reflected in our short-termfinancial condition, and results of operations. Any fluctuation in our quarterly results may not accurately reflect the underlying performancecorrective actions can be costly, time-consuming, and divert resources from other portions of our businessbusiness. Furthermore, the submission of these reports could be used by competitors against us, which could harm our reputation.

The FDA and could cause a decline in the trading priceFTC also regulate the advertising and promotion of our common stock.solutions and services to ensure that the claims we make are consistent with our regulatory clearances and approvals, that there is adequate and reasonable data to substantiate the claims and that our promotional labeling and advertising is neither false nor misleading. If the FDA or FTC determines that any of our advertising or promotional claims are misleading, not substantiated or not permissible, we may be subject to enforcement actions, including warning letters, and we may be required to revise our promotional claims and make other corrections or restitutions.

If we or our third-party suppliers fail to managecomply with the FDA’s Quality Systems Regulation or similar foreign regulations, our growth effectively,ability to distribute medical devices that are provided to members as part of our expensessolutions could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.impaired.

We and certain of our third-party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (“QSR”) and similar foreign regulations, which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage, and shipping of medical devices that we distribute. The FDA and foreign regulators audit compliance with the QSR and similar foreign regulations through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. The FDA or foreign regulators may impose inspections or audits at any time. If we or our suppliers have experienced significant growthnon-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan that we or our suppliers propose in recent periods, which puts strainresponse to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement action against us and our third-party suppliers. Similarly, foreign regulators could take action to suspend or withdraw any certifications or licenses required to do business in such jurisdiction. Any of the foregoing actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, operationsfinancial condition, and employees. For example, we grew from over 2,200 employees at December 31, 2018 to over 2,400 employees at December 31, 2019. We have also increased our client and Membership bases significantly over the past two years. We anticipate that our operations will continue to rapidly expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and controls. We must also attract, train and retain a significant numberresults of qualified sales and marketing personnel, customer support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel and management personnel, and the availability of such personnel, in particular software engineers, may be constrained.

A key aspect to managing our growth is our ability to scale our capabilities to implement our solution satisfactorily with respect to both large and demanding Clients, who currently constitute the substantial majority of our client base, as well as smaller Clients who are becoming an increasingly larger portion of our client base. Large Clients often require specific features or functions unique to their Membership base, which, at a time of significant growth or during periods of high demand, may strain our implementation capacity and hinder our ability to successfully implement our solution to our Clients in a timely manner. We may also need to make further investments in our technology and automate portions of our solution or services to decrease our costs. If we are unable to address the needs of our Clients or Members, or our Clients or Members are unsatisfied with the quality of our solution or services, they may not renew their contracts, seek to cancel or terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms, any of which could cause our annual net dollar retention rate to decrease.

Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. Our growth is expected to require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects such as the development of new applications and services. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our services may also suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to attract and retain Clients.

operations.

3448

Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with the anti-corruption, trade compliance, and economic sanctions laws and regulations of the U.S. and applicable international jurisdictions could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our international operations increase our exposure to, and require us to devote significant management resources to implement controls and systems to comply with, the privacy and data protection laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions and the anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws of the U.S. (including the FCPA) and the United Kingdom (including the U.K. Bribery Act) and similar laws in other jurisdictions. These laws and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees, and agents, and may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions, and partnering activities. Where they apply, the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act prohibit us and our officers, directors, employees, and business partners acting on our behalf, including joint venture partners and agents, from corruptly offering, promising, authorizing, or providing anything of value to public officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. The U.K. Bribery Act also prohibits non-governmental “commercial” bribery and accepting bribes. As part of our business, we may deal with governments and state-owned business enterprises, the employees and representatives of which may be considered public officials for purposes of the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act. Implementing our compliance policies, internal controls, and other systems upon our expansion into new countries and geographies may require the investment of considerable management time and management, financial, and other resources over a number of years before any significant revenues or profits are generated. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or employees, restrictions or outright prohibitions on the conduct of our business, and significant brand and reputational harm. We must regularly reassess the size, capability, and location of our global infrastructure and make appropriate changes and must have effective change management processes and internal controls in place to address changes in our business and operations. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate these risks and manage these difficulties, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial position, brand, reputation, and/or long-term growth.

We also are subject to the jurisdiction of various governments and regulatory agencies around the world, which may bring our personnel and agents into contact with public officials responsible for issuing or renewing permits, licenses, or approvals or for enforcing other governmental regulations. In addition, some of the international locations in which we operate lack a developed legal system and have elevated levels of corruption. Our business also must be conducted in compliance with applicable export controls and trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations, including those of the U.S. government, the governments of other countries in which we operate or conduct business and various multilateral organizations. Such laws and regulations include, without limitation, those administered and enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, the United Nations Security Council and other relevant sanctions authorities. Our provision of services to persons located outside the U.S. may be subject to certain regulatory prohibitions, restrictions, or other requirements, including certain licensing or reporting requirements. Our provision of services outside of the U.S. exposes us to the risk of violating, or being accused of violating, anti-corruption, exports controls, and trade compliance and economic sanctions laws and regulations. Our failure to successfully comply with these laws and regulations may expose us to reputational harm as well as significant sanctions, including criminal fines, imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions, and suspension or debarment from government contracts, as well as other remedial measures. Investigations of alleged violations can be expensive and disruptive. Though we have implemented formal training and monitoring programs, we cannot assure compliance by our employees or representatives for which we may be held responsible, and any such violation could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

49

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Litigation and Liability

Any current or future litigation or other legal or regulatory proceedings could be costly and time consuming, and any losses or liability may not be covered by insurance.

We have been and may become subject, from time to time, to legal and regulatory proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our Clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former associates. Regardless of outcome, such proceedings may result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources or decrease market acceptance of our solutions, which may substantially harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We attempt to limit our liability to Clients by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth in the contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. Additionally, we may be subject to claims that are not explicitly covered by contract. Insurance may not cover claims against us, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. In addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. A successful claim not fully covered by our insurance could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our earnings and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our stock. In addition, any insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from any legal or regulatory proceedings or claims.

We may become subject to medical liability claims, which could cause us to incur significant upfrontexpenses and may require us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance.

Our business entails the risk of medical liability claims against both our providers and us. Although we and THMG carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial damage awards that exceed the limits of our and THMG’s insurance coverage. THMG carries professional liability insurance for itself and each of its healthcare professionals (our providers), and we separately carry a general insurance policy, which covers medical malpractice claims. In addition, professional liability insurance is expensive and insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly as we expand our services. As a result, adequate professional liability insurance may not be available to our providers or to us in the future at acceptable costs or at all.

Any claims made against us that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in substantial damage awards against us, and divert the attention of our client relationships,management and if we are unable to maintain and grow these client relationships over time, we are likely to fail to recover these costs,our providers from our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, any claims may adversely affect our reputation.

We derive most of our revenue from subscription access fees. Accordingly, our business model depends heavily on achieving economies of scale because our initial upfront investment is costly and the associated revenue is recognized on a ratable basis. We devote significant resourcesRisks Related to establish relationships with our Clients and implement our solution and related services. This is particularly so in the case of large enterprises that, to date, have comprised a substantial majority of our client base and revenue and often request or require specific features or functions unique to their particular business processes. Accordingly, our results of operations will depend in substantial part on our ability to deliver a successful experience for both Clients and Members and persuade our Clients to maintain and grow their relationship with us over time. Additionally, as our business is growing significantly, our client acquisition costs could outpace our build-up of recurring revenue, and we may be unable to reduce our total operating costs through economies of scale such that we are unable to achieve profitability. If we fail to achieve appropriate economies of scale or if we fail to manage or anticipate the evolution and in future periods, demand, of the subscription access fee model, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

If our existing Clients do not continue or renew their contracts with us, renew at lower fee levels or decline to purchase additional applications and services from us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from renewal of existing client contracts and sales of additional applications and services to existing Clients. As part of our growth strategy, for instance, we have recently focused on expanding our services amongst current Clients. As a result, selling additional applications and services are critical to our future business, revenue growth and results of operations.

Factors that may affect our ability to sell additional applications and services include, but are not limited to, the following:

the price, performance and functionality of our solution;

the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions;

our ability to develop and sell complementary applications and services;

the stability, performance and security of our hosting infrastructure and hosting services;

changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends; and

the business environment of our Clients and, in particular, headcount reductions by our Clients.

We enter into subscription access contracts with our Clients. These contracts generally have stated initial terms of one year. Most of our Clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solution after the initial term expires. In addition, our Clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenue from these Clients. Our future results of operations also depend, in part, on our ability to expand into new clinical specialties and across care settings and use cases. If our Clients fail to renew their contracts, renew their contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new products and services from us, our revenue may decline, or our future revenue growth may be constrained.

In addition, after the initial contract year, a significant number of our client contracts allow Clients to terminate such agreements for convenience at certain times, typically with one to three months advance notice. We typically incur the expenses associated with integrating a client’s data into our healthcare database and related training and support prior to recognizing meaningful revenue from such client. Subscription access revenue is not recognized until our products are implemented for launch, which is generally from one to three months from contract signing. If a client terminates its

35

Table of Contents

contract early and revenue and cash flows expected from a client are not realized in the time period expected or not realized at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our sales and implementation cycle can be long and unpredictable and requires considerable time and expense, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate.

The sales cycle for our solution from initial contact with a potential lead to contract execution and implementation, varies widely by client, ranging from a number of days to approximately 24 months. Some of our Clients undertake a significant and prolonged evaluation process, including to determine whether our services meet their unique healthcare needs, which frequently involves evaluation of not only our solution but also an evaluation of those of our competitors, which has in the past resulted in extended sales cycles. Our sales efforts involve educating our Clients about the use, technical capabilities and potential benefits of our solution. Moreover, our large enterprise Clients often begin to deploy our solution on a limited basis, but nevertheless demand extensive configuration, integration services and pricing concessions, which increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these Clients will deploy our solution widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment. It is possible that in the future we may experience even longer sales cycles, more complex client needs, higher upfront sales costs and less predictability in completing some of our sales as we continue to expand our direct sales force, expand into new territories and market additional applications and services. If our sales cycle lengthens or our substantial upfront sales and implementation investments do not result in sufficient sales to justify our investments, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

While the telehealth market is in an early stage of development, it is competitive and we expect it to attract increased competition, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition in the telehealth industry for our solution from a range of companies, including specialized software and solution providers that offer similar solutions, often at substantially lower prices, and that are continuing to develop additional products and becoming more sophisticated and effective. These competitors include MDLive, Inc., American Well Corporation, and Grand Rounds, Inc. among other smaller industry participants. In addition, large, well-financed health plans have in some cases developed their own telehealth or expert medical service tools and may provide these solutions to their customers at discounted prices. Competition from specialized software and solution providers, health plans and other parties will result in continued pricing pressures, which is likely to lead to price declines in certain product segments, which could negatively impact our sales, profitability and market share.

Some of our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than we do. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase the availability of their solutions in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have greater market share, a larger customer base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of the telehealth market, which could create additional price pressure. In light of these factors, even if our solution is more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential Clients may accept competitive solutions in lieu of purchasing our solution. If we are unable to successfully compete in the telehealth market, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

36

Table of Contents

If we cannot implement our solution for Clients or resolve any technical issues in a timely manner, we may lose Clients and our reputation may be harmed.

Our Clients utilize a variety of data formats, applications and infrastructure and our solution must support our Clients’ data formats and integrate with complex enterprise applications and infrastructures. If our telehealth platform does not currently support a client’s required data format or appropriately integrate with a client’s applications and infrastructure, then we must configure our platform to do so, which increases our expenses. Additionally, we do not control our Clients’ implementation schedules. As a result, if our Clients do not allocate the internal resources necessary to meet their implementation responsibilities or if we face unanticipated implementation difficulties, the implementation may be delayed. If the client implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur significant costs, Clients could become dissatisfied and decide not to increase utilization of our solution or not to implement our solution beyond an initial period prior to their term commitment or, in some cases, revenue recognition could be delayed. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower implementation costs could jeopardize our client relationships.

Our Clients and Members depend on our support services to resolve any technical issues relating to our solution and services, and we may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in member demand for support services, particularly as we increase the size of our client and Membership bases. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. It is difficult to predict member demand for technical support services, and if member demand increases significantly, we may be unable to provide satisfactory support services to our Members. Further, if we are unable to address Members’ needs in a timely fashion or further develop and enhance our solution, or if a client or member is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or with the technical support services rendered, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation or be required to issue credits or refunds for amounts related to unused services, and our profitability may be impaired and Clients’ dissatisfaction with our solution could damage our ability to expand the number of applications and services purchased by such Clients. These Clients may not renew their contracts, seek to terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms. Moreover, negative publicity related to our client relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our reputation or ability to compete for new business with current and prospective Clients. If any of these were to occur, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers. These executive officers are at-will employees and therefore they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition is intense for qualified professionals. We may not be successful in continuing to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working in the healthcare market is limited overall. In addition, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have.

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in high-technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity-based awards they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility in the price of our stock may, therefore, adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity-based compensation may discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join our

37

Table of Contents

company. Failure to attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on our ability to recruit, retain and develop a very large and diverse workforce. We must evolve our culture in order to successfully grow our business.

Our products and services and our operations require a large number of employees. A significant number of employees have joined us in recent years as a result of our acquisitions and our entry into new businesses. Our success is dependent on our ability to evolve our culture, align our talent with our business needs, engage our employees and inspire our employees to be open to change, to innovate and to maintain member- and client-focus when delivering our services. Our business would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our executives and senior management; or if we fail to effectively recruit, integrate, retain and develop key talent and/or align our talent with our business needs, in light of the current rapidly changing environment. While we have succession plans in place and we have employment arrangements with a limited number of key executives, these do not guarantee that the services of these or suitable successor executives will continue to be available to us. In addition, as we expand internationally, we face the challenge of recruiting, integrating, educating, managing, retaining and developing a more culturally diverse workforce.

If we fail to develop widespread brand awareness cost-effectively, our business may suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread adoption of our solution and attracting new Clients. Our brand promotion activities may not generate client awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in doing so, we may fail to attract or retain Clients necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad client adoption of our solution.

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to receive positive references from our existing Clients.

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to call upon our current Clients to provide positive references to new, potential Clients. Given our limited number of long-term Clients, the loss or dissatisfaction of any client could substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit widespread adoption of our solution and impair our ability to attract new Clients and maintain existing Clients. Any of these consequences could lower retention rate and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.Intellectual Property

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our technology and our brand.

Our success depends in part on our ability to enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely upon a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws, as well as license and access agreements and other contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In addition, we attempt to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information by requiring our employees, consultants, and certain of our contractors to execute confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements. These laws, procedures, and restrictions provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, or misappropriated. To the extent that our intellectual property and other proprietary rights are not adequately protected, third parties may gain access to our proprietary information, develop and market solutions similar to ours, or use trademarks similar to ours, each of which could materially harm our business. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology to develop applications with the same functionality as our solution, and policingsolutions. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights is difficult and may not be

50

Table of Contents

effective. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries in which we operate may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to establish, monitor, and protect these rights. We may not always detect infringement of our intellectual property rights, and defending or enforcing our intellectual property rights, even if successfully detected, prosecuted, enjoined, or remedied, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our proprietary rights, or determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights claimed by others. Any litigation of this nature, regardless of outcome or merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We may also incur significant costs in enforcing our trademarks against those who attempt to imitate our brand and other valuable trademarks and service marks. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, countersuits, and adversarial proceedings such as oppositions, inter partes review, post-grant review, re-examination, or other post-issuance proceedings, that attack the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. An adverse determination of any litigation proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our related pending patent applications at risk of not issuing. The failure to secure and adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the U.S. involving patents and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the internet and technology industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and our competitors and other third parties may hold patents or have pending patent applications, which could be related to our business. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties whose sole primary business is to assert such claims. Regardless of the merits of any other intellectual property litigation, we may be required to expend significant management time and financial resources on the defense of such claims, and any adverse outcome of any such claim could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We expect that we may in the future receive notices that claim we or our Clients using our solutions have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights, particularly as the number of competitors in our market grows and the functionality of applications amongst competitors overlaps. Our existing or any future litigation, whether or not successful, could be extremely costly to defend, divert our management’s time, attention, and resources, damage our reputation and brand, and substantially harm our business.

In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our Clients against certain third-party claims, which may include claims that our solutions infringe the intellectual property rights of such third parties. Our business could be adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our Clients as to the applicability or scope of our indemnification obligations to them. The results of any intellectual property litigation to which we may become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

cease offering or using technologies that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments, or other costs or damages;

obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

redesign technology to avoid infringement.

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our Clients for such claims, such payments or costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

3851

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Taxation

Unanticipated changes in our effective tax rate and additional tax liabilities may impact our financial conditions or results of operations.

We are subject to income tax in the U.S. and various jurisdictions outside of the U.S. Our effective tax rate could fluctuate due to changes in the mix of earnings and losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates. Our tax expense could also be impacted by changes in non-deductible expenses, changes in excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and our ability to utilize them, the applicability of withholding taxes and effects from acquisitions.

We are open to tax examinations in multiple jurisdictions. While we regularly evaluate new information that may change our judgment resulting in recognition, derecognition, or change in measurement of a tax position taken, there can be no assurance that the final determination of any examinations will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Our tax provision could also be impacted by changes in accounting principles or changes in U.S. federal and state or international tax laws applicable to corporate multinationals. Furthermore, changes in taxing jurisdictions’ administrative interpretations, decisions, policies and positions could also impact our tax provision.

We may also be subject to additional liabilities for non-income based taxes due to changes in U.S. federal, state, or international tax laws, changes in taxing jurisdictions’ administrative interpretations, decisions, policies, and positions, results of tax examinations, settlements or judicial decisions, changes in accounting principles, changes to our business operations, including acquisitions, as well as the evaluation of new information that results in a change to a tax position taken in a prior period.

If our providers or experts are characterized as employees, we would be subject to employment and withholding liabilities.

We structure our relationships with many of our providers and experts in a manner that we believe results in an independent contractor relationship, not an employee relationship. An independent contractor is generally distinguished from an employee by his or her degree of autonomy and independence in providing services. A high degree of autonomy and independence is generally indicative of a contractor relationship, while a high degree of control is generally indicative of an employment relationship. Although we believe that these providers and experts are properly characterized as independent contractors, tax or other regulatory authorities may in the future challenge our characterization of these relationships. If such regulatory authorities or state, federal, or foreign courts were to determine that these providers or experts are employees, and not independent contractors, we would be required to withhold income taxes, to withhold and pay social security, Medicare, and similar taxes and to pay unemployment and other related payroll taxes. We would also be liable for unpaid past taxes and subject to penalties. As a result, any determination that these providers or experts are our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Strategic Initiatives

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our stockholders, and otherwise disrupt our operations and we may have difficulty integrating any such acquisitions successfully or realizing the anticipated synergies or other benefits therefrom, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have in the past and may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications, and services or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating, and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

52

Table of Contents

In addition, if we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations, and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated synergies or other benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner;

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations, and personnel of the acquired business;

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

difficulty converting the Clients of the acquired business onto our platform and contract terms, including disparities in the revenue, licensing, support, or professional services model of the acquired company;

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and Clients as a result of the acquisition;

the potential loss of key employees;

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessedcan result in the risk of impairment over time. For example, see Part II, Item 7: Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the sub-heading “Critical Accounting Estimates and Policies- Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets- Goodwill Impairment Charge” for information regarding recent goodwill impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our results of operations based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.charges.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our results of operations. For example, shares of our common stock were issued in connection with the acquisitions of Livongo and InTouch Technologies, Inc. (“InTouch”). In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer.

Taxing authoritiesWe may successfully assert that we should have collected or innot realize all of the future should collect salesanticipated synergies and use or similar taxes for telehealth services which could adversely affect our resultsother benefits of operations.the Livongo merger.

On October 30, 2020, we completed the merger with Livongo. The ultimate success of our merger with Livongo will depend in large part on the success of integrating the operations, strategies, technologies, and personnel of the two companies. We do not collect salesmay fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the merger if the integration process takes longer than expected or is more costly than expected. Our failure to meet the challenges involved in successfully integrating the operations of the two companies or to otherwise realize any of the anticipated benefits of the merger, including additional cost savings and usesynergies, could impair our operations. In addition, the overall integration of Livongo post-merger will continue to be a time-consuming and similar taxes in any states for telehealth servicesexpensive process that, without proper planning and effective and timely implementation, could significantly disrupt our business.

The initial anticipated cost savings, synergies and other benefits of the merger assume a successful integration of the companies and are based on our belief that our servicesprojections and other assumptions, which are inherently uncertain. Even if integration is successful, anticipated cost savings, synergies and other benefits may not subjectbe achieved and may be difficult to such taxes in any state. Sales and use and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly from state to state. Additionally, we do not collect value added tax or similar taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions based on ourquantify.

3953

Table of Contents

belief that our services are not subject to such taxes. Certain states or foreign jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest with respect to past services, and we may be required to collect such taxes for services in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our results of operations.

Economic uncertainties or downturns in the general economy or the industries in which our Clients operate could disproportionately affect the demand for our solution and negatively impact our resultsRisks Related to Ownership of operations.

General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant downturns during the last ten years, and market volatility and uncertainty remain widespread, making it potentially very difficult for our Clients and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. During challenging economic times, our Clients may have difficulty gaining timely access to sufficient credit or obtaining credit on reasonable terms, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us and adversely affect our revenue. If that were to occur, our financial results could be harmed. Further, challenging economic conditions may impair the ability of our Clients to pay for the applications and services they already have purchased from us and, as a result, our write-offs of accounts receivable could increase. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. If the condition of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsens, our business could be harmed.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this Form 10-K may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this Form 10-K relating to the size and expected growth of the telehealth market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we compete meets our size estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our offices may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, power outages, fires, floods, nuclear disasters and acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. For example, our headquarters are located in the greater New York City area, a region with a history of terrorist attacks and hurricanes. Any disruptions in our operations related to the repair or replacement of our offices, could negatively impact our business and results of operations and harm our reputation. Although we maintain an insurance policy covering damage to property we rent, such insurance may not be sufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our Clients’ facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or material adverse effects on our business.

Our marketing efforts for the direct-to-consumer behavioral health portion of our business may not be successful or may become more expensive, either of which could increase our costs and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Direct-to-consumer behavioral health represents a material portion of our overall business. We spend significant resources marketing this service. We rely on relationships for our direct-to-consumer behavioral health business with a wide variety of third parties, including Internet search providers such as Google, social networking platforms such as Facebook, Internet advertising networks, co-registration partners, retailers, distributors, television advertising agencies and direct marketers, to source new Members and to promote or distribute our services and products. In addition, in connection with the launch of new services or products for our direct-to-consumer behavioral health business, we may spend a significant amount of resources on marketing. If our marketing activities are inefficient or unsuccessful, if important third-party relationships or marketing strategies, such as Internet search engine marketing and search engine optimization, become more expensive or unavailable, or are suspended, modified or terminated, for any reason, if there is

40

Table of Contents

an increase in the proportion of consumers visiting our websites or purchasing our services by way of marketing channels with higher marketing costs as compared to channels that have lower or no associated marketing costs or if our marketing efforts do not result in our services being prominently ranked in Internet search listings, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely impacted.Common Stock

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition, or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the Membersmembers of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace Membersmembers of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions include those establishing:

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from filling vacancies on our board of directors;

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or our board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the DGCL,(the “DGCL”), which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

41

Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees, or agents to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated

54

Table of Contents

bylaws, or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation will be your sole source of gain, if any.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future debt agreements may also preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. In addition, the trading price of our common stock has been, and could continue to be, subject to wide fluctuations. The price at which our stock trades depends on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot make any predictions or projections as to what the prevailing market price for our common stock will be at any time, including whether you will achieve any capital appreciation.

We have been, and in the future could be, subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. If we faceWe have been, and may in the future become, subject to such securities class action litigation, itand any such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, orand results of operations.

Our board of directors may change our strategies, policies and procedures without stockholder approval and we may become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of default under our debt obligations.

Our investment, financing, leverage and dividend policies, and our policies with respect to all other activities, including growth, capitalization and operations, are determined exclusively by our board of directors, and may be amended or revised at any time by our board of directors without notice to or a vote of our stockholders. This could result in us conducting operational matters, making investments or pursuing different business or growth strategies than those contemplated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Further, our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness, funded or otherwise, that we may incur. Higher leverage also increases the risk of default on our obligations. In addition, a change in our investment policies, including the manner in which we allocate our resources across our portfolio or the types of assets in which we seek to invest, may increase our exposure to interest rate risk and liquidity risk. Changes to our policies with regards to the foregoing could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, the share price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the

42

Table of Contents

financial markets, which in turn could cause the share price or trading volume of our common stock to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us express views regarding us that may be perceived as negative or less favorable than previous views, downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, the share price of our common stock could decline.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Properties

We believe that our company’s offices and other facilities are, in general, in good operating condition and adequate for our current operations and that additional leased space in appropriate locations can be obtained on acceptable terms if needed.

We lease approximately 21,000 square feet of office space in Purchase, New York for our corporate headquarters and certain of our operations under a lease for which the term expires in August 2028. In 2016, we executed aWe lease for approximately 19,000 square feet ofadditional office space in Phoenix, Arizona for one of our provider network operations centers. The lease has a seven-year initial term and provides for a five-year extension. In 2015 we executed a lease for approximately 70,000 square feet of office space in Lewisville, Texas for our provider network operations center and administrative purposes. The lease has a ten-year initial term and provides for two five-year extensions. We lease approximately 50,000 square feet of office space in Quincy, Massachusetts primarily for another one of our provider network operations centers. The lease expires in August 2027. For our foreign operations, we have a lease in Barcelona, Spain for approximately 30,000 square feet that expires in August 2024 and Toronto, Canada for approximately 9,000 square feet that expires in December 2020. We also lease additional facilities elsewhere in the United StatesU.S. and other foreign locations. We have reduced our footprint in recent months reflecting post-pandemic remote work changes. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

55

Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business. Descriptions of certain legal proceedings to which we are a party are contained in Note 19,19. “Legal Matters”,Matters,” to our auditedthe consolidated financial statements included in Part II, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated by reference herein.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

4356

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

We completed the initial public offering of our Common Stock in July 2015. Our Common Stock began tradingtrades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TDOC” on July 1, 2015.

The market price of our Common Stock has fluctuated in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future. Changes in the market price of our Common Stock may result from, among other things:

quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results;

operating results being different from our previously announced guidance or from analysts’ estimates or opinions;

changes in analysts’ or financial commentators’ earnings estimates, ratings or opinions;

changes in financial guidance or other forward-looking information;

new products, services or pricing policies introduced by us or our competitors;

acquisitions by us or our competitors;

developments in existing customer relationships;

actual or perceived changes in our business strategy;

developments in new or pending litigation and claims;

sales of large amounts of our Common Stock or other capital raising activities;

changes in general business or regulatory conditions affecting the healthcare, information technology or Internet industries;

changes in litigation matters

changes in general economic conditions; and

fluctuations in the securities markets in general.

In addition, the market prices of our Common Stock and of the stock of other healthcare technology companies have experienced large fluctuations, sometimes quite rapidly. These fluctuations often may be unrelated to or disproportionate to operating performance..

Holders

On February 12, 2020,15, 2023, there were 8291 shareholders of record of our Common Stock. Because many of our shares of Common Stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

44

Table of Contents

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

There were no unregistered sales of equity securities which have not been previously disclosed in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or a current report on Form 8-K during the period covered by this report.

Purchase of Equity Securities

We did not purchase any of our registered equity securities during the period covered by this report.

57

Table of Contents

Five-Year Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on Teladoc Health Common Stockour common stock with the comparable cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 composite index overComposite Index, the S&P 500 Health Care Index, and S&P 500 Index for each of the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, assuming an investment of $100 at the beginning of such period and the reinvestment of time covered in the graph. The graph assumes that $100 was investedany dividends in Teladoc Health Common Stock and in each index on July 1, 2015,index. As a result of the datedeclines in our market capitalization, we determined that the Russell 2000 Composite Index is a more appropriate benchmark to use because it is more representative of our initial public offering.companies with market capitalizations comparable to ours. As such, we have replaced the S&P 500 Index with the Russell 2000 Composite Index but will continue to present the return of the S&P 500 Index in the graph to aid in comparison for this transition year. The indexes are included for comparative purposes only. The stock price performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. This graph is not “soliciting material,” is not to be deemed filed with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

Graphic

The comparisons in the graph above are provided in response to disclosure requirements of the SEC and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of future performance of our common stock.Graphic

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data[Reserved]

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. We acquired MedecinDirect on April, 30, 2019, Advance Medical on May 31, 2018, Best Doctors on July 14, 2017, HY Holdings, Inc. d/b/a HealthiestYou Corporation on July 1, 2016, Stat Health Services Inc. on June 17, 2015 and Compile, Inc. d/b/a BetterHelp on January 23, 2015. The results of the acquisitions were integrated within our existing business on the respective acquisition dates.Not applicable.

45

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data (in thousands):

Revenue

$

553,307

$

417,907

$

233,279

$

123,157

$

77,384

Expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

 

184,465

 

128,735

 

61,623

 

31,971

 

21,041

Operating expenses:

Advertising and marketing

 

109,697

 

85,109

 

57,663

 

34,720

 

20,236

Sales

 

64,915

 

59,154

 

37,984

 

26,243

 

17,976

Technology and development

 

64,644

 

54,373

 

34,459

 

21,815

 

14,210

Legal and regulatory

6,762

3,981

4,871

7,275

11,311

Acquisition and integration related costs

6,620

10,391

13,196

6,959

551

Gain on sale

0

(5,500)

0

0

0

General and administrative

 

157,694

 

116,916

 

79,781

 

48,568

 

42,981

Depreciation and amortization

 

38,952

 

35,602

 

19,095

8,270

 

4,863

Total expenses

633,749

488,761

308,673

185,821

133,169

Loss from operations

 

(80,442)

 

(70,854)

 

(75,394)

 

(62,664)

 

(55,785)

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

0

0

14,122

8,454

0

Interest expense, net

 

29,013

 

26,112

 

17,491

2,588

 

2,199

Net loss before taxes

 

(109,455)

 

(96,966)

 

(107,007)

 

(73,706)

 

(57,984)

Income tax (benefit) provision

 

(10,591)

 

118

 

(225)

 

510

 

36

Net loss

$

(98,864)

$

(97,084)

$

(106,782)

$

(74,216)

$

(58,020)

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

$

(1.38)

$

(1.47)

$

(1.93)

$

(1.75)

$

(2.91)

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

 

71,844,535

 

65,844,908

 

55,427,460

 

42,330,908

 

19,917,348

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

As of December 31,

 

    

2019

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

 

$

517,064

$

478,534

$

122,306

$

65,808

$

137,348

Working capital

 

 

497,821

 

470,297

 

115,909

 

61,644

 

133,592

Total assets

 

 

1,602,827

 

1,528,876

 

824,391

 

303,670

 

229,737

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

1,014,025

 

1,013,119

 

558,903

 

230,870

 

178,564

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

4658

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Many statements made in this Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward- looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “suggests”, “targets”, “projects”, “plans”, “expects”, “future”, “intends”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “would”, “likely”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “continue” and other similar words or phrases, as well as statements in the future tense to identify these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements and projections are contained throughout this Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Form 10-K Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and consider this Form 10-K, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. The forward-looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include, but are not limited to the following:

ongoing legal challenges to, or new state actions against, our business model;

our dependence on our relationships with affiliated professional entities;

evolving government regulations and our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business;

our ability to operate in the heavily regulated healthcare industry;

our history of net losses and accumulated deficit;

failures of our cyber-security measures that expose the confidential information of our Clients and Members;

risk of the loss of any of our significant Clients;

risks associated with a decrease in the number of individuals offered benefits by our Clients or the number of products and services to which they subscribe;

our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships with third parties;

risk specifically related to our ability to operate in competitive international markets and comply with complex non-U.S. legal requirements;

our ability to recruit and retain a network of qualified Providers;

risk that the insurance we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures;

rapid technological change in the telehealth market;

47

Table of Contents

our ability to integrate acquired businesses and achieve fully the strategic and financial objectives related thereto and their impact on our financial condition and results of operations;

our level of indebtedness and our ability to fund debt obligations and comply with covenants in our debt instruments;

any statements of belief and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing;

other factors disclosed in this Form 10-K; and

other factors beyond our control.

These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

48

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Item7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

Teladoc, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Texas in June 2002 and changed its state of incorporation to the State of Delaware in October 2008. Effective August 10, 2018, Teladoc, Inc. changed its corporate name to Teladoc Health, Inc. from Teladoc, Inc. Unless the context otherwise requires, Teladoc Health, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is referred to herein as “Teladoc”“Teladoc Health,” the “Company,” or the “Company”.“we.” The Company’s principal executive offices areoffice is located in Purchase, New York, Lewisville, Texas and Barcelona, Spain.York. Teladoc Health is the global leader in providingwhole person virtual care focused on forging a new healthcare servicesexperience with a focus on high quality, lower costs,better convenience, outcomes, and improved outcomesvalue around the world.

Teladoc Health solutionsWe were founded on a simple, yet revolutionary idea: that everyone should have access to the best healthcare, anywhere in the world on their terms. Today, we have a vision of making virtual care the first step on any healthcare journey, and we are transforming the access, costdelivering on this mission by providing whole person virtual care that includes primary care, mental health, chronic condition management, and quality dynamics of healthcare delivery for all of our market participants.more.

Members relyIn the fourth quarter of 2022, we adopted a new organizational and reporting structure based on Teladoc Healthtwo operating segments, Integrated Care and BetterHelp. As a result of these changes, the segment information for the prior periods has been provided herein summarizing the significant factors affecting our results of operations and financial condition for the year ended December 31, 2022. This presentation reflects how management now allocates resources and assesses performance. See Note 20. “Segment Information,” to remotely access affordable, on-demand healthcare whenever and wherever they choose.the consolidated financial statements for further information about our reportable segments.

Employers, health plans and health systems or our Clients on behalf of their employees or beneficiaries as well as direct-to consumer individuals (D2C) purchase our solutions to reduce their healthcare spending and offer convenient, affordable, high-quality healthcare to their employees or beneficiaries.

We believe that favorable existing secular trends in the healthcare industry were accelerated by the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, driving greater consumer awareness and use of virtual care and increased adoption by employers, health plans, hospitals and health systems, healthcare providers, and individuals. In combination with the expansion of our capabilities, we believe that these trends present significant opportunities for virtual healthcare to address the most pressing, universal healthcare challenges through trusted solutions, such as ours, that deliver convenient, affordable, and high-quality care; empower individuals to manage and improve their health; and enable providers to offer their best care for their patients.

Our network of physicians and other healthcare professionals, or our Providers have the ability to generate meaningful income and deliver their services more efficiently with no administrative burden.

Revenue

We have a demonstrated track record of driving growth both organically and through acquisitions. WeFor the year ended December 31, 2022, we increased revenue 32%18% to $553.3$2,406.8 million, reflecting a 21% increase in 2019, including an incremental $33.2 millionrevenue derived from our Advance Medical and MedecinDirect acquisitions.access fees, primarily from BetterHelp. In 2018,2021, revenue increased 79%86% to $417.9 million from $233.3$2,032.7 million, which included an incremental $45.1$500.0 million from our Advance Medical and Best Doctors acquisitions.acquired businesses.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, 84%2022, 87% and 16%13% of our revenue was derived from subscription access fees and visit fees,other revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018, 84%2021, 86% and 16%14% of our revenue werewas derived from subscription access fees and visit fees. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 85% and 15% of our revenue were derived from subscription access fees and visit fees. We believe our continued strong subscription fee revenue is mainly representative of the value proposition we provide the broader healthcare system.

Membership and Visits

We completed approximately 4,138,000 telehealth visits in 2019 and approximately 2,640,000 telehealth visits in 2018. Paid Membership increased by approximately 13.9 million Members to 36.7 million from December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2019.

Financing Activities

In July 2018, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering (the “July Offering”) in which the Company issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $330.9 million after deducting offering expenses of $0.5 million.

In May 2018, the Company issued, at par value, $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% convertible senior notes due 2025. The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-

49

Table of Contents

annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15, 2025. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $279.1 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $8.4 million.

In December 2017, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering (the “December Offering”) in which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million.0

In June 2017, the Company issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022. The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $11.3 million.

In January 2017, we successfully closed on our Follow-On Offering (“January 2017 Offering”) in which the Company issued and sold 7,887,500 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $16.75 per share. We received net proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.revenues, respectively.

Acquisition History

We have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We have completed multiple acquisitions since our inception, which we believe have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service offering.

On AprilOctober 30, 2019,2020, we completed the merger with Livongo, a leading provider to empower people with chronic conditions to live better and healthier lives.

On July 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of the Paris-based telemedicine provider MedecinDirect for aggregate consideration of $11.2 million of net cash and with additional potential earnout consideration. On June 19, 2019, we madeInTouch, a $5.0 million minority investment in Vida Health.

On May 31, 2018, we completed our acquisition of Advance Medical for aggregate consideration of $351.7 million, which was comprised of 1,344,387 shares of our common stock valued at $68.6 million on May 31, 2018, and $283.1 million of net cash. Advance Medical is a leading global virtual healthcare provider offering a portfolio of virtual healthcare and expert medical service solutions.

On July 14, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Best Doctors Holdings, Inc., or Best Doctors, for aggregate consideration of $445.5 million, net of cash acquired of $13.7 million, comprised of $379.3 million of cash and 1,855,078 shares of our common stock valued at $66.2 million. Best Doctors is the world’s leading expert medical consultation company focused on improving health outcomes for the most complex, critical and costly medical issues.

Additionally in January 2020, we announced that we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire InTouch, Technologies, Inc., the leading provider of enterprise telehealth solutions for hospitals and health systems. The transaction is anticipated to close by the end

59

Table of the second quarter of 2020.Contents

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future performance will depend on many factors, including the following:

As it relates to the Integrated Care segment:

Number of U.S. Integrated Care Members. U.S. Integrated Care members represent the number of unique individuals who have paid access and visit fee only access to our suite of integrated care services in the U.S. at the end of the applicable period. Our revenue growth rate and long-term profitability are affected by our ability to increase cross selling capability among our number of Membersexisting members over time because we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from subscription access and other fees via Client contracts that provide Membersmembers access to our professional provider network in exchange for a contractual based monthly fee or subscription acess fees derived fromperiodic fee. Therefore, we believe that our D2C members.

Revenueability to add new members and retain existing members, and to increase utilization and penetration further into existing and new health plan Clients is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, the number of services contracted for by a Client and the contractually negotiated priceskey indicator of our servicesincreasing market adoption, the growth of our business, and the negotiated pricing that is specific to that particular Client.our future revenue potential. We further believe that increasing our Membershipmembership is an integral objective that

50

Table of Contents

will provide us with the ability to continually innovate our services and support initiatives that will enhance Member‘smembers’ experiences.

From U.S. Integrated Care members increased by 5.8 million to 83.3 million at December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2019, Membership increased by approximately 13.9 million Members. Membership increased by approximately 3.2 million Members (net of adjustments of client who became a visit fee only arrangement in 2018) from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2018, including approximately 1.0 million Members from the acquisition of Advance Medical.

Number of Visits. We also recognize revenue in connection with the completion of a general medical visit, expert medical service and other specialty visits for the majority of our contracts. Accordingly, our visit revenue, or visit fees, generally increase as the number of visits increase. Visit fee revenue is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, Member utilization of our provider network services and the contractually negotiated prices of our services. We believe that increasing our current Member utilization rate and increasing penetration further into existing and new health plan Clients is a key objective in order for our Clients to realize tangible healthcare savings with our service. Visits increased by 57% or 1.5 million to approximately 4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 20192022, compared to the same period in 2018.2021.

Chronic Care Program Enrollment. Chronic care program enrollment represents the total of enrollees across our suite of chronic care programs at the end of a given period. Our chronic care program enrollments are one of the key components of our whole person virtual care platform that we believe positions us to drive greater engagement with our platforms and increased revenue. Chronic care program enrollment increased by 16% to 1.02 million at December 31, 2022, compared to 0.88 million at December 31, 2021.

Average Revenue Per U.S. Integrated Care Member. Average revenue per U.S. Integrated Care member measures the average amount of global revenue that we generate from a U.S. Integrated Care member for a particular period. It is calculated by dividing the total revenue generated from the Integrated Care segment by the average number of U.S. Integrated Care members during the applicable period. Approximately 20% of total Integrated Care revenues relates to international and hospital and health systems for which membership is not considered as a management metric. We believe that our ability to increase the revenue generated from each member over time is also a key indicator of our increasing market adoption, the growth of our business, and future revenue potential. Average revenue per U.S. Integrated Care member decreased to $1.42 in the year ended December 31, 2022, from $1.46 in the same period in 2021, primarily due to the impact of new members onboarded over the course of year.

As it relates to the BetterHelp segment:

BetterHelp Paying Users. BetterHelp paying users represent the global number of paid users who used our BetterHelp mental health services during the applicable period. We believe that our ability to add new paying users and retain existing users is a key indicator of the increasing market adoption of BetterHelp, the growth of that business, and future revenue potential. Our ability to efficiently reach new potential paying users through various advertising channels helped us to increase BetterHelp paying users by 37% to 0.42 million as of December 31, 2022, compared to 0.31 million as of December 31, 2021.

As it relates to the Company:

Seasonality. We typically experience the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth and first quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. Our business has historically been subject to seasonality. In particular,our Integrated Care segment, as a result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of the current year, or the start of each year a concentration of our new Client contracts havehas an effective date of January 1. Therefore, while Membershipmembership increases, utilization isand enrollment rates are dampened until service delivery ramps up over the course of the year. Additionally,our business has become more diversified across services, channels and geographies. We continue to see a diversification of client start dates, resulting from our health plan expansions, cross sales of new services, international growth, and mid-market employer growth, all of which are not constrained by a calendar year start.

Additionally, asAs a result of national seasonal cold and flu trends, we experiencehistorically have experienced our highest level of visit feesand other fee revenue during the first and fourth quarters of each year when comparedyear.

Due to other quartersthe higher cost of customer acquisition during the year. end-of-year holiday season, our BetterHelp segment has historically reduced marketing activity during the fourth quarter. As a result of this dynamic we have typically experienced fewer new member additions and the strongest operating income performance in the fourth quarter.

60

Table of Contents

Conversely, as marketing activity typically resumes at the second quarterstart of the year, has historically beenwe typically experience the period of lowest utilization of our provider network services relative toweakest operating income performance during the other quarters offirst quarter as new customer acquisition and revenue growth lags marketing spend.

During the year.COVID-19 pandemic in 2021 and 2020, we did not experience the typical seasonality associated with cold and flu outbreaks, nor did we experience the typical seasonality associated with the BetterHelp business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Business and Industry—Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Policies

Revenue

We follow the revenue accounting requirements of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606 establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The core principle of ASC 606 is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to Clients in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This principle is achieved through applying the following five-step approach:

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a Client.

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract.

Determination of the transaction price.

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

Recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

As it relates to the Integrated Care segment, we primarily generate virtual healthcare service revenue from contracts with Clients who purchase access to our professional provider network or medical experts for their employees, dependents and other beneficiaries. Our clientClient contracts include a per-member-per-month subscription access fee as well as certain contracts that generatealso include additional revenue on a per-telehealthper-virtual healthcare visit basis for general medical andor other specialty visits, andor expert medical service on a per case basis. We also have certain contracts that generate revenue based solely on a per telehealthhealthcare visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits. For our D2C behavioral healthBetterHelp product, Membersmembers purchase access to the Company’sour professional provider network for a subscriptionan access fee. Accordingly, we generate subscription access

Revenues are also generated from contracts with Clients for our chronic care management solutions. Substantially all of this revenue is derived from subscriptionmonthly access fees that are recognized as services are rendered and earned under subscription agreements with Clients that are based on a per-participant-per-month model, using the number of active enrolled members each month for the minimum enrollment period. These solutions integrate devices, supplies, access to our web-based platform, and clinical and data services to provide an overall health management solution. The promises to transfer these goods and services are not separately identifiable and are considered a single continuous service comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). These services are consumed as they are received, and we recognize revenue each month using the variable consideration allocation exception since the nature of the obligations and the variability of the payment being based on the number of active members are aligned.

Revenue is also generated from contracts with Clients in hospital and health systems for the sale and rental of equipment consisting of virtual healthcare devices which allow physicians to access our hosted virtual healthcare platform. These contracts also include multiple performance obligations, and we determine the standalone selling prices

61

Table of Contents

based on overall pricing objectives. In some arrangements, our devices are rented to certain qualified Clients that qualify as either sales-type lease or operating lease arrangements and are subject to lease accounting guidance.

We record access fees from Clients accessing our professional provider network or hosted virtual healthcare platform or chronic care management platforms, visit fee revenue for general medical, expert medical service and other specialty visit.visits as well as other revenue primarily associated with virtual healthcare device equipment included with our hosted virtual healthcare platform. Visit and other revenues are reported as “Other” revenue in our consolidated financial statements.

Our Client agreements generally have a term of one to three years. The majority of Clients have a term of one year and renew their contracts following their first year of services. Revenues are recognized when we satisfy our performance obligation to stand ready to provide telehealthvirtual healthcare services which occurs when our Clients and Membersmembers have access to and obtain control of the telehealth service. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected in exchange for thevirtual healthcare service and this may include a variable transaction price as the number of Members may vary from the initial billing. Based on historical experience, the Company estimates this amount which is recorded as a component of revenue.or platform.

51

Table of Contents

Subscription accessFor contracts where revenue accounted for approximately 84%, 84%is generated on a per healthcare visit basis, revenues are recognized when the visits are completed as we have delivered on our stand ready obligation to provide access. For other revenue, which primarily includes virtual healthcare devices, our performance obligation is satisfied when the equipment is provided to the Client and 85%revenue is recognized at a point in time upon shipment.

Certain of our totalcontracts include Client performance guarantees and pricing adjustments that are based upon minimum member utilization and guarantees by us for specific service level performance, member satisfaction scores, cost savings guarantees, and health outcome guarantees. Performance guarantees are estimated at each reporting period based on our historical performance of the underlying criteria or the customer’s specific performance as of that reporting date. Any estimated adjustments to the contract price for achieving or not achieving the performance guarantee are recognized as an adjustment to revenue duringin the period. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021, and 2017,2020, revenue recognized from performance obligations related to prior periods for the changes in transaction price or Client performance guarantees was $4.4 million, $5.6 million, and $1.9 million, respectively. Subscription

As it relates to the BetterHelp segment, users purchase mental health or other wellness services for an access revenue is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, the number of services contracted for by a Client and the contractually negotiated prices of our services. Visit fee revenue for general medical, expert medical service and other specialty visits is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, Member utilization of our professional provider network services and the contractually negotiated prices of our services.fee.

Business CombinationsGoodwill

We account forAs of December 31, 2022, our business combinations usingbalance of goodwill was $1.1 billion, which all related to the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquisition is measured asBetterHelp segment. Goodwill represents the aggregateexcess of the acquisition date fair values of the assets transferred and liabilities assumed by us to the sellers and equity instruments issued. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired or assumed are measured separately at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of (i) the total costs of acquisitionpurchase consideration over (ii) the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree is recorded as goodwill.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually on October 1 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset mayit is more likely than not to be impaired. The fair valueThese events include: (i) severe adverse industry or economic trends; (ii) significant company-specific actions, including exiting an activity in conjunction with restructuring of the reporting unit is estimated using quoted market prices in active marketsoperations; (iii) current, historical or projected deterioration of our stock. An impairment charge is recognized for the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fairfinancial performance; or (iv) a sustained decrease in our market capitalization, as indicated by our publicly quoted share price, below our net book value.

Our annualWhen testing goodwill impairment test resulted in no impairment charges in any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Other intangible assets resulted from business acquisitions and include Client relationships, non-compete agreements, patents and trademarks. Client relationships are amortized over a period of 2 to 20 years in relation to expected future cash flows, while non-compete agreements are amortized over a period of 1.5 to 5 years using the straight-line method. Trademarks are amortized over 3 to 15 years using the straight-line method. Patents are amortized over 3 years using the straight-line method.

Long-lived assets (property and equipment, internally developed software, and intangible assets) used in operations are reviewed for impairment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicatewe have the option of first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, we recognize an impairment loss only if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. There were no impairment losses in 2019, 2018 or 2017.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation for stock options and restricted stock units granted is measured based on the grant- date fair value of the awards and recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). We estimate the fair value of employee stock options usingour reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation for performance stock units (“PSU”) grantedqualitative assessment, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is measuredmore likely than not that carrying value exceeds its fair value, we perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under the quantitative goodwill impairment test, if our reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, we will record an impairment charge based on the grant- date fair value of the awards and recognized on an accelerated tranche by tranche basis over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award).  The ultimate number of PSUs that are issued to an employee is the result of the actual performance of the Company at the end of the performance period compared to the performance conditions and can range from 50% to 200% of the initial grant.difference.

Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) permits eligible employees to purchase common stock atTo determine reporting unit fair value as part of the quantitative test, we use a discount through payroll deductions during defined offering periods.weighting of fair values derived from the income approach and the market approach. Under the ESPP,income approach, we may specify offeringsproject our future cash flows and discount these cash flows to reflect their relative risk. The cash flows used are consistent with durations ofthose we use in our internal planning, which reflects actual business trends experienced and our long-term business strategy. As such, key estimates and factors used in this method include, but are not more than 27 months,limited to, revenue, margin, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering willoperating expense growth

5262

Table of Contents

have one or more purchase dates on which shares of its common stock will be purchased for employees participating inrates, capital expenditure estimates as well as a discount rate, and a terminal growth rate. Under the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances. The price at whichmarket approach, we use the stock is purchased is equalguideline company method to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or on the date of purchase.develop valuation multiples and compare our reporting unit to similar publicly traded companies. 

WarrantiesIn order to further validate the reasonableness of fair value as determined by the income and Indemnification

Our arrangements generally include certain provisionsmarket approaches described above, a reconciliation to market capitalization is then performed by estimating a reasonable control premium and other market factors. Future changes in the judgments, assumptions and estimates that are used in the impairment testing for indemnifying Clients against liabilities if there is a breachgoodwill could result in significantly different estimates of a Client’s data or if our service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.fair value.

We have also agreedexperienced triggering events in 2022 due to indemnifysustained decreases in our directorsshare price, prompting impairment assessments of goodwill and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fineslong-lived assets including definite-lived intangibles as of March 31, 2022 and settlement amounts incurred by anyagain as of these personsJune 30, 2022.

Both impairment assessments in any action or proceeding2022 reflected a 75%/25% allocation between the income and market approaches. We believe the 75% weighting to which any of those persons is, or is threatenedthe income approach continues to be madeappropriate as it more directly reflects our future growth and profitability expectations. The table below indicates changes in the most significant inputs to our impairment analysis on each testing date related to those triggering events as well as our annual impairment test.

Testing Dates

Reporting Unit

Discount Rate

Peer Group Revenue Multiples
(Current Year/Subsequent Year)

Excess of Reporting Unit Fair Value over Carrying Value

March 31, 2022

Consolidated

12.0%

3.5x/3.0x

None

June 30, 2022

Consolidated

16.0%

2.0x/1.8x

None

October 1, 2022

Consolidated,

Pre-reassignment

12.5%

1.65x/1.5x

None, Pre-reassignment

October 1, 2022

Teladoc Health Integrated Care

12.0%

1.2x/1.0x

No remaining goodwill

October 1, 2022

BetterHelp

13.5%

1.6x/1.3x

Significant amount

In March 2022, we updated the projected long-range cash flows used in the impairment assessment, including revenues, margin, and capital expenditures to reflect current conditions. Other changes in valuation assumptions included increases in interest rates and market volatility, resulting in a party by reasonhigher discount rate, and selection of lower revenue multiples based upon an assessment of a relevant peer group. As a result of this review, we did not identify an impairment to our definite-lived intangible assets or other long-lived assets, but we recorded a $6.6 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge (or $40.88 per basic and diluted share) in the quarter ended March 31, 2022. The non-cash charges had no impact on the provision for income taxes.

As of June 30, 2022, we updated valuation assumptions. The discount rate was increased for a company risk premium to reflect the current perception of risks of achieving projected cash flows and, to a lesser extent, to reflect further increases in interest rates and market volatility. Additionally, revenue market multiples were lowered based upon an updated analysis of a consistent peer group. The assessment did not result in an impairment of definite-lived intangible assets or other long-lived assets but resulted in an additional $3.0 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge (or $18.77 per basic and diluted share). The non-cash charges had no impact on the provision for income taxes.

On October 1, 2022, we reorganized our reporting structure to include two reportable segments, Teladoc Health Integrated Care and BetterHelp, which also represent reporting units for purposes of assessing goodwill. We performed our annual impairment test consistent with the rules set forth under ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” performing an initial test on our then-existing reporting unit. The impairment test utilized our latest estimates of projected cash flows, including revenues, margin, and capital expenditures, as well as current market assumptions for the discount rate and revenue multiples, to reflect current market conditions and risk assessments. Based on the result of the person’s service asimpairment test, we recognized an additional $2.6 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge, driven significantly by a director or officer, including any actiondecline in projected cash flows. Following this impairment, we reassigned the remaining $2.2 billion to our new reporting units using a relative fair value allocation approach. We performed tests of the asset groups identified for the purposes of testing the recoverability of each reporting unit’s definite-lived intangibles and other long-lived assets, which was passed by us, arising outa significant margin. Lastly, a post allocation goodwill impairment test on each of that person’s services asthe

63

Table of Contents

reporting units was performed, the result of which was the recognition of an additional $1.1 billion of impairment on the goodwill assigned to our director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at our request. We maintain directorTeladoc Health Integrated Care reporting unit. The $3.8 billion (or $23.37 per basic and officer liability insurance coverage that would generally enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We may also be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect todiluted share) non-cash charges had no impact on the actions of our employees under certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions.provision for income taxes.

Concentrations of RiskFor the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, a $13.4 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge (or $83.01 per basic and Significant Clientsdiluted share) was recognized. There were no impairment charges recorded for goodwill or definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 or 2020.

Other Intangible Assets

OurOther intangible assets include customer relationships, non-compete agreements, acquired technology, and trademarks resulting from business acquisitions, as well as capitalized software development costs. As of December 31, 2022, the aggregate balance of these assets was $1,836.8 million. We amortize these definite-lived intangible assets over their estimated useful lives as disclosed in Note 9. “Intangible Assets, Net and Certain Cloud Computing Costs” to the consolidated financial instruments that are exposedstatements. We also review the useful lives on a quarterly basis to concentrationsdetermine if the period of credit risk consist primarilyeconomic benefit has changed. Potential changes in useful lives, whether due to strategic decisions involving our brands, competitive forces, or other factors could result in additional amortization expense taking effect prospectively in the period of cashthe change and cash equivalents, short-term investment and accounts receivable. Although we depositcould have a material impact on our cash with multipleconsolidated financial institutions in U.S. and in foreign countries, our deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. Our short-term investment are comprised of a portfolio of diverse high credit rating instruments with maturity durations of one year or less.statements.

Revenue from Client operations locatedCustomer relationships are amortized over a period of two to 20 years in relation to expected future cash flows. The useful lives of the customer relationships are subject to risks and uncertainties including future attrition rates. These considerations include, but are not limited to, the emergence of new competitor offerings, relative competitor pricing and scale, our ability to successfully integrate and manage the acquired customers, our level of success in delivering future innovation, and overall changes in economic and regulatory conditions. Significant changes in any one or a combination of considerations could lead us to update our weighted average attrition rate, which, in turn would impact the assigned useful life and the level of amortization expense recorded for our customer relationship intangibles. For example, a sustained increase in the United Statescustomer attrition rate related to customers acquired in the Livongo transaction could prompt us to reduce our estimate of the remaining useful life of the customer relationships. Should this occur, a one-year reduction to the estimated life would result in an annual increase in amortization expense of approximately $5 million. Technology is amortized over four to seven years using the straight-line method. Capitalized software development costs are amortized over three to five years using the straight-line method.

Through December 31, 2021, trademarks were amortized over three to 15 years using the straight-line method. Effective January 1, 2022, the useful lives for certain trademarks related to our strategy to integrate and move certain consumer brands under the Teladoc Health brand resulted in decreasing the weighted average useful life of all trademarks at the date of the change from 9.5 years to 7.5 years. This change increased annual amortization by approximately $23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $445.3 million, $342.7 million and $214.5 million, respectively. Revenue from Client operations located outside2022.

Definite-lived intangible assets are re-evaluated whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their estimated useful lives may require revision and/or the United Statescarrying value of the related asset group may not be recoverable by its projected undiscounted cash flows. If the carrying value of the asset group is determined to be unrecoverable, an impairment charge would be recognized in an amount equal to the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value. As a result of the introduction of segments in the fourth quarter of 2022, a recoverability test for the definite-lived intangible assets was performed and no impairment was identified.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management's best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. The objectives for accounting for income taxes, as prescribed by the relevant accounting guidance, are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $108.0 million, $75.2 milliondeferred tax assets and $18.8 million, respectively.liabilities for future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of temporary differences between asset and liability amounts that are recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts that are recognized for income tax purposes. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. Deferred tax assets and

64

Table of Contents

liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The assumptions about future tax consequences require significant judgment and variations in the actual outcome of these consequences could materially impact our results of operations. We recognize tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes and interest will be due. We adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. Interest and penalties, if any, related to accrued liabilities for potential tax assessments are included in income tax expense.

Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Determination of valuation allowances recorded against deferred tax assets requires significant judgment and use of assumptions, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. To the extent that new information becomes available which causes us to change our judgment regarding the adequacy of existing valuation allowances, such changes to tax liabilities will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.

Components of Results of Operations

Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately)

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately) primarily consists of fees paid to the physicians and other health professionals in our Providers and medical experts,provider network; product cost; costs incurred in connection with our provider network operations and data center activities, which include employee-related expenses (including salaries and benefits)benefits, incentive compensation, and stock-based compensation), costs related to ourClient support; provider network, operations center activities, medical records, magnetic resonance imaging, medical lab tests, translation, postage, and medical malpractice insurance.insurance, and deferred device costs. Cost of revenue includes costs of technology enabling multiple modes of real-time communication, including via web browser, mobile application, voice / telephony, and text. These expenses increase or decrease as the level of revenue changes. Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately) is driven primarily by the number of general medical visits, expert medical services, and other specialty visits completed in each period.period and are closely correlated or directly related to delivery of our solutions and monthly access fees. Many of the elements of the cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately) are relatively variable, and semi-variable, and can be reduced in the near-term to offset any decline in our revenue. Cost of revenue does not include an allocation of depreciation and amortization. Our business and operational models are designed to be highly scalable and leverage variable costs to support revenue-generating activities. Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately) does not include an allocation of depreciation and amortization.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses

Advertising and marketing expenses consist primarily of costs of digital and media advertisements, personnel and related expenses (including salaries and benefits, incentive compensation, and stock-based compensation) for our marketing staff and communications materials that are produced for member acquisition and to generate greater awareness and utilization among our Clients and Members.members. Marketing costs also include third-party independent research, trade shows and brand messages, public relations costs, and stock-based compensation for our advertising and marketing employees. Our advertising and marketing expenses exclude certain allocations of occupancy expense as well

53

Table of Contents

as depreciation and amortization.

We expect our advertising and marketing expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to increase the size of our digital and media advertising and marketing operations including member acquisition and engagement activities and expand into new products and markets. Our advertising and marketing expenses will fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and extent of our advertising

65

Table of Contents

campaigns and marketing expenses. We will continue to invest in advertising and marketing by promoting our brands through a variety of marketing and public relations activities.

Sales Expenses

Sales expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, commissions, and incentive-based awards, employment taxes, travel and stock-based compensation costs for our employees engaged in sales, account management and sales support in addition to commissions paid to external brokers. Our sales expenses exclude certain allocations of occupancy expense as well as depreciation and amortization. We expect our sales expenses to continue to increase in the short-to-medium-term as we strategically invest to expand our business and to capture an increasing amount of our market opportunity.

Technology and Development Expenses

Technology and development expenses include the costs of operating our on-demand technology infrastructure that are not directly related to changes in revenue or volume of visits, including certain licensed applications, information technology infrastructure, security, and compliance. The technology and development line item also contains amounts charged to expense for research and development, which include costs of new product development, costs to add new features or improve reliability or scalability of existing applications, and other software development and engineering costs to the extent that they are not capitalized. The research and development expenses may enable future revenue growth but are not directly related to current revenues.

Technology and development expenses include personnel and related expenses (including salaries and benefits, incentive compensation, and stock-based compensation) for software engineering, information technology infrastructure, security and compliance, product development, and product development.support for our efforts to add new features and ensure the reliability or scalability of our existing solutions. Technology and development expenses also include outsourced software engineering services, the costs of operating our on-demand technology infrastructure (whereas costs directly associated with revenue are presented separately in cost of revenues), and certain licensed applications and stock-based compensation for our technology and development employees.applications. Our technology and development expenses exclude certain allocations of occupancy expense as well ascapitalized software development costs and depreciation and amortization.

We expect our technology and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in the development of our technology platform. Our technology and development expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and extent of our technology and development expenses. Historically,expenses, including the majority of our technology andability to capitalize software development costs have been expensed.

Legal and Regulatory Expenses

Legal and regulatory expenses include professional fees incurred and settlements. Our legal and regulatory expenses exclude certain allocations of personnel and related expenses, occupancy expense as well as depreciation and amortization.

Acquisition and Integration Related Costs

Acquisition and integration related costs include investment banking, financing, legal, accounting, consultancy, integration, fair value changes related to contingent consideration and certain other non-recurring transaction costs related to mergers and acquisitions.costs.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include personnel and related expenses (including salaries and benefits, incentive compensation, and stock-based compensation) of, and professional fees incurred by our executive, finance, product development,legal and compliance, operations, human resources, clinical, corporate strategy, business development, operationsstrategies, quality and human resourcesexecutive departments. They also include stock-based compensation costs related to our board of directors and our employees andbank charges, most of the facilities costs including rent, utilities, and facilities maintenance.maintenance, except for amounts allocated to cost of revenues, as well as therapists recruiting costs, related to BetterHelp, indirect taxes and certain licensed corporate applications. Our general and administrative expenses exclude any allocation of depreciation and amortization.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to grow

54

Table of Contents

our business. However, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our total revenue over the next several years. Our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and extent of our general and administrative expenses.

Acquisition, Integration, and Transformation Costs

Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs include investment banking, financing, legal, accounting, consultancy, integration, fair value changes related to contingent consideration, and certain other transaction costs related to mergers and acquisitions. It also includes costs related to certain business transformation initiatives focused on integrating and optimizing various operations and systems, including upgrading our CRM and ERP systems, incurred in connection with our acquisition and integration activities.  

66

Table of Contents

Restructuring Costs

Restructuring costs consist primarily of certain lease impairment costs, certain losses related to early lease terminations, and severance.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization consist primarily of depreciation of fixed assets, amortization of capitalized software development costs, and amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets.

Amortization of Warrants and Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

Amortization of warrants and lossLoss on extinguishment of debt consists of costs associated with debt refinancesrefinancing including the write offwrite-off of origination and termination financing fees and recognitionthe redemption/conversion of convertible senior notes.

Other Expense (Income), Net

Other expense (income), net includes the fair valueimpact of warrantsforeign currency remeasurement, realized and unrealized gains on investment securities, and all other non-operating items not included with the loan facilities.in other financial statement lines.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net consists of interest costs associated with our bank, other debtconvertible senior notes and amortization of debt issuance costs and costs associated with the Notes and the $175.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (the “Term Loan Facility”),advances from financing companies, net of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities as well as foreign exchange gain or loss.investments.

Foreign CurrencyProvision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes reflects management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. The functional currencyobjectives for each of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the period. Cumulative translation gains or losses are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). We have not utilized hedging strategies with respect to such foreign exchange exposure.

Income Tax Provision

We follow the provisions of the accounting guidance on accounting for income taxes, which requires recognitionas prescribed by the relevant accounting guidance, are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been includedrecognized in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assetsstatements. See above for Critical Estimates and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax asset to a level which, more likely than not, will be realized. We have recorded deferred tax liabilities arising principally from deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinitely lived intangible assets in the U.S. and from deferred tax liabilities in foreign jurisdictions. We have provided a full valuation allowance for our U.S. deferred tax assets, net of certain deferred tax liabilities, and certain of our foreign deferred tax assets at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, as it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized in the future.Policies.

H.R. 1, commonly referred to as the Tax CutsEBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Jobs Act, was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act includes significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including amendments which significantly change the taxation of business entities.

Free Cash Flow

55

Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and the dollar and percentage change between the respective periods (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

2019

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

$

    

Variance

    

%

    

$

    

Variance

    

%

    

$

Revenue

$

553,307

$

135,400

 

32

%  

$

417,907

$

184,628

 

79

%  

$

233,279

Expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

184,465

 

55,730

 

43

%  

128,735

67,112

109

%  

61,623

Operating expenses:

Advertising and marketing

 

109,697

 

24,588

 

29

%  

 

85,109

 

27,446

 

48

%  

 

57,663

Sales

 

64,915

 

5,761

 

10

%  

 

59,154

 

21,170

 

56

%  

 

37,984

Technology and development

 

64,644

 

10,271

 

19

%  

 

54,373

 

19,914

 

58

%  

 

34,459

Legal and regulatory

6,762

2,781

 

70

%  

3,981

(890)

 

–18 

%  

4,871

Acquisition and integration related costs

6,620

(3,771)

 

–36 

%  

10,391

(2,805)

 

–21 

%  

13,196

Gain on sale

0

5,500

 

–100 

%  

(5,500)

(5,500)

 

NM

%  

0

General and administrative

 

157,694

 

40,778

 

35

%  

 

116,916

 

37,135

 

47

%  

 

79,781

Depreciation and amortization

 

38,952

 

3,350

 

9

%  

 

35,602

 

16,507

 

86

%  

 

19,095

Total expenses

633,749

144,988

 

30

%  

488,761

180,088

 

58

%  

308,673

Loss from operations

 

(80,442)

 

(9,588)

 

14

%  

 

(70,854)

 

4,540

 

–6 

%  

 

(75,394)

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

0

0

 

NM

%  

0

(14,122)

–100 

%  

14,122

Interest expense, net

 

29,013

 

2,901

 

11

%  

 

26,112

 

8,621

 

49

%  

 

17,491

Net loss before taxes

 

(109,455)

 

(12,489)

 

13

%  

 

(96,966)

 

10,041

 

–9 

%  

 

(107,007)

Income tax benefit

 

(10,591)

 

(10,709)

 

NM

%  

 

118

 

343

 

–152 

%  

 

(225)

Net loss

$

(98,864)

$

(1,780)

 

2

%  

$

(97,084)

$

9,698

 

–9 

%  

$

(106,782)

NM – not meaningful

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

56

Table of Contents

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

The following table reconciles net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands):

Year Ended

 

December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

Net loss

$

(98,864)

$

(97,084)

$

(106,782)

Add:

Interest expense, net

29,013

26,112

17,491

Income tax benefit

(10,591)

118

(225)

Depreciation expense

3,382

4,057

3,771

Amortization expense

35,570

31,545

15,324

EBITDA(1)

(41,490)

(35,252)

(70,421)

Stock-based compensation

66,702

43,769

30,597

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

0

0

14,122

Gain on sale

0

(5,500)

0

Acquisition and integration related costs

6,620

10,391

13,196

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

$

31,832

$

13,408

$

(12,506)

(1)Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or (“U.S. GAAP,GAAP”), we use earnings before interest, provision for income taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”), Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA,free cash flow which are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures, to clarify and enhance an understanding of past performance. We believe that the presentation of these financial measures enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We further believe that these financial measures are useful financial metrics to assess our operating performance and financial and business trends from period-to-period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We use certain financial measures for business planning purposes and in measuring our performance relative to that of our competitors. We utilize Adjusted EBITDA as the primarya key measure of our performance.

EBITDA consists of net loss before interest taxes,expense, net; other expense (income), net, including foreign exchange gain or loss; provision for income taxes; depreciation and amortization. We believe that making such adjustment provides investors meaningful information to understand our resultsamortization; goodwill impairment; and loss on extinguishment of operations and the ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis.

debt. Adjusted EBITDA consists of net loss before interest taxes,expense, net; other expense (income), net, including foreign exchange gain or loss; provision for income taxes; depreciation amortization, stock-based compensation, gain on sale, amortization of warrants and amortization; goodwill impairment; loss on extinguishment of debt,debt; stock-based compensation; restructuring costs; and acquisition, integration, and integration relatedtransformation costs.

67

Table of Contents

Free cash flow is net cash (used in) provided by operating activities less capital expenditures and capitalized software. Free cash flow reflects an additional way of viewing liquidity that, we believe, when viewed with U.S. GAAP results, provides management, investors and other users of our financial information with a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our cash flows.

We believe that making such adjustment provides investors meaningful information to understand our results of operations and the ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis.

We believe bothabove financial measures are commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance and that of our competitors. However, our use of the termterms EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDAfree cash flow may vary from that of others in our industry. Neither EBITDA, nor Adjusted EBITDA nor free cash flow should be considered as an alternative to net loss before provision for income taxes, net loss, net loss per share, net cash provided by operating activities or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP as measures of performance.GAAP.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDAfree cash flow have important limitationlimitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect goodwill impairment;

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA doesdo not reflect the significant interest expense on our debt; and

57

Table of Contents

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA eliminateseliminate the impact of provision for income taxes on our results of operations;

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the loss on extinguishment of debt;

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect other expense (income), net;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant acquisition and integration relatedrestructuring costs. Restructuring costs may include certain lease impairment costs, certain losses related to mergersearly lease terminations, and acquisitions; and
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant gain on sale of certain non-core client contracts;severance;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect significant acquisition, integration, and transformation costs. Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs include investment banking, financing, legal, accounting, consultancy, integration, fair value changes related to contingent consideration and certain other transaction costs related to mergers and acquisitions. It also includes costs related to certain business transformation initiatives focused on integrating and optimizing various operations and systems, including upgrading our CRM and ERP systems. These transformation cost adjustments made to our results do not represent normal, recurring, operating expenses necessary to operate the significant amortization of warrantsbusiness but rather, incremental costs incurred in connection with our acquisition and loss on extinguishment of debt; andintegration activities;

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant non-cash stock compensation expense which should be viewed as a component of recurring operating costs; and

otherOther companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDAthese measures as comparative measures.

In addition, although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any expenditures for such replacements.

We compensate for these limitations by using EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA, and free cash flow along with other comparative tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. Such U.S. GAAP measurements include gross profit, net loss, net loss per share, net cash provided by operating activities, and other performance measures.

68

Table of Contents

In evaluating these financial measures, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to those eliminated in this presentation. Our presentation of EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA, and free cash flow should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items.

Consolidated Results of Operations Discussion

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 and the dollar and percentage change between the respective periods (dollars in thousands).

Year Ended December 31,

2022

 

2021

 

Variance

 

%

Revenue

$

2,406,840

$

2,032,707

$

374,133

 

18

%

Expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately below)

 

743,987

 

650,258

 

93,729

 

14

%

Operating expenses:

Advertising and marketing

 

623,536

 

416,726

 

206,810

 

50

%

Sales

 

227,172

 

250,581

 

(23,409)

 

(9)

%

Technology and development

 

333,629

 

311,884

 

21,745

 

7

%

General and administrative

 

449,855

 

438,007

 

11,848

 

3

%

Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs

15,620

26,643

(11,023)

 

(41)

%

Restructuring costs

7,416

0

7,416

n/a

Depreciation and amortization

 

256,027

 

204,239

 

51,788

 

25

%

Goodwill impairment

13,402,812

0

13,402,812

n/a

Total expenses

 

16,060,054

 

2,298,338

 

13,761,716

 

N/M

Loss from operations

 

(13,653,214)

 

(265,631)

 

(13,387,583)

 

N/M

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

0

 

43,748

 

(43,748)

 

(100)

%

Other expense (income), net

 

859

 

(5,088)

 

5,947

 

117

%

Interest expense, net

 

9,270

 

80,365

 

(71,095)

 

(88)

%

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

(13,663,343)

 

(384,656)

 

(13,278,687)

 

N/M

Provision for income taxes

 

(3,812)

 

44,137

 

(47,949)

 

(109)

Net loss

$

(13,659,531)

$

(428,793)

$

(13,230,738)

 

N/M

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

$

(84.60)

$

(2.73)

$

(81.87)

N/M

EBITDA (1)

$

5,625

$

(61,392)

$

67,017

109

%  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

$

246,513

$

267,837

$

(21,324)

(8)

%  

(1)Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures.

NM – not meaningful

69

Table of Contents

The following table reconciles net loss, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

    

Net loss

$

(13,659,531)

$

(428,793)

Add:

Goodwill impairment

13,402,812

0

Loss on extinguishment of debt

0

43,748

Other expense (income), net

859

(5,088)

Interest expense, net

 

9,270

80,365

Provision for income taxes

 

(3,812)

44,137

Depreciation and amortization

 

256,027

204,239

EBITDA

5,625

(61,392)

Stock-based compensation

217,852

302,586

Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs

15,620

26,643

Restructuring costs

7,416

0

Adjusted EBITDA

$

246,513

$

267,837

Teladoc Health Integrated Care

$

135,153

$

144,021

BetterHelp

114,116

121,702

Other

(2,756)

2,114

Adjusted EBITDA

$

246,513

$

267,837

Revenue. Total revenue was $2,406.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $2,032.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $374.1 million, or 18%. Total access fees increased $363.6 million, or 21%. By geography, total revenue for the U.S. was $2,101.0 million and for International was $305.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, reflecting increases of 18% and 18%, respectively, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.

Other revenue, which predominately includes visit fees, and to a lesser extent, revenues from the sales of our telehealth solutions for hospitals and health systems. Other revenue totaled $303.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $292.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $10.5 million, or 4%, driven by an increase in visits that was largely offset by lower revenues from our telehealth solutions for hospitals and health systems due to the roll-off of a legacy development contract.

Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately below). Cost of revenue was $744.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $650.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $93.7 million, or 14%, reflecting increased provider fees and physician network operation costs in line with revenue growth, partially offset by various optimization efforts.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses. Advertising and marketing expenses were $623.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $416.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $206.8 million, or 50%. This increase was substantially driven by higher digital and media advertising in support of BetterHelp, as well as higher engagement member marketing in the Integrated Care segment.

Sales Expenses. Sales expenses were $227.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $250.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $23.4 million, or 9%. This decrease substantially reflects the impact from a reduction in stock-based compensation driven primarily by the roll-off of stock-based awards expense related to the Livongo merger, partially offset by higher commission due to higher revenues.

Technology and Development Expenses. Technology and development expenses were $333.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $311.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $21.7 million, or 7%. The increase was driven by the hiring of additional personnel as well as higher professional fees,

70

Table of Contents

staff augmentation costs, software license and hosting costs, and ongoing projects to operate and to continuously improve and optimize our technology portfolio, partially offset by the roll-off of stock-based awards expense related to the Livongo merger.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses were $449.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $438.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $11.8 million, or 3%. The increase was primarily driven by the overall growth of the business including personnel costs, bank charges, therapist recruiting, certain corporate software license costs, and other professional fees, partially offset by a year-over-year reduction in stock-based compensation driven primarily by the roll-off of stock-based awards expense related to the Livongo merger as well as lower indirect taxes and bad debt expenses.

Acquisition, Integration, and Transformation Costs. Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs were $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily consisting of costs to continue to integrate and upgrade our CRM and ERP ecosystem, compared to $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $11.0 million. The 2021 costs included residual acquisition-related costs associated with the Livongo merger as well as costs associated with integrating and optimizing various operations and systems, including enhancing our CRM and ERP systems.

Restructuring Costs. Restructuring costs were $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily consisting of losses related to early lease terminations and severance. See Note 14. ‘Restructuring” to the financial statements for additional information related to expected future costs to be incurred in 2023.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $256.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $204.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $51.8 million, or 25%. The higher expense was primarily due to higher amortization associated with higher capitalized software development costs, and to a lesser extent, additional amortization expense related to the acceleration of the amortization of certain trademarks. As it relates to the acceleration of the useful lives for certain trademarks, this change made effective January, 1, 2022, related to our strategy to integrate and move certain consumer brands under the Teladoc Health brand. This acceleration of amortization resulted in decreasing the weighted average useful life of all trademarks at the date of the change from 9.5 years to 7.5 years. This change increased annual amortization by approximately $23.2 million in 2022.

Goodwill Impairment. We recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $13,402.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, following goodwill impairment testings performed as a result of sustained decreases in our publicly quoted share price and our annual testing requirement. The non-cash charges had no impact on the provision for income taxes. Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates and Policies: Goodwill Impairment Charge and Note 7. “Goodwill,” to our consolidated financial statements.

Other Expense (Income), Net. Other expense (income), net was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to an income of ($5.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The change consisted primarily of a $5.9 million gain on the sale of a non-marketable equity security in 2021 and foreign exchange remeasurements.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net consists of interest costs and amortization of debt discount associated with our convertible senior notes, offset by interest income from cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments. Interest expense, net was $9.3 million and $80.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The decrease in interest expense, net substantially reflects the adoption of ASU 2020-06, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity,” which resulted in the elimination of non-cash interest expense associated with the accretion of the recorded debt value to stated value and, to a lesser extent, an increase in interest income of $12.7 million from cash and cash equivalents. Refer to Note 11. “Convertible Senior Notes,” to the consolidated financial statements. The associated non-cash expense was $57.4 million, or $0.37 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Provision for Income Taxes. We recorded an income tax benefit of $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to an income tax expense of $44.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The income tax

71

Table of Contents

provision for the year ended December 31, 2022 reflects the benefit of the current period operational losses, partially offset by lower tax deductions for stock-based awards that vested in the year due to the declining share price. The goodwill impairment of $13,402.8 million resulted in a non-cash charge, which is not deductible for tax purposes. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recognized a non-cash income tax expense of $44.1 million substantially all related to additional valuation allowance on excess stock compensation benefits associated with the Livongo merger. 

Segment Information

The following tables set forth the results of operations for the relevant segments for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

Teladoc Health Integrated Care

2022

2021

Variance

    

%

Revenue

$

1,373,900

$

1,300,878

$

73,022

 

6

%  

Adjusted EBITDA

$

135,153

$

144,021

$

(8,868)

(6)

%  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin %

9.8

%

11.1

%

(123)

bps

Integrated Care total revenues increased by $73.0 million, or 6%, to $1,373.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in net revenues was primarily driven by higher chronic care enrollment and adoption, as well as higher telemedicine product revenue.

Integrated Care Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $8.9 million, or 6%, to $135.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily reflecting higher operating expenses, namely technology and development expenses and, to a lesser extent, higher advertising and engagement marketing costs.

Year Ended December 31,

BetterHelp

2022

2021

Variance

    

%

Therapy Services

$

1,012,574

$

720,270

$

292,304

 

41

%  

Other Wellness Services

7,072

968

6,104

 

631

%  

Total Revenue

$

1,019,646

$

721,238

$

298,408

 

41

%  

Adjusted EBITDA

$

114,116

$

121,702

$

(7,586)

(6)

%  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin %

11.2

%

16.9

%

(568)

bps

BetterHelp total revenues increased by $298.4 million, or 41%, to $1,019.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, driven by a 37% increase in average monthly paying users.

BetterHelp Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $7.6 million, or 6%, to $114.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily reflecting higher operating expenses, most significantly higher advertising and marketing expenses.

72

Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the dollar and percentage change between the respective periods (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Variance

    

%

    

Revenue

$

2,032,707

$

1,093,962

$

938,745

 

86

%  

Expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization,
which is shown separately below)

650,258

390,829

259,429

66

%  

Operating expenses:

Advertising and marketing

 

416,726

 

226,146

 

190,580

 

84

%  

Sales

 

250,581

 

154,052

 

96,529

 

63

%  

Technology and development

 

311,884

 

164,941

 

146,943

 

89

%  

General and administrative

 

438,007

 

506,684

 

(68,677)

 

(14)

%  

Acquisition and integration related costs

26,643

88,236

(61,593)

 

(70)

%  

Depreciation and amortization

 

204,239

 

69,495

 

134,744

 

194

%  

Total expenses

2,298,338

1,600,383

697,955

 

44

%  

Loss from operations

 

(265,631)

 

(506,421)

 

240,790

 

(48)

%  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

43,748

9,077

34,671

382

%  

Other (income) expense, net

(5,088)

545

(5,633)

NM

%  

Interest expense, net

 

80,365

 

59,950

 

20,415

 

34

%  

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

(384,656)

 

(575,993)

 

191,337

 

(33)

%  

Provision for income taxes

 

44,137

 

(90,857)

 

134,994

 

NM

%  

Net loss

$

(428,793)

$

(485,136)

$

56,343

 

(12)

%  

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

$

(2.73)

$

(5.36)

$

2.63

(49)

%  

EBITDA (1)

$

(61,392)

$

(436,926)

$

375,534

(86)

%  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

$

267,837

$

126,841

$

140,996

111

%  

We completed our acquisitions of MedecinDirectLivongo on AprilOctober 30, 2019, Advance Medical on May 31, 20182020, and Best DoctorsInTouch on July 14, 2017.1, 2020. The results of operations of the aforementioned acquisitions have been included in our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K from their respective acquisition dates.

(1)Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures.

Revenue. Total revenue was $553.3 million including $33.2 million from Advance Medical and MedecinDirect for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $417.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $135.4 million, or 32%, excluding the effect from acquisitions organic growth was 24%. The increase in revenue was substantially driven by the acquisitions of Advance Medical and MedecinDirect contributing $33.2 million, and an increase in new Clients and the number of new Members generating additional subscription access fees and visit fees. The increase in subscription access fees was due to the addition of new Clients, both organically and through acquisition, as the number of paid Members increased by 57% from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. Revenue from the U.S. subscription access fees was $356.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $277.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. We generated $106.6 million of international subscription access fees for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $73.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. We completed approximately 4,138,000 visits, representing $90.0 million of visit fees for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 2,640,000 visits, representing $67.1 million of visit fees during the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $22.9 million, or 34%. Revenue from general medical visits, other specialty visits (primarily expert medical service) and visits from visit fee only Clients was $68.7 million, $6.4 million and $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively.NM – not meaningful

Total revenue was $417.9 million including $45.2 million from Advance Medical for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $233.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $184.6 million, or 79%, excluding the effect from acquisitions organic growth was 36%. The increase in revenue was

58

Table of Contents

substantially driven by the acquisition of Advance Medical and Best Doctors contributing $45.2 million and $57.0 million in revenue, respectively, and an increase in new Clients and the number of new Members generating additional subscription access fees and visit fees. The increase in subscription access fees was due to the addition of new Clients, both organically and through acquisition, as the number of paid Members increased by 16% from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018. Revenue from the U.S. subscription access fees was $277.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $179.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. We generated $73.7 million of international subscription access fees for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. We completed approximately 2,640,000 visits, representing $67.1 million of visit fees for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 1,463,000 visits, representing $35.8 million of visit fees during the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $31.3 million, or 88%. Revenue from general medical visits and other specialty visits (primarily expert medical service) and visits from visit fee only Clients was $45.6 million and $9.0 million and $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue was $184.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $128.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $55.7 million, or 43%. The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions including an additional $17.2 million in costs associated with Advance Medical and MedecinDirect services, and increased general medical visits resulting in increased provider fees and increased physician network operation center costs, and hiring of additional personnel to manage our provider network operations centers.

Cost of revenue was $128.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $61.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $67.1 million, or 109%. The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions including an additional $23.6 million in costs associated with Advance Medical services and $17.7 million in costs associated with Best Doctors services, and increased general medical visits resulting in increased provider fees and increased physician network operation center costs, and hiring of additional personnel to manage our provider network operations centers.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses. Advertising and marketing expenses were $109.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $85.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $24.6 million, or 29%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase primarily consisted of hiring additional personnel totaling $5.9 million, increased member engagement initiatives, increased digital and media advertising, sponsorship of professional organizations and trade shows of $18.1 million and other expenses of $0.6 million.

Advertising and marketing expenses were $85.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $27.4 million, or 48%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase primarily consisted of increased member engagement initiatives, increased digital and media advertising, sponsorship of professional organizations and trade shows of $25.9 million and other expenses of $1.5 million.

Sales Expenses. Sales expenses were $64.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $59.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $5.8 million, or 10%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase primarily consisted of increased staffing and employee-related expenses including sales commissions of $4.7 million, decreased travel and entertainment expenses of $0.2 million and increased other expenses of $1.3 million.

Sales expenses were $59.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $38.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $21.2 million, or 56%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase primarily consisted of increased staffing and employee-related expenses including sales commissions of $19.2 million, increased travel and entertainment expenses of $0.5 million and other expenses of $1.5 million.

Technology and Development Expenses. Technology and development expenses were $64.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $54.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $10.3 million, or 19%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase resulted primarily from hiring additional personnel totaling $7.1 million, professional fees of $2.4 million, and ongoing projects to improve and

5973

Table of Contents

optimize our technology platformThe following table reconciles net loss, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, to EBITDA and other expenses of $0.8 million.Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

Net loss

$

(428,793)

$

(485,136)

Add:

Loss on extinguishment of debt

43,748

9,077

Other expense (income), net

(5,088)

545

Interest expense, net

 

80,365

59,950

Provision for income taxes

 

44,137

(90,857)

Depreciation and amortization

 

204,239

69,495

EBITDA

(61,392)

(436,926)

Stock-based compensation

302,586

475,531

Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs

26,643

88,236

Adjusted EBITDA

$

267,837

$

126,841

Teladoc Health Integrated Care Segment

$

144,021

$

65,836

BetterHelp Segment

121,702

65,545

Other

2,114

(4,540)

Adjusted EBITDA

$

267,837

$

126,841

Technology and development expenses were $54.4

Revenue. Total revenue was $2,032.7 million for the year ended December 31, 20182021, compared to $34.5$1,094.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017,2020, an increase of $19.9$938.7 million, or 58%86%. IncludingExcluding the impact from acquisitions, revenue increased 40%, driven primarily by BetterHelp. Total access fees increased $892.9 million, or 105%. Also contributing to the recent acquisitions, this increase resulted primarily from hiring additional personnel totaling $12.8in total revenue was other revenue, which totaled $292.5 million professional fees of $3.1 million, and ongoing projectsduring the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to improve and optimize our technology platform and other expenses of $4.0 million.

Legal and Regulatory Expenses. Legal and regulatory expenses were $6.8$246.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $4.02020, an increase of $45.8 million, or 19%, primarily reflecting visit revenues and a full year’s sales of our telehealth solutions for hospitals and health systems.

Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately below). Cost of revenue was $650.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $2.8 million, or 70%. This increase resulted primarily from litigation activities largely associated with the class action complaint.

Legal and Regulatory expenses were $4.02021, compared to $390.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $4.92020, an increase of $259.5 million, or 66%. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, cost of revenue increased by 42%, reflecting increased provider fees and physician network operation costs in line with revenue growth.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses. Advertising and marketing expenses were $416.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $0.9 million, or 18%. This decrease resulted primarily from lower legal fees incurred in connection with the Company’s legal activities associated with Texas.

Acquisition and Integration Related Costs. Acquisition related costs were $6.62021, compared to $226.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared2020, an increase of $190.5 million, or 84%. This increase was primarily driven by higher digital and media advertising in support of BetterHelp, as well as higher engagement member marketing in the Integrated Care segment. In addition, the increase included the impact of acquisitions, and an increase in personnel costs due to $10.4increased hiring.

Sales Expenses. Sales expenses were $250.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $3.8 million. The 2019 acquisition and integration related costs represent investment banking, financing, legal, accounting, consultancy, integration, fair value changes related2021, compared to contingent consideration and certain other non-recurring transaction costs related to mergers and acquisitions. The 2018 integration related costs represent legal, personnel, re-branding and professional related fees for the May 2018 acquisition of Advance Medical and July 2017 acquisition of Best Doctors.

Acquisition related costs were $10.4$154.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $13.22020, an increase of $96.5 million, or 63%. This increase substantially reflects the impact from acquisitions.

Technology and Development Expenses. Technology and development expenses were $311.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $2.8 million. The 2018 acquisition and integration related costs represent legal, personnel, re-branding and professional related fees for the May 2018 acquisition of Advance Medical and July 2017 acquisition of Best Doctors. The 2017 acquisition and integration related costs represent legal, personnel and professional related fees for the July 2017 acquisition of Best Doctors.

Gain on Sale. Gain on sale of $5.52021, compared to $164.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 consists2020, an increase of $147.0 million, or 89%. In addition to substantially reflecting the June 2018 saleimpact of certain client contracts.acquisitions, the increase was driven by hiring of additional personnel, professional fees, and ongoing projects to continuously improve and optimize our technology portfolio.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses were $157.7$438.0 million for the year ended December 31, 20192021, compared to $116.9$506.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase2020, a decrease of $40.8$68.7 million, or 35%14%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase was driven in part by an increase in employee-related expenses of approximately $29.7 million, primarily due to an increase in stock compensation expense and as a result of growth in overall full time employee headcount to over 2,400 at December 31, 2019 as compared to 2,242 at December 31, 2018. Costs incurred in our provider network operations centers in connection with enhancing our Member services increased to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $3.2 million. Professional fees, increased by $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to December 31, 2018. Other expenses, which include office-related charges and bank charges, severance costs, lease costs and bad debt expenses, increased net to $29.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $5.3 million and primarily reflecting the impact from the recent acquisitions.

General and administrative expenses were $116.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $79.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $37.1 million, or 47%. Including the impact from the recent acquisitions, this increase was driven in part by an increase in employee-related expenses of approximately $28.0 million, primarily due to an increase in stock compensation expense and as a result of growth in overall full time employee headcount to 2,242 at December 31, 2018 as compared to 1,231 at December 31, 2017, andThe decrease was primarily due to 700 employees from Advance Medicaldriven by a $211.2 million year-over-year reduction in June 2018 and 500 employees from Best Doctors in July 2017, including the expansion from two to three provider network operations centers in 2017. Costs incurred in our provider network operations centers in connection with enhancing our Member services increased to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $1.1 million. Professionalstock-based

6074

Table of Contents

fees, increasedcompensation driven primarily by $1.9the acceleration of stock-based awards expense related to the Livongo merger. Partially offsetting the decrease was the full year impact of acquisitions, as well as increases reflecting the overall growth of the business including personnel costs, indirect taxes, bank charges, therapist recruiting, and legal and other professional costs.

Acquisition, Integration, and Transformation Costs. Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs were $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as2021, compared to December 31, 2017. Other expenses, which include office-related charges and bank charges, severance costs, lease costs and bad debt expenses, increased net to $24.5$88.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $18.42020, a decrease of $61.6 million. The higher level of costs incurred in 2020 was driven by non-recurring transaction costs and charges associated with the InTouch and Livongo acquisitions, including investment banking, financing, legal, accounting, and consultancy costs. In contrast, the 2021 costs included residual acquisition-related costs associated with the Livongo merger as well as costs associated with integrating and optimizing various operations and systems, including enhancing our CRM and ERP systems.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $204.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $6.1 million and primarily reflecting the impact from the recent acquisitions.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization were $39.02021, compared to $69.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $35.62020, an increase of $134.7 million, or 194%. The year-over-year increase was driven primarily by the impact of acquisitions, which resulted in an increase of $130.6 million in amortization of finite-lived intangibles and an increase of $4.2 million in depreciation of property and equipment.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. Loss on extinguishment of debt was $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $3.4 million, or 9%. This increase was due2021, compared to additional amortization expense primarily related to acquisition-related intangible assets that increased from $305.7 million at December 31, 2018 to $319.8 million at December 31, 2019 and an increase in depreciation expense on an increased base of depreciable fixed assets that increased from $22.4 million at December 31, 2018 to $26.1 million at December 31, 2019.

Depreciation and amortization were $35.6$9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared2020, an increase of $34.6 million driven primarily by exchanges, redemptions and conversions of convertible senior notes due in 2022 and 2025 as discussed in Note 11. “Convertible Senior Notes” to $19.1the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other (Income) Expense, Net. Other (income) expense, net was ($5.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $16.52021, compared to $0.6 million or 86%. This increase was due to additional amortization expense primarily related to acquisition-related intangible assets that increased from $186.8 million atfor the year ended December 31, 2017 to $305.72020. The change consisted primarily of a $5.9 million at December 31, 2018gain on the sale of a non-marketable equity security and an increase in depreciation expense on an increased base of depreciable fixed assets that increased from $16.9 million at December 31, 2017 to $22.4 million at December 31, 2018.foreign exchange remeasurements.

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net consists of interest costs and amortization of debt discount associated with our bank debt and the Notes,convertible senior notes, offset by interest income from cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments in marketable securities as well as foreign exchange gain or loss.investments. Interest expense, net was $29.0$80.4 million and $26.1$60.0 million for the years ended December 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, respectively. The increase in interest expense, net primarily is associated with the Convertible Seniorfull year impact of the 2027 Notes issued in May 2018.

Interest expense, net consists of interest costs and amortization of debt issuance costs associated with our bank debt, other debt2020 and the Livongo Notes and interest income from cash and cash equivalents and short-term investmentsthat we agreed to guarantee in marketable securities . Interest expense, net was $26.1 million and $17.5 million forOctober 2020 as part of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase in interest expense primarily is associated with the Notes issued in May 2018 and June 2017.Livongo merger.

Provision for Income tax benefitTaxesIncomeWe recorded an income tax benefit was $(10.6)expense of $44.1 million for the year ended December 31, 20192021, compared to $0.1a ($90.9) million provisionbenefit for the year ended December 31, 2018 and2020. The income tax expense in 2021 largely reflects a $8.5 million income tax benefitan increase in the valuation allowances needed to reflect our ability to utilize future net operating losses, primarily associated with stock compensation benefits associated with the intercompany transferpurchase of a U.S. subsidiary from a foreign owned subsidiaryLivongo and partially offset by the impact of current period losses. The tax benefit in 2020 largely reflects the recognition of current period losses due to the partial release of the U.S. parent. valuation allowance due to acquired intangibles from the purchases of InTouch and Livongo, as well as increased excess stock-based compensation deductions. 

Segment Information

The income tax provisionfollowing tables set forth the results of $0.1operations for the relevant segments for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

Teladoc Health Integrated Care

2021

2020

Variance

    

%

Revenue

$

1,300,878

$

744,309

$

556,569

 

75

%  

Adjusted EBITDA

$

144,021

$

65,836

$

78,185

119

%  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin %

11.1

%

8.8

%

223

bps

75

Table of Contents

Integrated Care total revenues increased by $556.6 million, or 75%, to $1,300.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 was consistent with a benefit2021, primarily driven by the full year impact in 2021 of $(0.2)the acquisitions of Livongo and InTouch in 2020.

Integrated Care Adjusted EBITDA increased by $78.2 million, or 119%, to $144.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.2021, primarily driven by the full year impact in 2021 of the acquisitions of Livongo and InTouch in 2020.

Year Ended December 31,

BetterHelp

2021

2020

Variance

    

%

Therapy Services

$

720,270

$

345,105

$

375,165

 

109

%  

Other Wellness Services

968

0

968

 

n/a

Total Revenue

$

721,238

$

345,105

$

376,133

 

109

%  

Adjusted EBITDA

$

121,702

$

65,545

$

56,157

86

%  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin %

16.9

%

19.0

%

(212)

bps

BetterHelp total revenues increased by $376.1 million, or 109%, to $721.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, driven by a 76% increase in average monthly paying users.

BetterHelp Adjusted EBITDA increased by $56.2 million, or 86%, to $121.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by higher growth in revenues.

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

    

2021

 

2022

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

 

First
Quarter

 

Second
Quarter

 

Third
Quarter

 

Fourth
Quarter

Revenue

$

453,675

$

503,139

$

521,658

$

554,235

$

565,350

$

592,379

$

611,402

$

637,709

Expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and
amortization, which is shown separately below)

145,959

160,273

169,041

174,985

187,025

182,470

185,619

188,873

Operating expenses:

Advertising and marketing

89,439

103,221

111,078

112,988

133,600

164,574

178,919

146,443

Sales

64,793

63,856

62,602

59,330

58,329

57,930

54,635

56,278

Technology and development (1)

78,008

80,759

80,250

72,867

87,412

78,696

84,591

82,930

General and administrative (1)

105,172

111,216

103,016

118,603

104,923

112,998

112,089

119,845

Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs

6,323

11,421

4,340

4,559

4,507

2,892

1,594

6,627

Restructuring costs

0

0

0

0

0

0

3,678

3,738

Depreciation and amortization

48,659

51,341

51,907

52,332

58,933

59,371

62,007

75,716

Goodwill impairment

0

0

0

0

6,600,000

3,030,001

0

3,772,811

Total expenses

538,353

582,087

582,234

595,664

7,234,729

3,688,932

683,132

4,453,261

Loss from operations

(84,678)

(78,948)

(60,576)

(41,429)

(6,669,379)

(3,096,553)

(71,730)

(3,815,552)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

11,459

31,419

850

20

0

0

0

0

Other expense (income), net

(5,652)

(217)

376

405

(724)

1,761

1,571

(1,749)

Interest expense, net

22,125

20,473

18,895

18,872

5,480

4,336

1,346

(1,892)

Net loss before (benefit) provision for income taxes

(112,610)

(130,623)

(80,697)

(60,726)

(6,674,135)

(3,102,650)

(74,647)

(3,811,911)

Provision for income taxes

87,039

3,196

3,643

(49,741)

388

(1,189)

(1,171)

(1,840)

Net loss

$

(199,649)

$

(133,819)

$

(84,340)

$

(10,985)

$

(6,674,523)

$

(3,101,461)

$

(73,476)

$

(3,810,071)

(1)Reflects the reclass from technology and development to general and administrative of $2.1 million and $3.2 million of expenses for the quarters ended June 30, 2022 and September 30, 2022, respectively, to align with the current management presentation.

76

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table presents a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods set forth belowyears ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

Year Ended 

 

December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

$

29,869

$

(4,860)

$

(34,441)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

25,013

 

(257,496)

 

(448,379)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

35,094

 

645,612

 

475,431

Total

$

89,976

$

383,256

$

(7,389)

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

61

Table of Contents

Historically, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of equity securities, debt issuance and bank borrowings.

Year Ended December 31,

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Summary

    

2022

    

2021

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

189,292

$

193,990

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(167,743)

 

(72,981)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

6,497

 

40,947

Foreign exchange difference

(3,344)

(1,800)

Total increase in cash and cash equivalents

$

24,702

$

160,156

On April 30, 2019, we completed the acquisition of MedecinDirect. The purchase price was $11.2 million cash with additional potential earnout consideration. We also made a $5.0 million minority investment in Vida Health on June 19, 2019.

On July 26, 2018, we completed the July Offering in which we issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. We received net proceeds of $330.9 million after deducting offering expenses of $0.5 million.

On May 31, 2018 we completed the acquisition of Advance Medical. The purchase price was $351.7 million consisting of $283.1 million of net cash, and 1.3 million shares of Teladoc’s common stock valued at approximately $68.6 million.

On May 8, 2018, we issued, at par value, $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% convertible senior notes due 2025. The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15, 2025. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $279.1 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts, commissions and offering expenses.

On December 4, 2017, we successfully closed on a follow-on public offering, in which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million.

On July 14, 2017, we acquired Best Doctors. The purchase price was $445.5 million consisting of $379.4 million of cash and 1.9 million shares of Teladoc Health’s common stock valued at approximately $66.2 million.

On July 14, 2017 and concurrent with the consummation of the Best Doctors acquisition, we entered into a Revolving Credit Facility of $10.0 million and a Term Loan Facility of $175.0 million which resulted in net proceeds of $166.7 million after debt issuance related costs. The Term Loan Facility of $175.0 million was subsequently repaid in conjunction with the December 4, 2017 offering described above.

On July 13, 2017, we repaid all the outstanding amounts under both the Sillicon Valley Bank Line of Credit Facility for borrowings up to $25 million based on 300% of the Company’s monthly recurring revenue, as defined and the $25 million of Mezzanine Term Loan of $17.5 million and $25 million, respectively, including early termination and deferred origination fees of $1.5 million and accrued expense of $0.2 million.

In June 2017, we issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022. The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2017. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and the offering expenses.

In January 2017, we received $123.9 million of net cash proceeds associated with the issuance of 7,887,500 shares of common stock in conjunction with our January 2017 offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.

Our principal sources of liquidity wereare cash and cash equivalents, totaling $514.4$918.2 million as of December 31, 2019. Our cash and cash equivalents are comprised of money market funds and marketable securities. Additionally, we had short-term marketable securities of $2.7 million as of December 31, 2019.

62

Table of Contents

Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, cash provided by operating activities was $29.9 million. The positive cash flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $98.9 million, offset by depreciation and amortization of $45.0 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.7 million, stock-based compensation of $66.7 million and accretion of interest of $25.4 million. These items are partially offset by the impact of deferred income taxes of $10.9 million and the effect of net changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash outflows of approximately $0.1 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash used in operating activities was $4.9 million. The negative cash flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $97.1 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $35.6 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.2 million, stock-based compensation of $43.8 million and accretion of interest of $19.5 million. These items are partially offset by the impact of deferred income taxes of $2.2 million, gain on sale of $5.5 million and the effect of net changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash outflows of approximately $1.2 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash used in operating activities was $34.4 million. The negative cash flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $106.8 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $19.1 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.7 million, stock-based compensation of $30.6 million, accretion of interest of $6.4 million, amortization of warrants and extinguishment of debt of $14.1 million and the effect of net changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash inflows of approximately $0.8 million. These items are partially offset by the impact of deferred income taxes of $0.3 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 2018, and for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 2017, the increase in cash provided by (decrease in cash used in) operating activities primarily reflects the improving leverage, after excluding certain non-cash expenses, from increased revenues, while maintaining a consistent level of cost of revenue, to offset costs for strategic investments in personnel, technology and member engagement.

Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Cash provided by investing activities was $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Cash provided by investing activities consisted of proceeds from short-term marktable securities of $52.1 million partially offset by the purchase of property and equipment totaling $3.5 million, investments in internally developed capitalized software of $7.4 million, investment in securities of $5.0 million and acquisition of businesses of $11.2 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $257.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Cash used in investing activities consisted of the acquisition of Advance Medical which represented payments of $282.4 million, the purchase of property and equipment totaling $4.0 million and investments in internally developed capitalized software of $4.4 million, offset by net proceeds from short-term marketable securities of $27.8 million and sale of assets of $5.5 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $448.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Cash used in investing activities consisted of the acquisition of Best Doctors which represented payments of $379.4 million, purchase of short-term marketable securities of $63.5 million, net of sales, the purchase of property and equipment totaling $2.6 million and investments in internally developed capitalized software of $2.9 million.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $35.1 million. Cash provided by financing activities consisted of $33.3 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and $3.4 million of proceeds from participants in the employee stock purchase plan and partially offset by $1.6 million for withholding taxes for stock-based awards.

63

Table of Contents

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $645.6 million. Cash provided by financing activities consisted of $279.2 million proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes, $330.8 million of net cash proceeds from the July 2018 Offering, $31.3 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, $2.6 million of proceeds from participants in the employee stock purchase plan and $1.7 million for withholding taxes for stock-based awards.

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $475.4 million. Cash provided by financing activities consisted of $263.7 million proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, $258.6 million of net cash proceeds from our two follow-on offerings, $166.7 million borrowed under the Term Loan Facility, $10.8 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and $2.2 million of proceeds from participants in the employee stock purchase plan. Cash used in financing activities consisted of the repayment of $226.5 million for the Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Advance Facility and the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note and $0.1 million for withholding taxes for stock-based awards.

Looking Forward

At December 31, 2019, our cash and short-term investments were $517.1 million.2022. During 20192022, we experienced positive Adjusted EBITDAoperating cash flow and we continue to anticipate increasing positive Adjusted EBITDAoperating cash flow results for 2020.2023.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities will be sufficient to meet our working capital, and capital expenditure, and contractual obligation needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, contract renewal activity, number of visits, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, our expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced services offerings, and the continuing market acceptance of telehealth.telehealth, and our debt service obligations. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services, and technologies, and intellectual property rights. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing.financing to fund working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions, and to settle debt obligations. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired,all, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.operations.

Shelf Registration StatementsHistorically, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of equity securities, debt issuance, and bank borrowings.

We filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act on September 30, 2016, which was declared effective October 5, 2016 (“the 2016 Shelf”). Under the 2016 Shelf at the time of effectiveness, we had the ability to raise up to $300 million by selling common stock in addition to 2,000,000 shares of common stock eligible for resale by certain existing shareholders.

In January 2017, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering off of the 2016 Shelf in which the Company issued and sold 7,885,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, and 1,600,000 shares offered by certain stockholders of the Company, at an issuance price of $16.75 per share. We received net proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million. We have approximately $168 million of common stock remaining that could be sold by us under the 2016 Shelf, and 400,000 shares eligible for resale by certain existing shareholders.

We filed an automatically effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act on November 28, 2017 (the “2017 Shelf”). Under the 2017 Shelf at the time of effectiveness, we had the ability to raise up to $175 million by selling common stock in addition to 1,200,000 shares of common stock eligible for resale by certain shareholders.

In December 2017, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering off of the 2017 Shelf in which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, and 830,000 shares offered by certain shareholders of the Company at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million. We have approximately $32 million of common stock

64

Table of Contents

remaining that could be sold by us under the 2017 Shelf, and 370,000 shares eligible for resale by certain shareholders.

We filed an automatically effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act on July 23, 2018, (the “2018 Shelf”). Under the 2018 Shelf at the time of effectiveness we had the ability to sell various types of securities described therein from time to time in amounts to be determined, in addition to common stock eligible for resale by certain shareholders. In July 2018, we successfully closed on a follow-on offering off of the 2018 Shelf in which the Company issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock and 263,740 shares offered by certain stockholders of the Company, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. We received net proceeds of $330.3 million after deducting offering expenses of $1.1 million.

Indebtedness

We entered into a $10.0 million Revolving Credit Facility in 2017. The Revolving Credit Facility is available for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We have maintained the Revolving Credit Facility and, there was no amount outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 other than the $2.2 million of letters of credit issued for facility security deposits at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

On May 8, 2018, we issued, at par value, $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% convertible senior notes due 2025. The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15, 2025. The net proceeds to us from the offering were $279.1 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $8.4 million.

The 2025 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of ours and rank senior in right of payment to our indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2025 Notes; equal in right of payment to our liabilities that are not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by our subsidiaries.

In June 2017, we issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022. The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to us from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $11.3 million.

The 2022 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of ours and rank senior in right of payment to our indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2022 Notes; equal in right of payment to our liabilities that are not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by our subsidiaries.

See Note 11,11. “Convertible Senior Notes” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-Kconsolidated financial statements for additional information on the 2025 Notes and the 2022 Notes.our convertible senior notes.

We were in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 20192022 and 2018.2021.

We routinely enter into contractual obligations with third parties to provide professional services, licensing, and other products and services in support of our ongoing business. The current estimated cost of these contracts is not expected to be significant to our liquidity and capital resources based on contracts in place as of December 31, 2022.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash flows provided by operating activities consist of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items and the cash effect of changes in assets and liabilities. Cash provided by operating activities was $189.3 million and $194.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 included approximately $19.1 million and $2.6 million, respectively, related to investments in and implementation of cloud computing applications, which are deferred and amortized over multiple years based on expected contract life. The year-over-year decrease was driven by expenditures for cloud computing assets as well as higher operating expenses, namely higher advertising and engagement marketing costs and, to a lesser extent, higher technology and development expenses.

Our primary uses of cash from operating activities are for the payment of cash compensation, provider fees, engagement marketing, D2C digital and media advertising, inventory, insurance, technology costs, interest costs, and

6577

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligationsacquisition, integration, and Commitmentstransformation costs. Historically, our cash compensation payments are at the highest level in the first quarter when we pay discretionary employee compensation related to the previous fiscal year.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $167.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and primarily consisted of capitalized software development costs of $156.3 million and capital expenditures of $16.5 million. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 of $73.0 million consisted primarily of net cash paid for acquisitions of $78.7 million and capitalized software development of $55.4 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of marketable securities and the sale of an investment of $50.0 million and $10.9 million, respectively. The increase in capitalized software development costs of $100.9 million from 2021 relates to our ongoing investments to build out and optimize our products and platforms, including integrating consumer applications and new products and services including Primary360.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $6.5 million and primarily consisted of $5.9 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and $6.5 million of proceeds from participants in our employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by payment against advances from financing companies. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $40.9 million and primarily consisted of $25.8 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and $16.8 million of proceeds from participants in our employee stock purchase plan.

The following summarizes our contractual obligations asis a reconciliation of December 31, 2019net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow (in thousands)thousands, unaudited):

Payment Due by Period

 

    

    

Less than

    

1 to 3

    

4 to 5

    

More than

 

Total

1 Year

Years

Years

5 Years

 

Operating leases

$

36,548

$

7,030

$

11,641

$

9,858

$

8,019

Debt obligations under the Convertible Notes

562,495

0

274,995

0

287,500

Interest associated with the Convertible Notes

 

41,781

12,203

20,189

7,906

1,483

Total

$

640,824

$

19,233

$

306,825

$

17,764

$

297,002

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Year Ended December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

2020

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

$

189,292

$

193,990

$

(53,511)

Capital expenditures

(16,480)

(8,534)

(4,024)

Capitalized software

(156,284)

(55,400)

(22,018)

Free Cash Flow

$

16,528

$

130,056

$

(79,553)

Our existing office and hosting co-location facilities lease agreements provide us with the option to renew and generally provide for rental payments on a graduated basis. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we entered into additional operating lease agreements as we expand our operations and if we exercised the office and hosting co-location facilities lease options. The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above. For abandoned facilities, the above contractual obligation schedule does not reflect any realized or potential sublease revenue.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established Free cash flow was $16.5 million for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposedyear ended December 31, 2022, as compared to $130.1 million for the financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.year ended December 31, 2021. The year-over-year decline was substantially driven by higher capitalized software development costs.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, FASBJune 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2022-03, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions” to clarify that an equity security subject to a contractual sale restriction does not take that restriction into consideration when measuring its fair value and to require specific disclosures related to such an equity security. ASU 2019-12 Simplification of Income Taxes (Topic 740) Income Taxes. ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-122022-03 is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods, including interim periods, beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years.2023, with early adoption permitted. The standard will apply as a cumulative-effect adjustmentprovisions of ASU 2022-03 are to retainedbe applied prospectively with any adjustments made to earnings ason the date of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of theadoption. The adoption of ASU 2019-122022-03 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

statements.

In January 2017,September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Goodwill Simplifications (Topic 350). ASU 2017-04 simplifies2022-04, “Liabilities – Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50) – Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations,” to provide guidance on disclosure requirements for supplier finance programs and improve information transparency by requiring the test for goodwill impairment. The new guidance eliminates Step 2 fromdisclosure of key terms of the goodwill impairment test as currently prescribedprogram, amounts outstanding that remain unpaid, a description of where those amounts are presented in the U.S. generally accepted accounting principle. Thisbalance sheet, and a rollforward of any outstanding obligations. ASU 2022-04 is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2022, except for the result of the FASB project focusedamendment on simplifications to accounting for goodwill. The new guidance has been adopted in the current period.

In June 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss ("CECL") model to estimate its lifetime "expected credit loss" and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The CECL modelroll forward information, which is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 also

6678

Table of Contents

requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities. ASU 2016-13 is effective for public companies for annual periodsfiscal years beginning after December 13, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The standard will apply as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance15, 2023. Early adoption is adopted.permitted. We are in the process ofcurrently evaluating what the impact of the adoption ofadopting ASU 2016-132022-04 may have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures and expect the impact to be immaterial.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 outlines a comprehensive lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than 12 months. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2019 utilizing the modified retrospective approach and reflecting a cumulative effect adjustment at that time. Under this adoption method, prior periods are presented in accordance with the previous guidance in ASC 840, Leases.

In adopting the new standard, we elected to utilize the available package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which does not require the reassessment of the following: i) whether existing or expired arrangements are or contain a lease, ii) the lease classification of existing or expired leases, and iii) whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard. Additionally, we made an accounting policy election to keep leases with a term of 12 months or less off of its balance sheet. As part of its adoption, we underwent a process of assessing the lease population and determining the impact of the adoption of this standard which resulted in the recognition of operating lease liabilities of and right-of-use assets of approximately $34 million on our balance sheet relating to its leases on the consolidated financial statements. We determined the most significant impact was the recognition of right of use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases on the consolidated balance sheets and there was no impact on the consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows. See Note 12 “Leases”, for further information.

Consolidated Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

(in thousands, except net loss per share data)

    

1Q18

    

2Q18

    

3Q18

    

4Q18

    

1Q19

    

2Q19

    

3Q19

    

4Q19

 

Revenue

$

89,644

$

94,560

$

110,962

$

122,741

$

128,573

$

130,276

$

137,969

$

156,489

Expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

26,856

27,684

34,167

40,028

44,677

41,634

42,799

55,355

Operating expenses:

Advertising and marketing

20,325

19,561

21,668

23,555

26,404

26,616

31,321

25,356

Sales

13,783

14,559

16,303

14,509

16,212

15,832

16,120

16,751

Technology and development

12,904

14,348

13,577

13,544

15,987

16,665

15,746

16,246

Legal and regulatory

1,045

639

807

1,490

1,586

2,019

1,634

1,523

Acquisition and integration related costs

1,569

5,800

1,588

1,434

1,012

1,136

1,995

2,477

Gain on sale

0

(4,070)

(1,430)

0

0

0

0

0

General and administrative

24,001

26,140

30,314

36,461

35,982

38,549

38,681

44,482

Depreciation and amortization

8,253

8,046

9,746

9,557

9,600

9,848

9,617

9,887

Total expenses

108,736

112,707

126,740

140,578

151,460

152,299

157,913

172,077

Loss from operations

(19,092)

(18,147)

(15,778)

(17,837)

(22,887)

(22,023)

(19,944)

(15,588)

Interest expense, net

4,873

6,910

7,666

6,663

6,521

7,211

7,700

7,581

Net loss before taxes

(23,965)

(25,057)

(23,444)

(24,500)

(29,408)

(29,234)

(27,644)

(23,169)

Income tax provision (benefit)

(103)

22

(180)

379

742

90

(7,298)

(4,125)

Net loss

(23,862)

(25,079)

(23,264)

(24,879)

(30,150)

(29,324)

(20,346)

(19,044)

GAAP Net Loss per Share

$

(0.39)

$

(0.40)

$

(0.34)

$

(0.35)

$

(0.43)

$

(0.41)

$

(0.28)

$

(0.26)

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Used in Computing GAAP Net Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted

 

61,798

 

62,976

 

68,248

 

70,240

 

70,919

 

71,721

 

72,151

 

72,565

Note: We acquired Advance Medical on May 31, 2018 and MedecinDirect on April 30, 2019. The results of the

67

Table of Contents

acquisitions were integrated within our existing business on the respective acquisition dates.

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Regulatory Environment

Our operations are subject to comprehensive United States federal, state and local and comparable multiple levels of international regulation in the jurisdictions in which we do business. The laws and rules governing our business and interpretations of those laws and rules continue to expand and become more restrictive each year and are subject to frequent change. Our ability to operate profitably will depend in part upon our ability, and that of our affiliated providers, to maintain all necessary licenses and to operate in compliance with applicable laws and rules. Those laws and rules continue to evolve, and we therefore devote significant resources to monitoring developments in healthcare and medical practice regulation. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our business processes from time to time. In many jurisdictions where we operate, neither our current nor our anticipated business model has been the subject of judicial or administrative interpretation. We cannot be assured that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations.

Telehealth Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines

The practice of medicine, including the provision of behavioral health services, is subject to various federal, state and local certification and licensing laws, regulations and approvals, relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, the practice of medicine (including the provision of remote care and cross coverage practice), equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures and the prerequisites for the prescription of medication. The application of some of these laws to telehealth is unclear and subject to differing interpretation.

Physicians and behavioral health professionals who provide professional medical or behavioral health services to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine or to provide behavioral health treatment in the state in which the patient is located. We have established systems for ensuring that our affiliated physicians and behavioral health professionals are appropriately licensed under applicable state law and that their provision of telehealth to our Members occurs in each instance in compliance with applicable rules governing telehealth. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in our services being found to be non reimbursable or prior payments being subject to recoupments and can give rise to civil or criminal penalties.

U.S. Corporate Practice of Medicine; Fee Splitting

We contract with physicians or physician owned professional associations and professional corporations to deliver our U.S. telehealth services to their patients. We frequently enter into management services contracts with these physicians and physician owned professional associations and professional corporations pursuant to which we provide them with billing, scheduling and a wide range of other services, and they pay us for those services out of the fees they collect from patients and third-party payors. These contractual relationships are subject to various state laws, including those of New York, Texas and California, that prohibit fee splitting or the practice of medicine by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine restrictions of certain states, decisions and activities such as scheduling, contracting, setting rates and the hiring and management of non-clinical personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine.

State corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting laws vary from state to state and are not always consistent among states. In addition, these requirements are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our engagement of a provider licensed in the state or the provision of telehealth to a resident of the state. However, regulatory authorities or other parties, including our providers, may assert that, despite these arrangements, we are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine or that our contractual arrangements with affiliated physician groups constitute unlawful fee splitting. In this event, failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action

68

Table of Contents

against us and/or our providers, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease and desist orders from state regulators, loss of provider licenses, the need to make changes to the terms of engagement of our Providers that interfere with our business and other materially adverse consequences.

U.S. Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Federal Stark Law

We are subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable, this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with the entity, unless an exception applies. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include the denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the statute, mandatory refunds of any sums paid for such services, civil penalties of up to $24,748 for each violation and twice the dollar value of each such service and possible exclusion from future participation in the federally funded healthcare programs. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibitions may be fined up to $164,992 for each applicable arrangement or scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A determination of liability under the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal Anti Kickback Statute

We are also subject to the federal Anti Kickback Statute. The Anti Kickback Statute is broadly worded and prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs or (iii) the purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that the Anti Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation, making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” required for a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, as discussed below. Violations of the Anti Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $100,000 per violation and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration, and imprisonment of up to ten years. Imposition of any of these remedies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, has published safe-harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti Kickback Statute provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.

False Claims Act

Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers, a significant number of these investigations involve the federal False Claims Act. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated

69

Table of Contents

against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $11,463 to $22,927 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. A False Claims Act violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally funded healthcare programs. In addition, some states have adopted similar fraud, whistleblower and false claims provisions.

State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program. A determination of liability under such state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Other Healthcare Laws

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to insurance companies and other non-governmental payors of healthcare services. Under HIPAA, these two additional federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These provisions are intended to punish some of the same conduct in the submission of claims to private payors as the federal False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs.

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of co payments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $20,000 for each wrongful act. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the Anti Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payers may implicate applicable state laws related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud.

70

Table of Contents

Foreign and U.S. State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personally identifiable information, or PII, including health information. In particular, HIPAA establishes privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of protected health information, or PHI, and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Teladoc Health, our Providers and our health plan Clients are all regulated as covered entities under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23, 2013, HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the independent contractors, agents and other “business associates” of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI in connection with providing services to covered entities. Although we are a covered entity under HIPAA, we are also a business associate of other covered entities when we are working on behalf of our affiliated medical groups.

Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. The civil penalties range from $114 to $57,051 per violation, with a cap of $1.7 million per year for violations of the same standard during the same calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity of the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the HHS and the local media in cases where a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. The regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and security enforcement efforts.

HIPAA also required HHS to adopt national standards establishing electronic transaction standards that all healthcare providers must use when submitting or receiving certain healthcare transactions electronically.

Many states in which we operate and in which our patients reside also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California, in which we operate, are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject.

In addition to HIPAA, state health information privacy and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.

In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of PII and PHI. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related

71

Table of Contents

contracts that we enter into with our business associates, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our contractual partners following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities and others.

We are also subject to laws and regulations in non-U.S. countries covering data privacy and the protection of health-related and other personal information. EU member states and other jurisdictions have adopted data protection laws and regulations, which impose significant compliance obligations. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure, processing and security of personal information that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names, contact information and sensitive personal data such as health data. These laws and regulations are subject to frequent revisions and differing interpretations, and have generally become more stringent over time.

As of May 25, 2018, the GDPR replaced the Data Protection Directive with respect to the processing of personal data in the European Union. The GDPR imposes many requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymized (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data. The GDPR allows EU member states to make additional laws and regulations further limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data. Failure to comply with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in fines of up to €20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties.

We are also subject to EU laws on data export, as we may transfer personal data from the EU to other jurisdictions. These obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other requirements or our practices. In addition, these rules are constantly under scrutiny. For example, following a decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union in October 2015, transferring personal data to U.S. companies that had certified as Members of the U.S. Safe Harbor Scheme was declared invalid. In July 2016 the European Commission adopted the U.S.-EU Privacy Shield Framework which replaces the Safe Harbor Scheme. However, this Framework is under review and there is currently litigation challenging other EU mechanisms for adequate data transfers (i.e., the standard contractual clauses). It is uncertain whether the Privacy Shield Framework and/or the standard contractual clauses will be similarly invalidated by the European courts.

International Regulation

We expect to continue to expand our operations in foreign countries through both organic growth and acquisitions. Our international operations are subject to different, and sometimes more stringent, legal and regulatory requirements, which vary widely by jurisdiction, including anti-corruption laws; economic sanctions laws; various privacy, insurance, tax, tariff and trade laws and regulations; corporate governance, privacy, data protection (including the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation which will apply across the EU effective May 2018), data mining, data transfer, labor and employment, intellectual property, consumer protection and investment laws and regulations; discriminatory licensing procedures; required localization of records and funds; and limitations on dividends and repatriation of capital. In addition, the expansion of our operations into foreign countries increases our exposure to the anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering provisions of U.S. law, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), and corresponding foreign laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “UK Bribery Act”).

The FCPA prohibits offering, promising or authorizing others to give anything of value to a foreign government official to obtain or retain business or otherwise secure a business advantage. We also are subject to applicable anti-corruption laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Violations of the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws may result in severe criminal and civil sanctions as well as other penalties, and the SEC and the DOJ have increased their enforcement activities with respect to the FCPA. The UK Bribery Act is an anti-corruption law that is broader in scope than the FCPA and applies to all companies with a nexus to the United Kingdom. Disclosures of FCPA violations may be shared with the UK authorities, thus potentially exposing companies to liability and potential penalties in multiple jurisdictions. We have internal control policies and procedures and conduct training and compliance programs for our employees to deter prohibited practices. However, if our employees or agents fail to comply with applicable laws

72

Table of Contents

governing our international operations, we may face investigations, prosecutions and other legal proceedings and actions which could result in civil penalties, administrative remedies and criminal sanctions.

We also are subject to regulation by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against targeted foreign countries and regimes, terrorists, international narcotics traffickers, those engaged in activities related to the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, and other threats to the national security, foreign policy or economy of the United States. In addition, we may be subject to similar regulations in the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk and Foreign Exchange Risk

We do not have any floating rate debt under our Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2019. Cash equivalents that are subject to interest rate volatility represent our principal market risk. We do not expect cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by a sudden change in market interest rates as our Notes and Livongo Notes bear fixed interest rates. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

We operate our business primarily within the United States and currently executeU.S. which accounts for approximately 80%87% of our transactions in U.S. dollars.revenues. We have not utilized hedging strategies with respect to suchour foreign exchange exposure. This limited foreign currency translation riskexposure as we believe it is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement ScheduleSupplemental Data filed as part of this Form 10-K.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of December 31, 2022, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at theto provide reasonable assurance levelthat information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and to provide reasonable assurance that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During 2022, we implemented a new ERP system for selected entities and transaction types included within our consolidated financial statements. As a result of December 31, 2019.this ERP system implementation, we revised certain existing internal controls, processes, and procedures. There are inherent risks in implementing an ERP system and, accordingly, we will continue to evaluate the design and operating effectiveness of these controls.

Other than this ERP system implementation, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2022 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

79

Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019.2022. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2019.

73

Table of Contents

No changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the year ended December 31, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.2022.

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, is appointed by the Board of Directors and ratified by our Company’s shareholders.stockholders. They were engaged to render an opinion regarding the fair presentation of our consolidated financial statements as well as conducting an audit of internal control coverover financial reporting. Their accompanying reports are based upon audits conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

7480

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Teladoc Health, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Teladoc Health, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Teladoc Health, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2022, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, the related consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019,2022, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”) and our report dated February 26, 2020March 1, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

February 26, 2020

March 1, 2023

7581

Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

None.Item 9C    Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

76

Table of Contents

PART III

Information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III is omitted from this Annual Report and will be filed in a definitive proxy statement or by an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report. 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 10 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the captions “Directorscaption “Corporate Governance and Executive Officers” and “Corporate Governance”Board Matters,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference.

Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors. The full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on the Investors section of our website, www.teladochealth.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the captioncaptions “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 11 by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 12 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Securitycaptions “Securities Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and ManagementManagement” and Related Stockholder Matters,“Equity Compensation Plan Information,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 13 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related“Related-Party Transactions,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case under the caption “Services and Fees of Ernst & Young,“Audit Matters,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference.

7782

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

A list of exhibits is set forth on(a)         (1)         Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pageto Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data filed as part of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

(a)         (1)         The Registrant’s financial statements together with a separate table of contents are annexed hereto10-K.

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules are listed in the separate table of contents annexed hereto.Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable (in thousands):

Balance at

Balance at

Beginning

End

   

of Period

   

Provision

   

Write-offs

   

Other

   

of Period

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

$

3,382

$

2,664

$

(2,263)

$

4

$

3,787

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

$

2,422

$

2,421

$

(1,441)

$

(20)

$

3,382

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

$

2,422

$

1,731

$

(1,920)

$

189

$

2,422

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Balance at

Balance at

Beginning

End

   

of Period

   

Provision

   

Write-offs

   

Other

   

of Period

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2022

$

12,384

$

15,398

$

(13,872)

$

890

$

14,800

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021

$

6,412

$

16,941

$

(11,526)

$

557

$

12,384

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020

$

3,787

$

5,284

$

(2,787)

$

128

$

6,412

Income Taxes Valuation Allowance (in thousands):

Balance at

Balance at

Beginning

End

    

of Period

    

Provision

    

Write-offs

    

Other

    

of Period

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

$

93,572

$

36,124

$

0

$

(8,510)

$

121,186

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018

$

73,786

$

41,093

$

(1,036)

$

(20,271)

$

93,572

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

$

71,202

$

28,207

$

0

$

(25,623)

$

73,786

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Balance at

Balance at

Beginning

End

    

of Period

    

Provision

    

Write-offs

    

Other

    

of Period

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2022

$

335,809

$

18,966

$

0

$

60,974

$

415,749

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021

$

107,984

$

179,364

$

0

$

48,461

$

335,809

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020

$

121,186

$

2,146

$

0

$

(15,348)

$

107,984

All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 above.

(3)         Exhibits 

Unless otherwise indicated, eachA list of exhibits is set forth on the following exhibits has been previously filed withExhibit Index immediately prior to the Securitiessignature page of this Form 10-K, and Exchange Commissionis incorporated herein by the Company under File No. 001-37477.reference.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

7883

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

Incorporated by Reference

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing
Date

    

Filed
Herewith

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing
Date

    

Filed
Herewith

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 11, 2020, by and among Teladoc Health, Inc., Jonata Sub One, Inc., Jonata Sub Two, Inc., InTouch Technologies, Inc. and Fortis Advisors LLC, as equity holder representative.

8-K

001-37477

2.1

1/13/20

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 11, 2020, by and among Teladoc Health, Inc., Jonata Sub One, Inc., Jonata Sub Two, Inc., InTouch Technologies, Inc. and Fortis Advisors LLC, as equity holder representative.

8-K

001-37477

2.1

1/13/20

2.2

2.2

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 5, 2020, by and among Teladoc Health, Inc., Tempranillo Merger Sub, Inc. and Livongo Health, Inc.

8-K

001-37477

2.1

8/6/20

3.1

Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Teladoc Health, Inc.

8-K

001-37477

3.1

5/31/17

3.1

Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Teladoc Health, Inc.

8-K

001-37477

3.1

6/2/22

3.2

Certificate of Amendment of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Teladoc, Inc.

8-K

001-37477

3.1

6/01/18

3.2

Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teladoc Health, Inc.

8-K

001-37477

3.2

6/2/22

3.3

Second Certificate of Amendment of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Teladoc Health, Inc.

8-K

001-37477

3.1

8/10/18

3.4

Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teladoc Health, Inc.

8-K

001-37477

3.1

2/25/19

4.1

Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of the common stock.

10-Q

001-37477

4.1

11/1/18

4.1

Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of the common stock.

10-Q

001-37477

4.1

11/1/18

4.2

Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2017, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association.

8-K

001-37477

4.1

6/29/17

4.2

Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2018, by and between Teladoc, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association.

8-K

001-37477

4.1

5/08/18

4.3

Global 3.00% Convertible Senior Note due 2022, dated as of June 27, 2017.

8-K

001-37477

4.2

6/29/17

4.3

Global 1.375% Convertible Senior Note due 2025, dated as of May 8, 2018.

8-K

001-37477

4.2

5/08/18

4.4

Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2018, by and between Teladoc, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association.

8-K

001-37477

4.1

5/08/17

4.4

Indenture, dated as of May 19, 2020, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association.

8-K

001-37477

4.1

5/19/20

4.5

Global 1.375% Convertible Senior Note due 2025, dated as of May 8, 2018.

8-K

001-37477

4.2

5/08/17

4.5

Global 1.25% Convertible Senior Note due 2027, dated as of May 19, 2020 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.6).

8-K

001-37477

4.2

5/19/20

4.6

Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

*

4.6

Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2020, by and between Livongo Health, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association.

8-K

001-38983

4.1

10/30/20

10.1

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.7

6/18/15

10.2

Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan (as amended and restated effective May 25, 2017).

8-K

001-37477

10.1

5/31/17

10.3

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.11

6/18/15

4.7

4.7

Global 0.875% Convertible Senior Note due 2025 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.8).

8-K

001-38983

4.1

10/30/20

4.8

4.8

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 30, 2020, among Livongo Health, Inc., Teladoc Health, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

8-K

001-37477

4.1

10/30/20

79

Table of Contents

10.4

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.12

6/18/15

10.5

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.13

6/18/15

10.6

Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit

Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015

Incentive Award Plan.

10-Q

001-37477

10.9

4/30/19

10.7

Teladoc Inc. Second Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.8

6/11/15

10.8

First Amendment to Teladoc Health, Inc. Second

Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.8.1

6/15/15

10.9

Second Amendment to Teladoc Health, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.8.2

6/15/15

10.10

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.9

6/11/15

10.11

Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.14

6/18/15

10.12

Teladoc Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (as amended on July 11, 2017).

S-8

333-219275

99.3

7/14/17

10.13

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

10-K

001-37477

10.17

3/01/17

10.14

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

10-K

001-37477

10.18

3/01/17

10.15

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

10-K

001-37477

10.19

3/01/17

10.16

Teladoc Health, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (as amended).

*

10.17

Teladoc Health, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

10-K

001-37477

10.8

2/27/18

10.18

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Jason Gorevic.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.19

6/18/15

10.19

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Jason Gorevic.

10-Q

001-37477

10.2

10/30/19

80

Table of Contents

10.20

Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 17, 2017, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Peter McClennen.

10-K

001-37477

10.12

2/27/18

10.21

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated November 1, 2017, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Peter McClennen.

10-K

001-37477

10.13

2/27/18

10.22

Executive Severance Agreement, dated June 24, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Mala Murthy.

10-Q

001-37477

10.1

7/31/19

10.23

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Mala Murthy.

10-Q

001-37477

10.5

10/30/19

10.24

Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 15, 2015, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Adam Vandervoort.

10-Q

001-37477

10.17

4/30/19

10.25

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Adam Vandervoort.

10-Q

001-37477

10.8

10/30/19

10.26

Executive Severance Agreement, dated January 4, 2016, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Stephany Verstraete.

10-Q

001-37477

10.18

4/30/19

10.27

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Stephany Verstraete.

10-Q

001-37477

10.9

10/30/19

10.28

Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 30, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and David Sides.

*

10.29

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and David Sides.

10-Q

001-37477

10.6

10/30/19

10.30

Executive Severance Agreement, dated February 20, 2018, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Michelle Bucaria.

*

10.31

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Michelle Bucaria.

10-Q

001-37477

10.3

10/30/19

81

Table of Contents

10.32

Executive Severance Agreement, dated August 30, 2017, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Lewis Levy.

*

10.33

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Lewis Levy.

10-Q

001-37477

10.4

10/30/19

10.34

Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 15, 2015, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Andrew Turitz.

*

10.35

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Andrew Turitz.

10-Q

001-37477

10.7

10/30/19

10.36

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2017, by and among Teladoc Health, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Jefferies Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Jefferies Finance LLC, as Sole Lead Arranger and Bookrunner.

8-K

001-37477

10.1

7/18/17

10.37

Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement by and among Teladoc, Inc., Jefferies Finance LLC, as administrative agent and issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, dated as of April 30, 2018.

8-K

001-37477

10.1

5/02/18

21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

*

23.1

Consents of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

*

31.1

Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*

31.2

Chief Accounting Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*

32.1

Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

**

8284

Table of Contents

4.9

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 1, 2023, among Livongo Health, Inc., Teladoc Health, Inc. and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (as successor in interest to U.S. Bank National Association), as trustee.

*

4.10

Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

*

10.1+

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Teladoc Health, Inc. and each of its directors and officers.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.7

6/18/15

10.2+

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Teladoc Health, Inc. and each of its directors and officers (form used since October 2020).

10-K

001-37477

10.2

3/1/21

10.3+

Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan (as amended and restated effective May 25, 2017).

8-K

001-37477

10.1

5/31/17

10.4+

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.11

6/18/15

10.5+

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.12

6/18/15

10.6+

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.13

6/18/15

10.7+

Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan.

10-Q

001-37477

10.1

5/2/22

10.8+

Teladoc Health, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10-Q

001-37477

10.1

8/2/21

10.9+

Teladoc Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (as amended on July 11, 2017).

S-8

333-219275

99.3

7/14/17

10.10+

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

10-K

001-37477

10.17

3/01/17

10.11+

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

10-K

001-37477

10.18

3/01/17

85

Table of Contents

10.12+

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

10-K

001-37477

10.19

3/01/17

10.13+

Teladoc Health, Inc. Livongo Acquisition Incentive Award Plan.

S-8

333-249892

99.1

11/6/20

10.14+

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. Livongo Acquisition Incentive Award Plan.

10-K

001-37477

10.14

3/1/21

10.15+

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. Livongo Acquisition Incentive Award Plan.

10-K

001-37477

10.15

3/1/21

10.16+

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Teladoc Health, Inc. Livongo Acquisition Incentive Award Plan.

10-K

001-37477

10.16

3/1/21

10.17+

Teladoc Health, Inc. Senior Leader Severance Plan.

10-Q

001-37477

10.1

11/1/21

10.18+

Teladoc Health, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (as amended).

10-Q

001-37477

10.1

8/3/22

10.19+

Teladoc Health, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

10-K

001-37477

10.8

2/27/18

10.20+

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Jason Gorevic.

S-1/A

333-204577

10.19

6/18/15

10.21+

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Jason Gorevic.

10-Q

001-37477

10.2

10/30/19

10.22+

Executive Severance Agreement, dated June 24, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Mala Murthy.

10-Q

001-37477

10.1

7/31/19

10.23+

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Mala Murthy.

10-Q

001-37477

10.5

10/30/19

10.24+

Offer Letter, dated March 19, 2021, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Claus Jensen.

*

10.25+

Home Office Operating Agreement, dated January 1, 2023, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Claus Jensen.

*

86

Table of Contents

10.26+

Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 2, 2022, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Laizer Kornwasser.

8-K

001-37477

10.1

10/28/22

10.27+

Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 15, 2015, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Andrew Turitz, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Andrew Turitz.

10-K

001-37477

10.34

2/26/20

10.28+

Executive Severance Agreement, dated July 15, 2015, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Adam Vandervoort.

10-Q

001-37477

10.17

4/30/19

10.29+

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Adam Vandervoort.

10-Q

001-37477

10.8

10/30/19

10.30+

Executive Severance Agreement, dated January 4, 2016, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Stephany Verstraete.

10-Q

001-37477

10.18

4/30/19

10.31+

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 29, 2019, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Stephany Verstraete.

10-Q

001-37477

10.9

10/30/19

10.32+

Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 15, 2022, by and between Teladoc Health, Inc. and Michael Waters.

10-Q

001-37477

10.1

11/2/22

21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

*

23.1

Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

*

31.1

Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*

31.2

Chief Financial Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*

32.1

Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

**

87

Table of Contents

32.2

Chief AccountingFinancial Officer—Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

**

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

*

���

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

*

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.

*

101.DEF

XBRL Definition Linkbase Document.

*

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.

*

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.

*

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File – The Cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document

*Filed herewith.

**Furnished herewith.

+Management contract or compensatory plan.

8388

Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

TELADOC HEALTH, INC.

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ JASON GOREVIC

Name:

Jason Gorevic

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ MALA MURTHY

Name:

Mala Murthy

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ RICHARD J. NAPOLITANO

Name:

Richard J. Napolitano

Title:

Chief Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date: March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ DAVID B. SNOW, JR.

Name:

David B. Snow, Jr.Jr

Title:

Chairman of the Board

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ HELEN DARLINGKAREN L. DANIEL

Name:

Helen DarlingKaren L. Daniel

Title:

Director

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ SANDRA L. FENWICK

Name:

Sandra L. Fenwick

Title:

Director

Date: March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ WILLIAM H. FRIST, M.D.

Name:

William H. Frist, M.D.

Title:

Director

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ MICHAEL GOLDSTEINCATHERINE A. JACOBSON

Name:

Michael GoldsteinCatherine A. Jacobson

Title:

Director

Date: February 26, 2020

By:

/s/ BRIAN MCANDREWS

Name:

Brian McAndrews

Title:

Director

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ THOMAS G. MCKINLEY

Name:

Thomas G. McKinley

Title:

Director

Date: February 26, 2020

By:

/s/ ARNEEK MULTANI

Name:

Arneek Multani

Title:

Director

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ KENNETH H. PAULUS

Name:

Kenneth H. Paulus

Title:

Director

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ DAVID L. SHEDLARZ

Name:

David L. Shedlarz

Title:

Director

Date: February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

By:

/s/ MARK DOUGLAS SMITH, M.D.

Name:

Mark Douglas Smith, M.D.

Title:

Director

8489

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

    

Page

1. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Teladoc Health, Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-4F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations

F-5

Consolidated Statements of and Other Comprehensive Loss

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-8

Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

2. Supplemental Financial Data:

The following supplemental financial data of the Registrant required to be included in Item 15(a)(2) on Form-10KForm 10-K are listed below:

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

7883

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Teladoc Health, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Teladoc Health, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 20192022, and 2018,2021, the related consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019,2022, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019,2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’sCompany's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 26, 2020March 1, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of ASU No. 2020-06

As discussed in Notes 2 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for Convertible Senior Notes in 2022 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit MatterMatters

The critical audit mattermatters communicated below is a matterare matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that waswere communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relatesrelate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit mattermatters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit mattermatters below, providing a separate opinionopinions on the critical audit mattermatters or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.they relate.

F-2

Table of Contents

Accounting for performance-based restricted stock awards

12

Valuation of goodwill

Description of the Matter

At December 31, 2022, the Company’s goodwill was $1.1 billion. As discussed in Notes 2 and 137 of the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually on October 1 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not to be impaired. The Company experienced triggering events in 2022 due to sustained decreases in the Company’s share price, prompting impairment assessments of goodwill as of March 31, 2022 and again as of June 30, 2022. Additionally, on October 1, 2022, the Company grants stock-based awardsreorganized its reporting structure, resulting in a change in the Company’s reporting units for purposes of assessing goodwill. The Company performed its annual impairment test by performing an initial impairment assessment on its then-existing reporting unit, immediately followed by an impairment assessment on the new reporting units. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized $13.4 billion of non-deductible goodwill impairment charges.

Auditing management’s goodwill impairment tests for the Company’s reporting units was complex and highly judgmental due to their employeesthe significant measurement uncertainty in determining the fair value of the reporting units. In particular, the fair value estimates were sensitive to changes in the Company’s projected revenue and margin growth rates, which impact significant market assumptions such as compensation for their service. Certain awards include performancethe selection of the market multiple and calculation of the Company’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC). The forecasts are affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions that only vest if those conditions are met, and the quantityimpact of awards received can range based on the level performance achieved. In 2019, the Company had 512,482 such awards outstanding,planned business and recorded stock-based compensation expense related to these awards of $14.6 million.operation strategies.

Auditing the accounting for performance-based restricted stock awards was especially complex and

F-2

Table of Contents

challenging based on the evaluation of the unique terms of the awards. In particular, judgment was required to evaluate the nature of the multi-year performance conditions, as well as to assess the satisfaction of the performance targets.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s process for determining stock-based compensation expense, including testing management’s reviewgoodwill impairment assessment process. For example, we tested controls over the identificationCompany’s long-range planning process as well as controls over management's review of the termsvaluation model and significant market assumptions used.

To test the estimated fair value of the performance conditionsCompany’s reporting units, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing the valuation methodologies used, testing the significant assumptions described above and testing the key inputs used in determining the outcome of each performance condition.

We assessed the appropriateness of judgments made by management in determining key assumptions related to the awards, such as service inception date based on the multi-year performance conditions. We tested thecompleteness and accuracy of the underlying data the Company used in measuringits analyses. For example, we compared the awards by agreeingprojected revenue and margin growth rates used in the underlying inputs, such as grant date, grant price, performance targetsvaluations to forecasted industry and vesting terms, among others, back to source documents, such as compensation meeting minutes or award letters. We determined whether performance targets were satisfied in accordance with the contractual conditions,economic trends, analyst reports and recalculated grant date fair value by multiplying the earned quantity of awards by the grant price.peer company information, where available. We also evaluated the adequacymanagement’s ability to accurately forecast by comparing actual results to historical forecasts. We involved our valuation specialists to assist in our evaluation of the Company’s stock-based compensation disclosures includeddetermined WACC, which was used to determine the discount rate applied to management’s cash flow projections, including performing a comparative calculation of the WACC. To test the market multiples applied in the Company’s calculations, we involved our valuation specialists to perform a comparative calculation by analyzing the Company’s size, growth, and profitability in relation to selected guideline companies. We also performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate changes in the fair value that would result from changes in the assumptions. In addition, we tested management’s reconciliation of the fair value of the reporting units to the market capitalization of the Company.

F-3

Capitalized software development costs

Description of the Matter

At December 31, 2022, the Company’s capitalized software development costs were $216 million. As described in Notes 2 and 139 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company capitalizes certain software development costs related to its software development tools that enable its members and providers to interact. Management determines the amount of internal-use software costs to be capitalized based on the amount of time spent by developers on projects in relationthe application stage of development. There is judgment involved in estimating costs incurred in the application development stage.

Auditing capitalized software development costs required a higher degree of judgement and effort involved in evaluating management’s judgement related to the amount of time incurred by developers on each project and management’s determination of which projects met the capitalization criteria, considering factors such as the nature of the cost incurred and the development stage of the software.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

To test the Company’s capitalization of software development costs, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, testing management’s process for determining costs eligible for capitalization and inspecting underlying documentation to evaluate whether the nature and amount of the costs were capitalizable under the applicable accounting standards for a sample of projects. For these matters.projects, we also inquired of technology department management regarding the objective, nature, and status of the projects and inquired with software developers regarding their time spent on each project and the nature of their tasks performed for the project. For external vendor costs, we also obtained a sample of vendor contracts and invoices to review the nature, timing, and extent of work that the vendors have been engaged to perform.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

New York, New York
February 26, 2020March 1, 2023

F-3F-4

Table of Contents

TELADOC HEALTH, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

December 31,

December 31,

    

2019

    

2018

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$

514,353

$

423,989

Short-term investments

2,711

54,545

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $3,787 and $3,382, respectively

 

56,948

 

43,571

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

13,990

 

10,631

Total current assets

 

588,002

 

532,736

Property and equipment, net

 

10,296

 

10,148

Goodwill

 

746,079

 

737,197

Intangible assets, net

 

225,453

 

247,394

Operating lease - right-of-use assets

26,452

0

Other assets

 

6,545

 

1,401

Total assets

$

1,602,827

$

1,528,876

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$

9,075

$

7,769

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

49,848

 

26,801

Accrued compensation

 

31,258

 

27,869

Total current liabilities

 

90,181

 

62,439

Other liabilities

 

11,539

 

6,191

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

24,994

0

Deferred taxes

 

21,678

 

32,444

Convertible senior notes, net

440,410

414,683

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and 2018; 72,761,941 shares and 70,516,249 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

73

 

70

Additional paid-in capital

 

1,538,716

 

1,434,780

Accumulated deficit

 

(507,525)

 

(408,661)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(17,239)

(13,070)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,014,025

 

1,013,119

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

1,602,827

$

1,528,876

December 31,

December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$

918,182

$

893,480

Short-term investments

0

2,537

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $14,800 and $12,384, respectively

 

210,554

 

168,956

Inventories

56,342

73,079

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

130,310

 

87,387

Total current assets

 

1,315,388

 

1,225,439

Property and equipment, net

 

29,641

 

27,234

Goodwill

 

1,073,190

 

14,504,174

Intangible assets, net

 

1,836,765

 

1,910,278

Operating lease - right-of-use assets

41,831

46,780

Other assets

 

48,540

 

20,703

Total assets

$

4,345,355

$

17,734,608

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$

47,690

$

47,257

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

168,693

 

102,933

Accrued compensation

 

81,554

 

91,941

Deferred revenue-current

90,457

75,569

Advances from financing companies

11,375

13,313

Total current liabilities

 

399,769

 

331,013

Other liabilities

 

1,618

 

1,492

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

38,042

41,773

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

3,872

3,834

Advances from financing companies, net of current portion

8,082

9,291

Deferred taxes, net

 

50,939

 

75,777

Convertible senior notes, net

1,535,288

1,225,671

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 162,840,360 shares and 160,469,325 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

163

 

160

Additional paid-in capital

 

17,358,645

 

17,473,336

Accumulated deficit

 

(15,008,287)

 

(1,421,454)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(42,776)

(6,285)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

2,307,745

 

16,045,757

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

4,345,355

$

17,734,608

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-4F-5

Table of Contents

TELADOC HEALTH, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

Revenue

    

$

553,307

$

417,907

$

233,279

Expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

184,465

128,735

61,623

Operating expenses:

Advertising and marketing

 

109,697

 

85,109

 

57,663

Sales

 

64,915

 

59,154

 

37,984

Technology and development

 

64,644

 

54,373

 

34,459

Legal and regulatory

6,762

 

3,981

4,872

Acquisition and integration related costs

6,620

 

10,391

13,196

Gain on sale

0

(5,500)

0

General and administrative

 

157,694

 

116,916

 

79,781

Depreciation and amortization

 

38,952

 

35,602

 

19,095

Total expenses

633,749

488,761

308,673

Loss from operations

 

(80,442)

 

(70,854)

 

(75,394)

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

 

0

 

0

14,122

Interest expense, net

 

29,013

 

26,112

 

17,491

Net loss before taxes

 

(109,455)

 

(96,966)

 

(107,007)

Income tax benefit

 

(10,591)

 

118

 

(225)

Net loss

$

(98,864)

$

(97,084)

$

(106,782)

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

$

(1.38)

$

(1.47)

$

(1.93)

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

 

71,844,535

 

65,844,908

 

55,427,460

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

 

Revenue

$

2,406,840

$

2,032,707

$

1,093,962

Expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately below)

743,987

650,258

390,829

Operating expenses:

Advertising and marketing

 

623,536

 

416,726

 

226,146

Sales

 

227,172

 

250,581

 

154,052

Technology and development

 

333,629

 

311,884

 

164,941

General and administrative

 

449,855

 

438,007

 

506,684

Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs

15,620

 

26,643

88,236

Restructuring costs

7,416

0

0

Depreciation and amortization

 

256,027

 

204,239

 

69,495

Goodwill impairment

13,402,812

0

0

Total expenses

16,060,054

2,298,338

1,600,383

Loss from operations

 

(13,653,214)

 

(265,631)

 

(506,421)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

0

 

43,748

9,077

Other expense (income), net

859

(5,088)

545

Interest expense, net

 

9,270

 

80,365

 

59,950

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

(13,663,343)

 

(384,656)

 

(575,993)

Provision for income taxes

 

(3,812)

 

44,137

 

(90,857)

Net loss

(13,659,531)

(428,793)

(485,136)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Currency translation adjustment and other

(36,491)

(24,803)

35,757

Comprehensive loss

$

(13,696,022)

$

(453,596)

$

(449,379)

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

$

(84.60)

$

(2.73)

$

(5.36)

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

 

161,457,123

 

156,939,349

 

90,509,229

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-5

Table of Contents

TELADOC HEALTH, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

Net loss

$

(98,864)

$

(97,084)

$

(106,782)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

Net change in unrealized (loss) gains on available-for-sale securities

32

20

(51)

Cumulative translation adjustment

(4,201)

(17,179)

4,141

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

(4,169)

(17,159)

4,090

Comprehensive loss

$

(103,033)

$

(114,243)

$

(102,692)

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-6

Table of Contents

TELADOC HEALTH, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share data)

Accumulated

Additional

Other

Total

Common Stock

Paid-In

Accumulated

Comprehensive

Stockholders’

    

Shares

   

Amount

   

Capital

   

Deficit

   

Gain (Loss)

   

Equity

Balance as of December 31, 2019

72,761,941

73

1,538,716

(507,525)

(17,239)

1,014,025

Exercise of stock options

6,104,721

6

54,308

0

0

54,314

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

2,150,523

2

(23,707)

0

0

(23,705)

Issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan

49,781

0

4,722

0

0

4,722

Issuance of common stock for 2022 Notes

3,951,781

4

694,127

0

0

694,131

Equity portion of extinguishment of 2022 Notes

0

0

(715,263)

0

0

(715,263)

Issuance of common stock for 2025 Notes

202,217

0

40,741

0

0

40,741

Equity portion of extinguishment of 2025 Notes

0

0

(31,615)

0

0

(31,615)

Equity component of 2027 Notes, net of issuance costs

0

0

285,601

0

0

285,601

Issuance of common stock in acquisitions

65,060,135

65

13,884,856

0

0

13,884,921

Sale of capped call related to the Livongo Notes

0

0

91,659

0

0

91,659

Livongo Notes guaranteed by the Company

0

0

555,448

0

0

555,448

Stock-based compensation

0

0

478,204

0

0

478,204

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

0

0

0

0

35,757

35,757

Net loss

0

0

0

(485,136)

0

(485,136)

Balance as of December 31, 2020

150,281,099

$

150

$

16,857,797

$

(992,661)

$

18,518

$

15,883,804

Exercise of stock options

2,340,025

2

25,779

0

0

25,781

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

1,687,557

2

(2)

0

0

0

Issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan

122,059

0

15,331

0

0

15,331

Issuance of common stock for 2022 Notes

1,058,373

1

270,111

0

0

270,112

Equity portion of extinguishment of 2022 Notes

0

0

(223,929)

0

0

(223,929)

Issuance of common stock for 2025 Notes

5,185,491

5

920,886

0

0

920,891

Equity portion of extinguishment of 2025 Notes

0

0

(668,069)

0

0

(668,069)

Recovery of excess common stock issued for acquisition

(205,279)

0

(40,329)

0

0

(40,329)

Stock-based compensation

0

0

315,761

0

0

315,761

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

0

0

0

0

(24,803)

(24,803)

Net loss

0

0

0

(428,793)

0

(428,793)

Balance as of December 30, 2021

160,469,325

$

160

$

17,473,336

$

(1,421,454)

$

(6,285)

$

16,045,757

Cumulative effect adjustment due to adoption of ASU 2020-06 (see Note 2)

0

0

(363,731)

72,698

0

(291,033)

Exercise of stock options

591,213

1

5,883

0

0

5,884

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

1,508,570

2

(2)

0

0

0

Issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan

271,159

0

7,064

0

0

7,064

Issuance of common stock for 2025 Notes

93

0

7

0

0

7

Equity portion of extinguishment of 2025 Notes

0

0

(2)

0

0

(2)

Stock-based compensation

0

0

236,090

0

0

236,090

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

0

0

0

0

(36,491)

(36,491)

Net loss

0

0

0

(13,659,531)

0

(13,659,531)

Balance as of December 31, 2022

162,840,360

$

163

$

17,358,645

$

(15,008,287)

$

(42,776)

$

2,307,745

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

TELADOC HEALTH, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

    

Accumulated

    

Additional

    

    

Other

    

Total

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Deficit

    

(Loss) Income

    

Equity

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

46,201,563

$

46

$

435,551

$

(204,726)

$

(1)

$

230,870

Exercise of stock options

1,166,947

1

10,836

0

0

10,837

Exercise of warrants

138,903

0

0

0

0

0

Issuance of restricted stock units

60,000

0

0

0

0

0

Issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan

127,510

0

2,153

0

0

2,153

Issuance of stock in acquisition

1,855,078

2

66,178

0

0

66,180

Equity component of Convertible Senior Notes, net of issuance costs

0

0

62,404

0

0

62,404

Stock-based compensation

0

0

30,666

(69)

0

30,597

Follow-On Offerings

11,984,100

12

258,542

0

0

258,554

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

0

0

0

0

4,090

4,090

Net loss

0

0

0

(106,782)

0

(106,782)

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

61,534,101

61

866,330

(311,577)

4,089

558,903

Exercise of stock options

2,247,635

2

31,320

0

0

31,322

Equity component of Convertible Senior Notes, net of issuance costs

0

0

91,397

0

0

91,397

Follow-On Offering

5,000,000

5

330,838

0

0

330,843

Issuance of restricted stock units

304,908

0

0

0

0

0

Issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan

85,218

0

2,564

0

0

2,564

Issuance of stock in acquisition

1,344,387

2

68,562

0

0

68,564

Stock-based compensation

0

0

43,769

0

0

43,769

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

0

0

0

0

(17,159)

(17,159)

Net loss

0

0

0

(97,084)

0

(97,084)

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

70,516,249

70

1,434,780

(408,661)

(13,070)

1,013,119

Exercise of stock options

1,632,130

2

33,273

0

0

33,275

Issuance of restricted stock units

548,910

1

(1)

0

0

0

Issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan

64,497

0

3,380

0

0

3,380

Issuance of common stock for Convertible Notes

155

0

8

0

0

8

Stock-based compensation

0

0

67,276

0

0

67,276

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

0

0

0

0

(4,169)

(4,169)

Net loss

0

0

0

(98,864)

0

(98,864)

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

72,761,941

$

73

$

1,538,716

$

(507,525)

$

(17,239)

$

1,014,025

Year Ended December 31,

 

2022

2021

2020

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

    

    

    

    

Net loss

$

(13,659,531)

$

(428,793)

$

(485,136)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities:

Goodwill impairment

13,402,812

0

0

Depreciation and amortization

 

256,027

 

204,239

 

69,495

Depreciation of rental equipment

2,859

3,333

1,697

Amortization of right-of-use assets

11,757

12,049

6,895

Provision for allowances

 

15,398

 

16,941

 

5,284

Stock-based compensation

 

217,852

 

302,586

 

475,531

Deferred income taxes

 

(7,840)

 

41,800

 

(90,158)

Accretion of interest

3,345

61,253

45,296

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

0

 

40,652

 

9,077

Gain on sale of investment

0

(5,901)

0

Other, net

7,584

(3,845)

(1,009)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable

 

(61,641)

 

(17,510)

 

(21,091)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(41,081)

 

(31,090)

 

(12,565)

Inventory

14,800

(19,494)

(24,732)

Other assets

 

(27,767)

 

(3,547)

 

(8,135)

Accounts payable

 

1,876

 

1,188

 

(87,995)

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

61,217

 

18,175

 

20,125

Accrued compensation

 

(12,290)

 

(4,675)

 

34,819

Deferred revenue

15,240

20,554

17,751

Operating lease liabilities

(11,525)

(16,532)

(6,300)

Other liabilities

 

200

 

2,607

 

(2,360)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

189,292

 

193,990

 

(53,511)

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures

 

(16,480)

 

(8,534)

 

(4,024)

Capitalized software

 

(156,284)

 

(55,400)

 

(22,018)

Proceeds from marketable securities

2,507

50,000

2,496

Proceeds from the sale of investment

0

10,901

0

Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

0

 

(78,663)

 

(567,429)

Other, net

2,514

8,715

0

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(167,743)

 

(72,981)

 

(590,975)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

5,884

 

25,781

 

54,314

Proceeds from issuance of 2027 Notes

0

0

1,000,000

Payment of issuance costs of 2027 Notes

0

0

(24,070)

Repurchase of 2022 Notes

 

0

 

(139)

 

(228,153)

Proceeds from the sale of capped call related to the Livongo Notes

0

0

91,659

Proceeds from advances from financing companies

11,873

15,275

6,002

Payment against advances from financing companies

(15,020)

(16,050)

(8,635)

Payment of assumed indebtedness

0

0

(10,000)

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

6,501

 

16,810

 

4,722

Cash received for withholding taxes on stock-based compensation, net

124

3,422

(26,703)

Other, net

(2,865)

(4,152)

0

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

6,497

 

40,947

 

859,136

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

28,046

 

161,956

 

214,650

Foreign exchange difference

(3,344)

(1,800)

4,321

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

 

893,480

 

733,324

 

514,353

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

$

918,182

$

893,480

$

733,324

Income taxes paid

$

2,512

$

3,974

$

1,324

Interest paid

$

17,361

$

18,837

$

14,890

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-7

Table of Contents

TELADOC HEALTH, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

Net loss

$

(98,864)

$

(97,084)

$

(106,782)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

 

44,952

 

35,602

 

19,095

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

2,665

 

2,243

 

1,731

Stock-based compensation

 

66,702

 

43,769

 

30,597

Deferred income taxes

 

(10,868)

 

(2,247)

 

(306)

Accretion of interest

25,438

19,487

6,382

Amortization of warrants and loss on extinguishment of debt

 

0

 

0

 

14,122

Gain on sale

0

(5,500)

0

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable

 

(15,884)

 

(10,931)

 

(3,659)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(2,685)

 

(2,612)

 

(2,003)

Other assets

 

(105)

 

(414)

 

98

Accounts payable

 

905

 

(391)

 

1,534

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

14,841

 

3,993

 

4,292

Accrued compensation

 

4,546

 

8,480

 

3,768

Operating lease liabilities

(2,417)

0

0

Other liabilities

 

643

 

745

 

(3,310)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

29,869

 

(4,860)

 

(34,441)

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(3,510)

 

(4,011)

 

(2,633)

Purchase of internal-use software

 

(7,390)

 

(4,396)

 

(2,882)

Purchase of marketable securities

0

(56,347)

(149,261)

Proceeds from marketable securities

52,100

84,170

85,753

Sale of assets

(0)

5,530

0

Investment in securities

(5,000)

0

0

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

(11,187)

 

(282,442)

 

(379,356)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

25,013

 

(257,496)

 

(448,379)

Cash flows provided by financing activities:

Net proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

33,283

 

31,322

 

10,837

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes

0

279,152

263,722

Proceeds from borrowing under bank and other debt

0

10

166,679

Repayment of debt

 

0

 

0

 

(226,440)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

0

330,843

258,554

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

3,380

 

2,564

 

2,153

Cash (paid) received for withholding taxes on stock-based compensation, net

(1,569)

1,721

(74)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

35,094

 

645,612

 

475,431

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

89,976

 

383,256

 

(7,389)

Foreign exchange difference

388

(2,084)

191

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

 

423,989

 

42,817

 

50,015

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

$

514,353

$

423,989

$

42,817

Income taxes paid

$

1,310

$

441

$

137

Interest paid

$

12,224

$

10,303

$

9,450

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements.

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-8

Table of Contents

TELADOC HEALTH, INC.

Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Teladoc, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Texas in June 2002 and changed its state of incorporation to the State of Delaware in October 2008. Effective August 10, 2018, Teladoc, Inc. changed its corporate name to Teladoc Health, Inc. Unless the context otherwise requires, Teladoc Health, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is referred to herein as “Teladoc”“Teladoc Health” or the “Company”. The Company’s principal executive office is located in Purchase, New York. Teladoc Health is the global leader in providingwhole person virtual care focused on forging a new healthcare servicesexperience with a focus on high quality, lower costs,better convenience, outcomes and improved outcomesvalue around the world.

TheOn October 30, 2020, the Company completed the merger with Livongo Health, Inc. (“Livongo”), a transformational opportunity to improve the delivery, access and experience of chronic healthcare for individuals around the world.

On July 1, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of MedecinDirect, on April 30, 2019, a Paris-based telemedicine provider, Advance Medical-Health Care Management Services, S.A.InTouch Technologies, Inc. (“Advance Medical”InTouch”), in May 2018, a leading global virtual healthcare provider Best Doctors Holdings, Inc. (“Best Doctors”), in July 2017, an expert medical consultation company focused on improvingof enterprise telehealth solutions for hospitals and health outcomes for the most complex, critical and costly medical issues.systems.

On July 26, 2018, Teladoc Health completed a follow-on public offering (the “July Offering”) in which the Company issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $330.9 million after deducting offering expenses of $0.5 million.

On May 8, 2018, the Company issued, at par value, $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% convertible senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”). The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15, 2025. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $279.1 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $8.4 million.

On December 4, 2017, Teladoc Health completed a follow on public offering (the “December Offering”) in which the Company issued and sold 4,096,600 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $35.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $134.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $8.2 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.5 million.

On June 27, 2017, the Company issued, at par value, $275 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”). The 2022 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $11.3 million.

On January 24, 2017, Teladoc Health completed a follow on public offering (the “January Offering”) in which the Company issued and sold 7,887,500 shares of common stock at an issuance price of $16.75 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $123.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $0.6 million.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the United States (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the results of Teladoc Health, 2as well as three professional associations and 14twelve professional corporations and a service corporation (collectively, the “Association”“THMG Association”).

F-9

Table of Contents

Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A., formerly Teladoc Physicians, P.A. (“THMG”) is party to severala Services AgreementsAgreement by and among it and the professional associations and professional corporations pursuant to which each professional association and professional corporation provides services to Teladoc Health Medical Group, P.A.THMG. Each professional association and professional corporation is established pursuant to the requirements of its respective domestic jurisdiction governing the corporate practice of medicine.

The Company holds a variable interest in the THMG Association, which contracts with physicians and other health professionals in order to provide services to Teladoc Health. The THMG Association is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”) since it does not have sufficient equity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. An enterprise having a controlling financial interest in a VIE must consolidate the VIE if it has both power and benefits—that is, it has (1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance (power) and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE (benefits). The Company has the power and rights to control all activities of the THMG Association and funds and absorbs all losses of the VIE.VIE and appropriately consolidates the THMG Association.

Total revenue and net lossincome (loss) for the VIE were $83.6$244.5 million and $(3.2)($1.0) million, $58.1$230.2 million and $(2.5)($1.6) million and $33.2$203.9 million and $(7.0)$2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively. The VIE’s total assets, all of which were current, were $13.6$106.7 million and $9.8$58.5 million at December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, respectively. TotalThe VIE’s total liabilities, all of which were current, for the VIE were $51.3$143.8 million and $44.3$94.6 million at December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, respectively. The VIEVIE’s total stockholders’ deficit was $37.7$37.1 million and $34.5$36.1 million at December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, respectively.

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

F-9

Table of Contents

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquisitionpurchase price is measured asattributed to the aggregate of the acquisition date fair valuesvalue of the assets transferredacquired and liabilities assumed by the Company to the sellers and equity instruments issued.assumed. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired or assumed are measured separately at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of (i) the total costspurchase price of acquisition over (ii) the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree is recorded as goodwill. The results of businesses acquired in a business combination are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

When the Company issues stock-based or cash awards to an acquired company’s stockholders, the Company evaluates whether the awards are consideration or compensation for post-acquisition services. The evaluation includes, among other things, whether the vesting of the awards is contingent on the continued employment of the acquired company’s stockholders beyond the acquisition date. If continued employment is required for vesting, the awards are treated as compensation for post-acquisition services and recognized as expense over the requisite service period.

Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates, including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, discount rates and selection of comparable companies. The estimates and assumptions used to determine the fair values and useful lives of identified intangible assets could change due to numerous factors, including market conditions, technological developments, economic conditions, and competition. In connection with determination of fair values, the Company may engage a third-party valuation specialist to assist with the valuation of intangible and certain tangible assets acquired and certain obligations assumed. Acquisition-related transaction costs incurred by the Company are not included as a component of consideration transferred but are accounted for as an operating expense in the period in which the costs are incurred.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current business and economic factors, and various other assumptions that the Company believes are necessary to consider to form a basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities, the recorded amounts of revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company is subject to uncertainties such as the impact of future events, economic and political factors, and changes in the Company’s business environment; therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates. Accordingly, the accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating environment evolves. The Company believes that estimates used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are reasonable; however, actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

Changes in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Such changes in estimates and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in reported resultsthe Consolidated Statement of operations;Operations; if material, the effects of changes in estimates are disclosed in the notesNotes to the consolidated financial statements. Consolidated Financial Statements.

Significant estimates and assumptions by management affect areas including the allowance for doubtful accounts, the carrying value and useful life of long-lived assets (including goodwill and intangible assets), the carrying value of goodwill, the capitalization and amortization of software development costs, purchasedeferred device and contract costs, allowances for sales and for doubtful accounts, and the accounting clientfor business combinations. Other significant areas include revenue recognition (including performance guarantees,guarantees), the calculation of a contingent liability in connection with an earn-out, the provisionaccounting for income taxes, and related deferred tax accounts, certain accrued liabilities, revenue recognition, contingencies, litigation and related legal accruals, and the value attributed to employee stock options and otheraccounting for stock-based compensation awards.

Segment Information

Prior to October 1, 2022, the Company operated as a single segment reflecting its integrated virtual care system for delivering, enabling, and empowering whole person health. Effective October 1, 2022, the Company adopted a new organizational and reporting structure based on two reportable segments, which are the same as its reporting units:

F-10

Table of Contents

Teladoc Health Integrated Care (“Integrated Care”) and BetterHelp. This new structure reflects how management now allocates resources and assesses performance. See Note 20. “Segments” for further information.

Segment Information

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of the Company’s chief operating decision maker, its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resourcesinstruments, including cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and evaluatingaccrued compensation, approximates fair value due to their short-term nature.

The Company measures its financial performance. Accordingly,assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value hierarchy that requires it to maximize the Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment—health services. Revenue earned by foreign operations for Clients outsideuse of observable inputs and minimize the United States were $108.0 million, $75.2 million and $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Long-lived assetsuse of foreign operations totaled $2.2 million, $1.5 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These foreign operations were acquired in connection with the MedecinDirect, Advance Medical and Best Doctors’ acquisitions in April 2019, May 2018 and July 2017, respectively.unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

Revenue Recognition

The Company follows the revenue accounting requirements of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606”). ASC 606 establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The core principle of ASC 606 is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to the Company’s customers, which primarily consist of employers, health plans, hospitals and health systems, insurance, and financial services companies (collectively “Clients”) as well as individual members, in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This principle is achieved through applying the following five-step approach:

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a Client.

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract.

Determination of the transaction price.

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

Integrated Care Segment

As it relates to the Company’s Integrated Care segment, the Company primarily generates virtual healthcare service revenue from contracts with Clients who purchase access to the Company’s professional provider network or medical experts for their employees, dependents and other beneficiaries. The Company’s clientClient contracts include a per-member-per-month subscription(“PMPM”) access fee as well as certain contracts that generatealso include additional revenue on a per-telehealthper-virtual healthcare visit basis for general medical, andor other specialty visits andor expert medical service on a per case basis. The Company also has certain contracts that generate revenue based solely on a per telehealthhealthcare visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits. For

Revenues are also generated from contracts with Clients in hospital and health systems for the Company’s direct-to-consumer behavioral health product, Members purchasechronic care management solutions. Substantially all of this revenue is derived from monthly access fees that are recognized as services are rendered and earned under subscription agreements with Clients that are based on a per-participant-per-month model, using the number of active enrolled members each month for the minimum enrollment period. These solutions integrate devices, supplies, access to the Company’s web-based platform, and clinical and data services to provide an overall health management solution. The promises to transfer these goods and services are not separately identifiable and is considered a single continuous service comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). These services are consumed as they are received, and the Company recognizes revenue each month using the variable consideration allocation

F-11

Table of Contents

exception since the nature of the obligations and the variability of the payment being based on the number of active members are aligned.

Revenue is also generated from contracts with Clients for the sale and rental of equipment consisting of virtual healthcare devices which allow physicians to access the Company’s hosted virtual healthcare platform. These contracts also include multiple performance obligations, and the Company determines the standalone selling prices based on overall pricing objectives. In some arrangements, the Company’s devices are rented to certain qualified Clients that qualify as either sales-type lease or operating lease arrangements and are subject to lease accounting guidance.

The Company records access fees from Clients accessing its professional provider network for a subscription access fee. Accordingly, the Company generates subscription access revenue from subscription access fees andor hosted virtual healthcare platform or chronic care management platforms, visit fee revenue for general medical, expert medical service and other specialty visit.visits as well as other revenue primarily associated with virtual healthcare device equipment included with its hosted virtual healthcare platform. Visit and other revenues are reported as “Other” revenue in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s Client agreements generally have a term of one to three years for the Integrated Care segment. The majority of Clients have a term of one year and renew their contracts following their first year of services. Revenues are recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligation to stand ready to provide telehealthvirtual healthcare services which occurs when the Company’s Clients and Membersmembers have access to and obtain control of the telehealth service.virtual healthcare service or platform.

For contracts where revenue is generated on a per healthcare visit basis, revenues are recognized when the visits are completed as the Company has delivered on its stand ready obligation to provide access. For other revenue, which primarily includes virtual healthcare devices, the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied when the equipment is provided to the Client and revenue is recognized at a point in time upon shipment.

The Company generally bills for the virtual healthcare services on a monthly basis, in advance or in arrears depending on the service, with payment terms generally being 30 days. There are not significant differences between the timing of revenue recognition and billing. Consequently, the Company has determined that Client contracts do not include a financing component. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected in exchange for the service and includesfor certain contracts include a variable transaction price as the number of Membersmembers may vary from period to period. Based on historical experience, the Company estimates this amount.

The Company’s contracts do not generally contain refund provisions for fees earned related to services performed.

Additionally, certain of the Company’s contracts include Client performance guarantees and pricing adjustments that are based upon minimum member utilization and guarantees by the Company for specific service level performance, member satisfaction scores, cost savings guarantees, and health outcome guarantees. Performance guarantees are estimated at each reporting period based on the Company’s historical performance of the underlying criteria or the customer’s specific performance as of that reporting date. Any estimated adjustments to the contract price for achieving or not achieving the performance guarantee are recognized as an adjustment to revenue in the period. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, revenue recognized from performance obligations related to prior periods for the changes in transaction price or Client performance guarantees was $4.4 million, $5.6 million, and $1.9 million, respectively.

The Company has elected the optional exemption to not disclose the remaining performance obligations of its contracts since the majority of its contracts have a duration of one year or less and the variable consideration expected to be received over the duration of the contract is allocated entirely to the wholly unsatisfied performance obligations.

For additional revenue, deferred revenue, deferred costs, and disclosures, refer to Note 3. “Revenue, Deferred Revenue, and Deferred Costs and Other.”

F-12

Table of Contents

BetterHelp Segment

As it relates to the BetterHelp segment, users can purchase mental health services for an access fee, generally on a monthly basis. For other wellness services, users can purchase access to their consumer application for a subscription fee, generally for a period of one year. BetterHelp also provides mental health services to employers as part of employee assistance programs, with revenues recorded based on completion of visit.

The BetterHelp service provides for member refunds. Based on historical experience, the Company estimates the expected amount of refunds to be issued which are recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company issued refunds of approximately $79.2 million, $67.0 million, and $33.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents billed, but unrecognized revenue, and is comprised of fees received in advance of the delivery or completion of the services and amounts received in instances when revenue recognition criteria have not been met. Deferred revenue associated with upfront payments for a device is amortized ratably over the expected member enrollment period. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as a componentcurrent deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent deferred revenue.

Deferred Costs and Other

Deferred costs and other consist of deferred device costs and deferred contract costs.

Deferred device costs consist of cost of inventory incurred in connection with delivery of services that are deferred and amortized over the shorter of the expected member enrollment period or the expected device life and recorded as cost of revenue.

Deferred contract costs represent the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a Client if the Company expects to recover such costs. The primary example of the Company’s costs to obtain a contract include incremental sales commissions to obtain contracts paid to its sales organization. A portion of these incremental costs to obtain Client contracts are deferred and then amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of benefit, which has been determined to be four years. The amounts subject to the services period are amortized in sales expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

Deferred costs and other that are to be amortized within twelve months are recorded to deferred costs and other, current and the remainder is recorded to deferred costs and other, noncurrent on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately)

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately) primarily consists of fees paid to the physicians and other health professionals (“Providers”),professionals; product costs; costs incurred in connection with the Company’s provider network operations and data center activities, which include employee-related expenses (including salaries and benefits) as well asbenefits, incentive compensation, and stock-based compensation) costs related to Client support; provider network operations center activities; medical records,records; magnetic resonance imaging,imaging; medical lab tests, translation,tests; translation; postage and medical malpractice insurance. Costinsurance, and deferred device costs.

Technology and Development

Technology and development expenses include the costs of operating the Company’s on-demand technology infrastructure that are not directly related to changes in revenue doesor volume of visits, including certain licensed applications, information technology infrastructure, security, and compliance. The technology and development line item also contains amounts charged to expense for research and development, which include costs of new product development, costs to add new features or improve reliability or scalability of existing applications, and other software

F-13

Table of Contents

development and engineering costs to the extent that they are not capitalized. The research and development expenses may enable future revenue growth but are not directly related to current revenues.

Technology and development expenses include an allocationpersonnel and related expenses (including salaries and benefits, incentive compensation, and stock-based compensation) for software engineering, information technology infrastructure, security and compliance, product development, and support for the Company’s efforts to add new features and ensure the reliability and scalability of its existing solutions. Technology and development expenses also include outsourced software engineering services, the costs of operating the Company’s on-demand technology infrastructure (whereas costs directly associated with changes in revenue are presented separately in cost of revenues), certain licensed applications, and stock-based compensation for its technology and development employees. The Company’s technology and development expenses exclude certain allocations of occupancy expense, capitalized software development costs, and depreciation and amortization.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs include costs of new product development, costs to add new features or improve reliability or scalability of existing applications, and other software development and engineering costs to the extent that they are not capitalized. The research and development expenses may enable future revenue growth but are not directly related to changes in current revenues. Research and development costs are recorded as a component of technology and development in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, research and development of $106.9 million, $99.5 million, and $110.8 million, respectively, was recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in technology and development.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase.purchase of $918.2 million at December 31, 2022. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents generallyprimarily consist of investments in money market funds. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value.

Short-Term Investments

The Company holds short-term investments primarily consisting of corporate bonds, commercial paper, U.S. treasuries and asset backed securities with maturities of less than one year. These short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains or losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations upon disposition of the securities.

As of December 31, 2019, there were no short-term investments that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months.

F-11

Table of Contents

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. There were 0 realized losses for the year ended December 31, 2019. Realized losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were less than $0.1 million and were recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts isreflects the Company’s best estimate of expected losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The Company determines the allowance based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of accounts. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the collection historyhistorical experience, specific account information, and age of each outstanding invoice of each customer to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate.other currently available evidence. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified.

Inventories

Inventories consist of purchased components for assembling welcome kits, refill kits, and replacement components for the Company’s chronic care management solutions, and virtual health devices manufactured for sale or lease as part of the Company’s hosted virtual healthcare platform solution. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis or on a weighted average cost basis which approximates the FIFO basis. Inventory costs include direct materials, direct labor and contracting costs, certain indirect labor and manufacturing overhead, and inbound shipping charges. Inventories are assessed on a periodic basis for potentially obsolete and slow-moving inventory with write-downs being recorded when identified. Write-downs are measured as the difference between cost of the inventory and net realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and obsolescence, and charged to cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately) in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. At the point of the loss recognition, a new lower cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis.

F-14

Table of Contents

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective asset as follows:

Computer equipment

    

3 years

Furniture and equipment

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements

Rental equipment

4.3 years

Operating Leases

The Company adopted the new leases standard set forth under ASC Topic 842, “Leases,” or ASC Topic 842, as of January 1, 2019, utilizing the modified retrospective approach and reflecting a cumulative effect adjustment at that time. See Note 13. “Leases” for further information.

Leases of Hosted Virtual Healthcare Platform

The Company rents its hosted virtual healthcare platform for certain Clients under arrangements that qualify primarily as operating lease arrangements. The contracts include equipment consisting of virtual health devices which allow physicians access to the platform and there are multiple performance obligations where the Company determines the standalone selling prices based on overall selling prices and pricing objectives. In determining whether a transaction should be classified as a sales-type or operating lease, the Company considers whether: (1) ownership of the virtual healthcare device transfers to the lessee by the end of the term of the lease, (2) the lease grants the lessee an option to purchase the virtual healthcare device that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise, (3) the lease term is for the major part of the remaining useful life of the virtual healthcare device, (4) the present value of the sum of the lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the virtual healthcare device, and (5) it is expected that there will be no alternative use for the virtual healthcare device at the end of the lease term.

The Company generally recognizes revenue for virtual healthcare devices in sales-type leases at a point in time upon shipment by the Client provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met and these leases are not material. For operating lease arrangements, revenue for the virtual healthcare device is recognized over the lease term and generally on a straight-line basis. For both sales-type and operating lease arrangement, revenue associated with virtual healthcare platform access is recognized over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Rental Equipment

Equipment is assigned to the rental pool upon the execution of a sales leasing arrangement. Rental equipment assets are generally stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and reflected in property and equipment, net. Depreciation of rental equipment is provided on a straight-line basis, over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which is generally 4.3 years and is charged to cost of revenues.

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred while improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations in the period realized.

Internal-UseCapitalized Software Development Costs

Internal-useCapitalized software isdevelopment costs are included in intangible assets and isare amortized on a straight-line basis over 3three to 5five years. For the Company’s development costs related to its software development tools that enable its Membersmembers and Providersproviders to interact, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to minor upgrades, minor enhancements and maintenance activities are expensed as incurred.

F-15

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase priceconsideration over the fair value of the net tangibleidentifiable assets acquired and intangible assets acquiredliabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually on October 1 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset mayit is more likely than not to be impaired. TheAs of December 31, 2022, the Company operates as two reporting units under the guidance in ASC 350, “Intangibles- Goodwill and Other,” the Teladoc Health Integrated Care reporting unit and the BetterHelp reporting unit.

When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company has the option of first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of theits total company reporting unit is estimated using quoted market prices in active marketsless than its carrying amount. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more likely than not that carrying value exceeds its fair value, the Company performs a quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under the quantitative goodwill impairment test, if the Company’s reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the Company will record an impairment charge based on that difference.

To determine reporting unit fair value as part of the quantitative test, the Company uses a weighting of fair values derived from the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, the Company projects its future cash flows and discount these cash flows to reflect their relative risk. The cash flows used are consistent with those the Company uses in its internal planning, which reflects actual business trends experienced and its long-term business strategy. As such, key estimates and factors used in this method include, but are not limited to, revenue, margin and operating expense growth rates; as well as a discount rate and a terminal growth rate.

Under the market approach, the Company uses the guideline company method to develop valuation multiples and compare the Company’s stock. Anreporting unit to similar publicly traded companies. In order to further validate the reasonableness of fair value as determined by the income and market approaches described above, a reconciliation to market capitalization is then performed by estimating a reasonable control premium and other market factors. Future changes in the judgments, assumptions and estimates that are used in the impairment charge is recognizedtesting for the excessgoodwill could result in significantly different estimates of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value.

The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test resulted in 0 impairment charges in any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets resultedinclude client relationships, acquired technology, and trademarks resulting from business acquisitions as well as capitalized software development costs. The Company amortizes these definite-lived intangible assets over their estimated useful lives and include Client relationships, non-compete agreements, patents and trademarks. Clientreview the estimated useful lives on a quarterly basis to determine if the period of economic benefit has changed. Customer relationships are amortized over a period of 2two to 20 years in relation to expected future cash flows, while non-compete agreements areflows. Technology is amortized over a period of 1.5four to 5seven years using the straight-line method. TrademarksCapitalized software development costs are amortized over 3three to 15 years using the straight-line method. Patents are amortized over 3five years using the straight-line method.

Long-livedThrough December 31, 2021, trademarks were amortized over three to 15 years using the straight-line method. Effective January 1, 2022, the useful lives for certain trademarks related to the Company’s strategy to integrate and move certain consumer brands under the Teladoc Health brand resulted in decreasing the weighted average useful life of all trademarks at the date of the change from 9.5 years to 7.5 years. This change increased annual amortization by approximately $23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Definite-lived intangible assets (property and equipment, internally developed software, and intangible assets) used in operations are reviewed for impairmentre-evaluated whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their estimated useful lives may require revision and/or carrying amountsvalue of the related asset group may not be recoverable. For long-lived assetsrecoverable by its projected undiscounted cash flows. If the carrying value of the asset group is determined to be held and used, the Company recognizesunrecoverable, an impairment loss only ifcharge would be recognized in an amount equal to the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value.

Convertible Senior Notes

Following the adoption on January 1, 2022 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update 2020-06, "Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and

F-12F-16

Table of Contents

carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flowsHedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and measuresContracts in an Entity’s Own Equity,” the impairment loss basedConvertible Senior Notes (the “Notes”) and the Livongo Notes that the Company agreed to guarantee (the “Livongo Notes”) are fully accounted for and carried as liabilities, net of debt discounts on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. There were 0 impairment losses in 2019, 2018 or 2017.

Investments in Equity Securities

Investments in equity securities, other than those of our consolidated subsidiaries, are accounted for at fair value or under the measurement alternative of the FinancialCompany’s Balance Sheets. Refer to Recently Issued Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, following its adoption on January 1, 2018, with any changes to fair value recognized within other income (expense), net each reporting period. Under the measurement alternative, equity investments without readily determinable fair values are carried at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar securities of the same issuer; value is generally determined based on a market approach as of the transaction date. The Company reviews its investments in equity securities without readily determinable fair values for impairment each reporting period when there are qualitative factors or events that indicate possible impairment. If our assessment indicates that the fair value of the investment is below its carrying value, the Company will write down the investment to its fair value and record the corresponding charge within other income (expense), net.Pronouncements.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation for stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) granted is measured based on the grant- dategrant-date fair value of the awards and recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). The Company estimates the fair value of employee stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.model, except as noted. Stock-based compensation for performance stock units (PSU)(“PSUs”) granted is measured based on the grant- dategrant-date fair value of the awards and recognized on an accelerated tranche by tranche basis over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). The ultimate number of PSUs that are issued to an employee is the result of the actual performance of the Company at the end of the performance period compared to the performance conditionstargets and cangenerally range from 50%0% to 200% of the initial grant. For stock-based compensation assumed in the Livongo merger, the Monte Carlo valuation model was the most suitable for valuation of options for the replaced and replacement awards from the merger. The Company recognizes forfeitures of share-based awards as they occur.

The Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) permits eligible employees to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll deductions during defined offering periods. Under the ESPP, the Company may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of its common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances. The price at which the stock is purchased is equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or on the date of purchase.

Foreign CurrencyAdvances from Financing Companies

The functional currency for eachCompany utilizes a third-party financing company to provide certain Clients with a rental option. Under these arrangements, the Company receives payment upfront from the financing companies and the financing companies collect the Client rental payments over the life of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. All assets and liabilities denominated inrental agreement on a foreign currencynonrecourse basis. The principal portion of these upfront payments are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the period. Cumulative translation gains or losses are included in stockholders’ equityreported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) . For the year ended December 31, 2019, realized foreign exchange gain was $0.2 million and was recognizedadvances from financing companies in the Company’saccompanying consolidated statement of operations in interest expense, net. Forbalance sheet. The Company indemnifies the year ended December 31, 2018, realized foreign exchange gain was $0.1 millionfinancing companies for any loss or expenses resulting from its failure to provide the ongoing necessary system services and was recognized insupport to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2017, realized foreign exchange loss was $0.1 million and was recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.Client.

Provision for Income Taxes

The Company accountsCompany’s provision for income taxes, using the liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management's best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. The objectives for accounting for income taxes, as prescribed by the relevant accounting guidance, are determined based onto recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable toof events that have been recognized in the financial statements. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of temporary differences between theasset and liability amounts that are recognized for financial reporting

F-13

Table of Contents

carrying purposes and the amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respectivethat are recognized for income tax bases andpurposes. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax credit carry forwards and net operating loss carryforwards.laws. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates thatexpected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be inrecovered or settled. The effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

The Company assesses the likelihood thaton deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxableand liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income and a valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets toin the amounts more likely than not expected to be realized.period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes and measuresthe tax benefit from an uncertain tax positions using a two- step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken by determiningonly if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit,on examination by taxing authorities, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes.processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The second stepassumptions about future tax consequences require significant judgment and variations in the actual outcome of these consequences could materially impact the Company’s results of operations. The Company recognizes tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes and interest will be due. The Company adjusts these liabilities when its judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new

F-17

Table of Contents

information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is to measurematerially different from the Company’s current estimate of the tax benefit as the largest amount thatliabilities. Interest and penalties, if any, related to accrued liabilities for potential tax assessments are included in income tax expense.

Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than 50% likelynot that a tax benefit will not be realized. Determination of valuation allowances recorded against deferred tax assets requires significant judgment and use of assumptions, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. To the extent that new information becomes available which causes the Company to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Significantchange its judgment regarding the adequacy of existing valuation allowances, such changes to tax liabilities will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Its evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues. made.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, was enacted on December 22, 2017. Authoritative accounting guidance requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment. Certain key aspects of the new law were effective January 1, 2018 and other key aspects had an immediate accounting effect for the year ended December 31, 2017. Refer to Note 14.expense.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and unrealized gains or losses on short-term investments and cumulativecurrency translation gains or losses. Unrealized gains or losses on short-term investments are net of any reclassification adjustments for realized gains and losses included in the consolidated statements of operations.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock of the Company outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock, including outstanding stock options warrants and convertible notes, to the extent dilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential shares of common stock outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.

Warranties and Indemnification

The Company’s arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying Clients against liabilities if there is a breach of a Client’s data or if the Company’s service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.

The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company maintains director and officer liability insurance coverage that would generally enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company may also be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of its employees under certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions.

F-14

Table of Contents

Third-party Advertising and Marketing Expenses

AdvertisingThird-party advertising and marketing include allexpenses are expensed as incurred and predominately relate to the BetterHelp segment, and to a lesser extent, communications and campaigns to the Company’sIntegrated Care segment’s Clients and Members, digital and media advertising and related employees’ costs and are expensed as incurred.members. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021, and 2017,2020, advertising expenses were $88.8$503.9 million, $70.6$297.0 million, and $45.1$165.0 million, respectively.

Concentrations of Risk and Significant Clients

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents short-term investments and accounts receivable. Although the Company deposits its cash with multiple financial institutions in the U.S. and in foreign countries, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company’s short-term investments are comprised of a portfolio of diverse high credit rating instruments with maturity durations of one year or less.

No Client represented over 10% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, or 2020.

No Client represented over 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2022 or 2021.

Revenue from Clients located in the United StatesU.S. for the yearyears ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021, and 2017 were $445.32020 was $2,101.0 million, $342.7$1,774.0 million and $214.5$913.7 million, respectively. Revenue from Clients located outside the United StatesU.S. for the yearyears ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017 were $108.02020 was $305.8 million, $75.2$258.7 million, and $18.8$180.2 million, respectively.

Seasonality

The Company’s business has historically been subject to seasonality. In the Company’s Integrated Care segment, as a result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the start of each year, a concentration of the Company’s new Client contracts has an effective date of January 1. Therefore, while membership increases, utilization and enrollment rates are dampened until service delivery ramps up over the course of the year. As a result of seasonal

F-18

Table of Contents

cold and flu trends, the Company historically has experienced its highest level of visit and other fees revenue during the first and fourth quarters of each year.

Due to the higher cost of customer acquisition during the end of year holiday season, the Company’s BetterHelp segment has historically reduced marketing activity during the fourth quarter. As a result of this dynamic the Company has typically experienced fewer new member additions and the strongest operating income performance in the fourth quarter. Conversely, as marketing activity typically resumes at the start of the year the Company typically experiences the weakest operating income performance during the first quarter as new customer acquisition and revenue growth lags marketing spend.

During the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021 and 2020, the Company did not experience the typical seasonality associated with cold and flu outbreaks, nor did the Company experience the typical seasonality associated with the BetterHelp business.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

SeasonalityRecently Adopted Accounting Standards

The Company typically experiencesIn August 2020, the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth and first quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of a calendar year, or the start of each calendar year, the majority of the Company’s new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Additionally, as a result of national seasonal cold and flu trends, the Company experiences the highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, "Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity.” ASU 2019-12 Simplification of Income Taxes (Topic 740) Income Taxes. ASU 2019-12 2020-06 simplifies the accounting for income taxesconvertible instruments by removingeliminating the conversion option separation model for convertible debt that can be settled in cash and by eliminating the measurement model for beneficial conversion features. Convertible instruments that continue to be subject to separation models are (1) those with conversion options that are required to be accounted for as bifurcated derivatives and (2) convertible debt instruments issued with substantial premiums for which the premiums are recorded as paid-in capital. This ASU also requires entities to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments in the diluted earnings per share calculation and include the effect of share settlement for instruments that may be settled in cash or shares, except for certain exceptionsliability-classified share-based payment awards.

The Company adopted ASU 2020-06 as of January 1, 2022, under the modified retrospective transition method, and, accordingly, its prior period financial statements were not restated. Upon adoption of ASU 2020-06, the conversion feature of the Company’s convertible senior notes is no longer reported as a component of equity. Instead, the previously-separated equity component is now combined with the liability component, thereby eliminating the amortization of the debt discount arising from the conversion option separation model. As such, the Company recognized a reduction of approximately $58 million in non-cash interest recorded on its convertible senior notes for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the general principles in Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent applicationyear ended December 31, 2021. To reflect the adoption of ASU 2020-06, the Company recorded an increase to convertible senior notes of $306.3 million and simplify GAAP for other areasdecreases to additional paid-in capital, accumulated deficit and net deferred tax liabilities of Topic 740 by clarifying$363.7 million, $72.7 million and amending existing guidance$15.3 million, respectively, as of January 1, 2022.

.Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2019-122022-03, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions” to clarify that an equity security subject to a contractual sale restriction does not take that restriction into consideration when measuring its fair value and to require specific disclosures related to such an equity security. ASU 2022-03 is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods, including interim periods, beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years.2023, with early adoption permitted. The standard will apply as a cumulative-effect adjustmentprovisions of ASU 2022-03 are to retainedbe applied prospectively with any adjustments made to earnings ason the date of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted.adoption. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2019-122022-03 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

statements.

In January 2017,September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Goodwill Simplifications (Topic 350). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the test2022-04, “Liabilities – Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50) – Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations,” to provide guidance on disclosure requirements for goodwill impairment. The new guidance eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test as currently prescribed in the U.S. generally accepted accounting principle. This ASU is the result of the FASB project focused on simplifications to accounting for goodwill. The new guidance has been adopted in the current period.

In June 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss ("CECL") model to estimate its lifetime "expected credit loss" and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 alsosupplier

F-15F-19

Table of Contents

requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loansfinance programs and available-for-sale debt securities.improve information transparency by requiring the disclosure of key terms of the program, amounts outstanding that remain unpaid, a description of where those amounts are presented in the balance sheet, and a roll forward of any outstanding obligations. ASU 2016-132022-04 is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods, including interim periods therein, beginning after December 13, 2019, including interim periods within those15, 2022, except for the amendment on roll forward information, which is effective for fiscal years. The standard will apply as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of theyears beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidanceafter December 15, 2023. Early adoption is adopted.permitted. The Company is in the process ofcurrently evaluating what the impact of the adoption ofadopting ASU 2016-132022-04 may have on the Company's consolidatedits financial statements and disclosures.statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 outlines a comprehensive lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than 12 months. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2019 utilizing the modified retrospective approach and reflecting a cumulative effect adjustment at that time. Under this adoption method, prior periods are presented in accordance with the previous guidance in ASC 840, Leases.

In adopting the new standard, the Company elected to utilize the available package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which does not require the reassessment of the following: i) whether existing or expired arrangements are or contain a lease, ii) the lease classification of existing or expired leases, and iii) whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard. Additionally, the Company made an accounting policy election to keep leases with a term of 12 months or less off of its balance sheet. As part of its adoption, the Company underwent a process of assessing the lease population and determining the impact of the adoption of this standard which resulted in the recognition of operatinglease liabilities of and right-of-use assets of approximately $34 million on the Company’s balance sheet relating to its leases on the consolidated financial statements. The Company determined the most significant impact was the recognition of right of use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases on the consolidated balance sheets and there was no impact on the consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows. See Note 12 “Leases”, for further information.

Note 3. Revenue

The Company generates virtual healthcare service revenue from contracts with Clients who purchase access to the Company’s professional provider network or medical experts for their employees, dependents and other beneficiaries. The Company’s client contracts include a per-member-per-month subscription access fee as well as certain contracts that generate additional revenue on a per-telehealth visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits and expert medical service on a per case basis. The Company also has certain contracts that generate revenue based solely on a per telehealth visit basis for general medical and other specialty visits. For the Company’s direct-to-consumer behavioral health product, Members purchase access to the Company’s professional provider network for a subscription access fee. Accordingly, the Company generates subscription access revenue from subscription access fees and visit fee revenue for general medical, expert medical service and other specialty visit.

The Company’s agreements generally have a term of one year. The majority of Clients renew their contracts following their first year of services. Revenues are recognized when the Company satisfies its performance obligation to stand ready to provide telehealth services which occurs when the Company’s Clients and Members have access to and obtain control of the telehealth service. The Company generally bills for the telehealth services on a monthly basis with payment terms generally being 30 days. There are not significant differences between the timing of revenue recognition and billing. Consequently, the Company has determined that client contracts do not include a financing component. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected in exchange for the service and includes a variable transaction price as the number of Members may vary from period to period. Based on historical experience, the Company estimates this amount.

Subscription access revenue accounted for approximately 84%, 84% and 85% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

F-16

Table of Contents

Note 3. Revenue, Deferred Revenue, and Deferred Costs and Other

The Company generates access fees from Clients, as well as individual paying users, accessing its professional provider network, hosted virtual healthcare platform, and chronic care management platforms. Visit fee revenue is generated for general medical, expert medical service, and other specialty visits and is reported as a component of other revenue in the financial statements. Revenue associated with virtual healthcare device equipment sales included with the Company’s hosted virtual healthcare platform is also reported in other revenue. Access revenue accounted for approximately 87%, 86%, and 78% of the Company’s total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s revenues disaggregated by revenue source (in thousands):

Year Ended

December 31,

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Subscription Access Fees:

U.S.

$

356,656

$

277,091

$

179,184

International

106,640

73,693

18,338

Visit Fee Revenue:

U.S. Paid Visits

68,738

53,074

35,294

U.S. Visit Fee Only

 

19,931

12,508

0

International Paid Visits

1,342

1,541

463

Total Revenues

$

553,307

$

417,907

$

233,279

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Year Ended December 31,

    

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Revenue by Type

Access fees

$

2,103,814

$

1,740,170

$

847,255

Other

303,026

292,537

246,707

Total Revenue

$

2,406,840

$

2,032,707

$

1,093,962

Revenue by Geography

U.S. Revenue

$

2,101,015

$

1,774,024

$

913,720

International Revenue

305,825

258,683

180,242

Total Revenue

$

2,406,840

$

2,032,707

$

1,093,962

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, were $56.9 million and $43.6 million, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects our best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The Company determines the allowance based on historical experience, specific account information and other currently available evidence.Deferred Revenue

For certain services, payment is required for future monthsperiods before the service is delivered to the Member.member. The Company records deferred revenue when cash payments are received in advance of the Company’s performance obligation to provide services. Deferred revenue, current plus long-term, was $94.3 million at December 31, 2022 and $79.4 million at December 31, 2021. The net increase of $7.1$14.9 million and $3.6$24.6 million in the deferred revenue balance for the yearyears ended December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, respectively, arewas primarily driven by the acquisition of Advance Medical andincreased cash payments received or due in advance of satisfying the Company’s performance obligations primarily related to the services of the BetterHelp segment, and to a lesser extent, the Teladoc Health Integrated Care segment, offset by revenue recognized that werewas included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the period. The Company anticipates that it will satisfy most of its performance obligation associated with the deferred revenue within the prospective fiscal year. Revenue recognized during the fiscal years 2019ended December 31, 2022 and 20182021 that was included in deferred revenue at the beginning of the periods was $7.1M$73.7 million and $4.0M,$51.0 million, respectively.

The Company’s contracts do not generally contain refund provisions for fees earnedCompany expects to recognize $90.1 million and $4.2 million of revenue in 2023 and 2024, respectively, related to services performed. However, the Company’s direct-to-consumer behavioral health service provides for member refunds. Based on historical experience, the Company estimates the expected amountfuture performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied as of refunds to be issued which are recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company issued refunds of approximately $3.3 million and $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Additionally, certain of the Company’s contracts include client performance guarantees that are based upon minimum Member utilization and guarantees by the Company for specific service level performance of the Company’s services. If client performance guarantees are not being realized, the Company records, as a reduction to revenue, an estimate of the amount that will be due at the end of the respective client’s contractual period. For both of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, revenue recognized from performance obligations related to prior periods for the aforementioned changes in transaction price or client performance guarantees, were not material.

The Company has elected the optional exemption to not disclose the remaining performance obligations of its contracts since substantially all of its contracts have a duration of one year or less and the variable consideration expected to be received over the duration of the contract is allocated entirely to the wholly unsatisfied performance obligations.

2022.

F-17F-20

Table of Contents

Deferred Device and Contract Costs

Deferred device and contract costs are classified as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets or other assets, depending on term, and consisted of the following (in thousands):

As of December 31,

As of December 31,

    

2022

2021

Deferred device and contract costs, current

$

29,956

$

22,304

Deferred device and contract costs, noncurrent

8,404

6,249

Total deferred device and contract costs

$

38,360

$

28,553

Deferred device and contract costs were as follows (in thousands):

    

Deferred Device and Contract Costs

Beginning balance as of December 31, 2021

$

28,553

Additions

51,201

Cost of revenue recognized

(41,394)

Ending balance as of December 31, 2022

$

38,360

Note 4. Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of the Company’s cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximates fair value due to their short-term nature.

The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value hierarchy that requires it to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. 

A financial instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

markets.

Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

The Company measures its cash equivalents at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company classifies its cash equivalents within Level 1 because they are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets in active markets and quoted prices directly in active markets.

The Company measures itsCompany’s short-term investments held as of December 31, 2021 consisted primarily of certificates of deposit held at fair value on a recurring basis and classifies suchfinancial institutions. The amortized cost of these investments, which are classified as Level 2. They are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices directly or indirectly in active markets. The short-term investments amortized cost approximates2, approximated their fair value.

The Company measures its contingent consideration at fair value on a recurring basis and classifies such as Level 3. The Company estimates the fair valueF-21

Table of contingent consideration as the present value of the expected contingent payments, determined using the weighted probability of the possible payments.Contents

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using the above input categories (in thousands):

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2022

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Total

Cash and cash equivalents

$

514,353

$

0

$

0

$

514,353

$

918,182

$

0

$

918,182

Short-term investments

$

0

$

2,711

$

0

$

2,711

Contingent liability

$

0

$

0

$

4,769

$

4,769

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2021

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Total

Cash and cash equivalents

$

419,464

$

4,525

$

0

$

423,989

$

893,480

$

0

$

893,480

Short-term investments

$

0

$

54,545

$

0

$

54,545

$

0

$

2,537

$

2,537

There were 0 no transfersbetweenfairvaluemeasurement levels during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.2022 or 2021.

The change in fair value of the Company’s contingent liability is recorded in acquisition and integration related costs in the consolidated statements of operations. The contingent liability is based on future revenue and profitability expectations. The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balance of the Company’s Level 3 contingent liability (in thousands):

Fair value at date of acquisition

    

$

3,586

Payments

 

0

Change in fair value

 

1,232

Currency translation adjustment

(49)

Fair value at December 31, 2019

$

4,769

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-18

Table of Contents

Note 5. Business Acquisitions

On April 30, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of the Paris-based telemedicine provider MedecinDirect in which MedecinDirect became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate merger consideration paid was $11.2 million with additional potential earnout consideration. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition for tax purposes and accordingly, the goodwill resulting from the acquisition is not tax deductible. On June 19, 2019, we made a $5.0 million minority investment in Vida Health.

On May 31, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Advance Medical through a merger in which Advance Medical became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate merger consideration paid was $351.7 million, which was comprised of 1,344,387 shares of Teladoc’s common stock valued at $68.6 million on May 31, 2018, and $283.1 million of net cash. Advance Medical is a leading global virtual healthcare provider offering a portfolio of virtual healthcare and expert medical service solutions. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition for tax purposes and accordingly, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The total acquisition related costs were $5.8 million and included transaction costs for investment bankers and other professional fees. The Company recorded $45.2 million of revenue and $2.7 million of net loss from Advance Medical for the period from May 31, 2018 (date of acquisition) through December 31, 2018.

On July 14, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Best Doctors in which Best Doctors became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate consideration paid was $445.5 million, net of cash acquired of $13.7 million, which was comprised of 1,855,078 shares of Teladoc Health’s common stock valued at $66.2 million on July 14, 2017, and $379.3 million of cash. Best Doctors provides technology innovations and services to help employers, health plans and provider organizations to ensure that their Members combat medical uncertainty with access to the best medical minds. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition for tax purposes and accordingly, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The total costs related to the acquisition were $9.1 million.

The acquisitions described above were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The results of the acquisitions were integrated within the Company’s existing business on the respective aforementioned acquisition dates.

The following table summarizes the fair value estimates of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the May 2018 Advance Medical acquisition at acquisition date. The Company, with the assistance of a third-party valuation expert, estimated the fair value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets with significant estimates such as revenue projections.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

    

Advance Medical

Purchase price, net of cash acquired

$

351,694

Less:

Accounts receivable

8,553

Property and equipment, net

1,326

Other assets

3,675

Client relationships

100,760

Non-compete agreements

1,540

Internal-use software

770

Trademarks

16,190

Favorable leases

203

Accounts payable

(361)

Deferred taxes

(22,714)

Other liabilities

(8,368)

Goodwill

$

250,120

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-19

Table of Contents

The amount allocated to goodwill reflects the benefits Teladoc Health expects to realize from the growth of the respective acquisitions’ operations.

The Company’s unaudited pro forma revenue and net loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 below have been prepared as if Advance Medical had been purchased on January 1, 2018.

Unaudited Pro Forma

Year Ended 

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

    

2019

    

2018

 

Revenue

$

553,307

$

447,573

Net loss

$

(98,864)

$

(94,314)

The unaudited pro forma financial information above is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s consolidated results actually would have been if the acquisitions had been completed at the beginning of the respective periods. In addition, the unaudited pro forma information above does not attempt to project the Company’s future results.

Note 5. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

As of December 31,

As of December 31,

 

    

2022

    

2021

 

Raw materials and purchased parts

$

30,126

$

28,540

Work in process

433

597

Finished goods

31,977

49,146

Inventory reserve

 

(6,194)

 

(5,204)

Total inventories

$

56,342

$

73,079

Note 6. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

As of December 31,

As of December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

Prepaid expenses

$

63,159

$

38,255

Deferred device and contract costs, current

 

29,956

22,304

Other receivables

25,091

21,168

Other current assets

12,104

5,660

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

$

130,310

$

87,387

F-22

Table of Contents

Note 7. Goodwill

Goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):

Teladoc Health Integrated Care

BetterHelp

Total

    

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$

0

$

0

$

14,581,255

Additions associated with acquisitions

0

0

64,269

Purchase consideration adjustments net of deferred tax impacts

0

0

(55,801)

Deferred tax adjustments

0

0

(66,505)

Currency translation adjustment

0

0

 

(19,044)

Balance as of December 31, 2021

0

0

14,504,174

Impairment

0

0

(12,270,000)

Currency translation adjustment

0

0

(28,172)

Reassignment to reporting units at October 1, 2022

1,132,812

1,073,190

2,206,002

Impairment

(1,132,812)

0

(1,132,812)

Currency translation adjustment

0

0

 

0

Balance as of December 31, 2022

$

0

$

1,073,190

$

1,073,190

The Company experienced triggering events in 2022 due to sustained decreases in the Company’s share price, prompting impairment assessments of goodwill and long-lived assets including definite-lived intangibles as of March 31, 2022 and again as of June 30, 2022.

Both impairment assessments in 2022 reflected a 75%/25% allocation between the income and market approaches. The Company believes the 75% weighting to the income approach continues to be appropriate as it more directly reflects the Company’s future growth and profitability expectations. The table below indicates changes in the most significant inputs to the Company’s impairment analysis on each testing date related to those triggering events and the annual impairment test.

Testing Dates

Reporting Unit

Discount Rate

Peer Group Revenue Multiples
(Current Year/Subsequent Year)

Excess of Reporting Unit Fair Value over Carrying Value

March 31, 2022

Consolidated

12.0%

3.5x/3.0x

None

June 30, 2022

Consolidated

16.0%

2.0x/1.8x

None

October 1, 2022

Consolidated,

Pre-reassignment

12.5%

1.65x/1.5x

None, Pre-reassignment

October 1, 2022

Teladoc Health

Integrated Care

12.0%

1.2x/1.0x

No remaining goodwill

October 1, 2022

BetterHelp

13.5%

1.6x/1.3x

Significant amount

In March 2022, the Company updated the projected long-range cash flows used in the impairment assessment, including revenues, margin, and capital expenditures to reflect current conditions. Other changes in valuation assumptions included increases in interest rates and market volatility, resulting in a higher discount rate, and selection of lower revenue multiples based upon an assessment of a relevant peer group. As a result of this review, the Company did not identify an impairment to its definite-lived intangible assets or other long-lived assets, but the Company recorded a $6.6 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge (or $40.88 per basic and diluted share) in the quarter ended March 31, 2022. The non-cash charge had no impact on the provision for income taxes.

As of June 30, 2022, the Company updated valuation assumptions. The discount rate was increased for a company risk premium to reflect the current perception of risks of achieving projected cash flows and, to a lesser extent, to reflect further increases in interest rates and market volatility. Additionally, revenue market multiples were lowered based upon an updated analysis of a consistent peer group. The assessment did not result in an impairment of definite-lived intangible assets or other long-lived assets but resulted in an additional $3.0 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge (or $18.77 per basic and diluted share). The non-cash charge had no impact on the provision for income taxes.

F-23

Table of Contents

On October 1, 2022, the Company reorganized its reporting structure to include two reportable segments, Integrated Care and BetterHelp, which also represent reporting units for purposes of assessing goodwill. The Company performed its annual impairment test consistent with the rules set forth under ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” performing an initial test on its then-existing reporting unit. The impairment test utilized the Company’s latest estimates of projected cash flows, including revenues, margin, and capital expenditures, as well as current market assumptions for the discount rate and revenue multiples, to reflect current market conditions and risk assessments. Based on the result of the impairment test, the Company recognized an additional $2.6 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge, driven significantly by a decline in projected cash flows. Following this impairment, the Company reassigned the remaining $2.2 billion to its new reporting units using a relative fair value allocation approach. The Company performed tests of the asset groups identified for the purposes of testing the recoverability of each reporting unit’s definite-lived intangibles and other long-lived assets, which was passed by a significant margin. Lastly, a post allocation goodwill impairment test on each of the reporting units was performed, the result of which was the recognition of an additional $1.1 billion of impairment on the goodwill assigned to the Company’s Teladoc Health Integrated Care reporting unit. The $3.8 billion (or $23.37 per basic and diluted share) non-cash charges had no impact on the provision for income taxes.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, a $13.4 billion non-deductible goodwill impairment charge (or $83.01 per basic and diluted share) was recognized. There were no impairment charges recorded for goodwill or definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 or 2020.

Note 6.8. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, consistconsisted of the following (in thousands):

As of December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

 

Computer equipment

$

15,219

 

$

13,237

Furniture and equipment

3,458

3,041

Leasehold improvement

7,022

6,034

Construction in progress

 

359

 

119

Total

 

26,058

 

22,431

Accumulated depreciation

 

(15,762)

 

(12,283)

Property and equipment, net

$

10,296

$

10,148

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

As of December 31,

 

    

2022

    

2021

 

Computer equipment

$

29,322

 

$

28,330

Furniture and equipment

14,861

7,104

Leasehold improvement

13,298

12,983

Rental Equipment

12,679

11,018

Construction in progress

 

7,193

1,929

Total

 

77,353

 

61,364

Accumulated depreciation

 

(47,712)

 

(34,130)

Property and equipment, net

$

29,641

$

27,234

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 was $3.4$11.4 million, $4.1$8.9 million, and $3.8$4.8 million, respectively.

F-20F-24

Table of Contents

Note 7.9. Intangible Assets, Net and Certain Cloud Computing Costs

Intangible assets, consistnet consisted of the following (in thousands):

Weighted

Weighted

Average

Average

    

Useful

    

    

Accumulated

    

Net Carrying

    

Remaining

 

    

    

Remaining

 

Life

Gross Value

Amortization

Value

 

Useful Life

Useful

    

    

Accumulated

    

Net Carrying

Useful Life

December 31, 2019

Life

Gross Value

Amortization

Value

 

(Years)

December 31, 2022

Client relationships

 

2 to 20 years  

 

$

237,182

$

(60,647)

$

176,535

13.1

 

2 to 20 years  

 

$

1,458,384

$

(291,993)

$

1,166,391

13.5

Non-compete agreements

 

1.5 to 5 years

 

 

4,958

 

(4,260)

 

698

1.4

Trademarks

3 to 15 years  

42,606

(7,143)

35,463

12.9

2 to 15 years  

325,171

(98,303)

226,868

7.0

Patents

3 years  

200

(200)

0

0

Internal-use software and other

 

3 to 5 years

 

 

34,850

(22,093)

12,757

2.3

Software

 

3 to 5 years  

 

 

294,629

(78,373)

216,256

2.7

Technology

4 to 7 years

343,067

(115,817)

227,250

4.7

Intangible assets, net

$

319,796

$

(94,343)

$

225,453

12.4

$

2,421,251

$

(584,486)

$

1,836,765

10.4

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2021

Client relationships

 

2 to 20 years  

 

$

233,007

$

(35,453)

$

197,554

13.7

 

2 to 20 years  

 

$

1,465,926

$

(199,866)

$

1,266,060

14.5

Non-compete agreements

 

1.5 to 5 years

 

 

4,992

 

(3,741)

 

1,251

2.4

Trademarks

3 to 15 years  

41,815

(4,137)

37,678

13.9

3 to 15 years  

326,392

(45,555)

280,837

9.5

Patents

3 years  

200

(139)

61

0.9

Internal-use software

 

3 to 5 years

 

 

25,644

(14,794)

10,850

2.0

Software

 

3 to 5 years  

 

 

126,188

(40,767)

85,421

2.7

Technology

5 to 7 years

343,262

(65,302)

277,960

5.6

Intangible assets, net

$

305,658

$

(58,264)

$

247,394

13.2

$

2,261,768

$

(351,490)

$

1,910,278

12.0

Amounts may not add due

Refer to rounding.Note 7. “Goodwill,” for the results of impairment testing of the Company’s intangible assets including goodwill.

Amortization expense for intangible assets net of foreign currency remeasurement for intangible assets was $35.6$244.6 million, $31.5$195.3 million, and $15.3$64.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021, and 2017,2020, respectively. Included in the total amortization expense was amortization for capitalized software development cost of $46.1 million, $15.0 million, and $7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

In the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized impairments of the full value associated with certain international product programs totaling $9.9 million. This value was reported in Depreciation and amortization on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Other Comprehensive Loss.

Periodic amortization that will be charged to expense over the remaining life of the intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 is2022 was as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,

    

    

2020

$

34,728

 

2021

 

30,627

2022

 

25,479

2023

 

20,982

$

287,347

 

2024 and thereafter

 

113,637

2024

 

254,686

2025

 

233,656

2026

 

173,698

2027 and thereafter

 

887,378

$

225,453

$

1,836,765

Amounts may not add due

In January 2022, the Company embarked upon a two-year migration strategy that integrates and moves selected consumer brands under Teladoc Health, which will serve as the primary business-to-business-to-consumer brand that meets all consumer healthcare needs. The evolution of brand names resulted in the weighted average life of the trademarks decreasing from 9.5 years to rounding.7.5 years as of January 1, 2022, and an acceleration of amortization expense being expensed over 2022 and 2023. This change resulted in additional amortization expense of $23.2 million (or $0.14 per basic and diluted share) for the year ended December 31, 2022.

F-21F-25

Table of Contents

Refer to Note 8. Goodwill7. “Goodwill” for the results of impairment testing of the Company’s intangible assets, including goodwill.

Goodwill consistsNet cloud computing costs are recorded in other assets within the balance sheets. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, those costs were $25.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The associated expense for cloud computing costs, which are recorded in general and administration expense, was $1.9 million and $0.1 million for the following (in thousands):

    

As of December 31,

As of December 31,

 

    

2019

2018

 

Beginning balance

$

737,197

$

498,520

Additions associated with acquisitions

10,604

250,120

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

(1,722)

 

(11,443)

Goodwill

$

746,079

$

737,197

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Note 9.10. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consistconsisted of the following (in thousands):

As of December 31,

As of December 31,

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2022

    

2021

 

Professional fees

$

1,535

$

1,264

$

10,152

$

7,124

Consulting fees/provider fees

 

10,618

6,569

 

16,407

19,010

Client performance guarantees

3,298

2,910

4,145

3,034

Legal fees

1,077

1,073

Interest payable

838

883

1,480

1,480

Income tax payable

2,859

2,610

3,817

3,098

Insurance

1,263

167

5,981

3,884

Marketing

2,810

644

35,055

2,958

Operating lease liabilities - current

5,088

0

Deferred revenue

 

12,466

7,650

Operating lease liabilities – current

13,592

12,687

Franchise and sales taxes

10,183

9,965

Device replacement cost

349

6,263

Accrued rebates

14,542

4,619

Staff augmentation

3,391

1,858

Other

 

7,996

3,031

 

49,599

26,953

Total

$

49,848

$

26,801

$

168,693

$

102,933

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Note 10. Revolving Credit Facility

On July 14, 2017, the Company is party to a $10.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Revolving Credit Facility is available for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The Company has maintained the Revolving Credit Facility and, there was 0 amount outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 other than the $2.2 million of letters of credit issued for facility security deposits at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Note 11. Convertible Senior Notes

Outstanding Convertible Senior Notes Due 2025

On May 8, 2018,As of December 31, 2022, the Company had three series of convertible senior notes outstanding. The issuances of such notes originally consisted of (i) $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 1.25% convertible senior notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”), issued at par value,on May 19, 2020 for net proceeds to the Company of $975.9 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $24.1 million, (ii) $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% convertible senior notes due 2025. The 2025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears(the “2025 Notes”), issued on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2025 Notes will mature on May 15, 2025. The8, 2018 for net proceeds to the Company from the offering wereof $279.1 million after deducting offering costs of approximately $8.4 million.

Themillion, and (iii) $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 0.875% convertible senior notes due 2025 that were issued by Livongo on June 4, 2020 for which the Company had agreed to guarantee Livongo’s obligations (the “Livongo Notes” and together with the 2027 Notes, the 2025 Notes and the 2022 Notes (as defined below), the “Notes”). On June 27, 2017, the Company issued, at par value, $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”), which were redeemed during the quarter ended March 31, 2021 as described below. On January 1, 2023, the Company agreed to assume all of Livongo’s rights and obligations under the Livongo Notes and the applicable indenture, and Livongo was released from such obligations.

F-26

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain terms of the Notes that were outstanding as of December 31, 2022:

2027 Notes

    

2025 Notes

    

Livongo Notes

    

Principal Amount Outstanding as of December 31, 2022 (in millions)

$

1,000.0

$

0.7

$

550.0

Interest Rate Per Year

1.25

%  

1.375

%  

0.875

%

Fair Value as of December 31, 2022 (in millions) (1)

$

768.2

$

0.3

$

480.6

Fair Value as of December 31, 2021 (in millions) (1)

$

940.0

$

1.3

$

605.0

Maturity Date

June 1, 2027

May 15, 2025

June 1, 2025

Optional Redemption Date

June 5, 2024

May 22, 2022

June 5, 2023

Conversion Date

December 1, 2026

November 15, 2024

March 1, 2025

Conversion Rate Per $1,000 Principal Amount as of December 31, 2022

4.1258

18.6621

13.94

Remaining Contractual Life as of December 31, 2022

4.4 years

2.4 years

2.4 years

(1)The Notes are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 4. “Fair Value Measurements.”

All of the Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank senior in right of payment to the Company’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2025such Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s liabilities that are not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of the Company’s

F-22

Table of Contents

secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries.

Holders may convert all or any portion of their 2025 Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at their option, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding November 15, 2024the applicable conversion date only under the following circumstances:

during any calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the shares of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price for the applicable Notes on each applicable trading day;
during the 5-business5 business day period after any 10 consecutive trading day period (or 5 consecutive trading day period in the case of the Livongo Notes) in which the trading price was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate for the applicable Notes on each such trading day;
upon the occurrence of specified corporate events described under the 2025 Notes Indenture;applicable indenture; or
if the Company calls the 2025applicable Notes for redemption, at any time until the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the redemption date.

On or after November 15, 2024,the applicable conversion date, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2025such Notes, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

The conversion rate for2027 Notes and the 2025 Notes was initially, and remains, 18.6621are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount ofat the 2025 Notes, which is equivalent to an initialapplicable conversion price of approximately $53.58 per share ofrate shown in the Company’s common stock.table above. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election. If the Company elects to satisfy the conversion obligation solely in cash or through payment and delivery, as the case may be, of a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, the amount of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock due upon conversion will be based on a daily conversion value calculated on a proportionate basis for each trading day in a 25 consecutive trading day observation period.

F-27

Table of Contents

The Livongo Notes are convertible at the applicable conversion rate shown in the table above into “units of reference property,” each of which is comprised of 0.592 of a share of the Company’s common stock and $4.24 in cash, without interest. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, units of reference property, or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election. If the Company elects to satisfy the conversion obligation solely in cash or through payment and delivery, as the case may be, of a combination of cash and units of reference property, the amount of cash and units of reference property, if any, due upon conversion will be based on a daily conversion value calculated on a proportionate basis for each trading day in a 2540 consecutive trading day observation period.

TheFor each Note series, the Company may redeem for cash all or any portionpart of the 2025 Notes, at its option, on or after May 22, 2022the applicable optional redemption date shown in the table above (and prior to the 41st scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date in the case of the Livongo Notes) if the last reported sale price of its common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of the redemption. The redemption price will be the principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, calling any 2027 Note or 2025 Note for redemption on or after May 22, 2022the applicable optional redemption date will constitute a make-whole fundamental change with respect to that 2025 Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note, if it is converted in connection with the redemption, will be increased in certain circumstances as described in the 2025 Notes Indenture.

In accounting forapplicable indenture. If the issuanceCompany undergoes a fundamental change (as defined in the applicable indenture) at any time prior to the maturity date of the 2025Livongo Notes, holders will have the right, at their option, to require the Company separated the 2025to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their Livongo Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value ofat a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the 2025 Notes as a whole. The excessfundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount, referredLivongo Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

Following the adoption of ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2022 as the debt discount, is amortized to interest expense from the issuance date to November 15, 2024 (the first date on whichdescribed in Note 2. “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” the Company may be required to repurchaseaccounts for each Note series at amortized cost within the 2025 Notes atliability section of its consolidated balance sheets. The Company has reserved an aggregate of 8.7 million shares of common stock for the optionNotes.

The net carrying values of the holder). The equity component is not re-measured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The equity component related to the 2025 Notes was $91.4 million, net of issuance costs which was recorded in additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

In accounting for the transaction costs related to the issuance of the 2025 Notes, the Company allocated the total

F-23

Table of Contents

costs incurred to the liability and equity components of the 2025 Notes based on their relative values. Transaction costs attributable to the liability component are being amortized to interest expense over the seven-year term of the 2025 Notes, and transaction costs attributable to the equity component are netted with the equity component in stockholders’ equity.

The 2025 Notes consistconsisted of the following (in thousands):

As of December 31,

As of December 31,

Liability component

    

2019

    

2018

Principal

$

287,500

$

287,500

Less: Debt discount, net (1)

(81,207)

(92,913)

Net carrying amount

$

206,293

$

194,587

As of December 31,

As of December 31,

2027 Notes

    

2022

    

2021

Principal

$

1,000,000

$

1,000,000

Less: Debt discount, net (1)

(15,430)

(250,846)

Net carrying amount

984,570

749,154

2025 Notes

Principal

725

730

Less: Debt discount, net (1)

(7)

(166)

Net carrying amount

718

564

Livongo Notes

Principal

550,000

550,000

Less: Debt discount, net (1)

0

(74,047)

Net carrying amount

550,000

475,953

Total net carrying amount

$

1,535,288

$

1,225,671

(1)Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheetssheet within convertible senior notes and amortized to interest expense over the expected life of the 2025 Notes using the effective interest rate method. See Note 2. “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

The fair value of the 2025 Notes was approximately $499.9 million as of December 31, 2019. The Company estimates the fair value of its 2025 Notes utilizing market quotations for debt that have quoted prices in

F-28

Table of Contents

active markets. Since the 2025 Notes do not trade on a daily basis in an active market, the fair value estimates are based on market observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities, which are classified as Level 2 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. See Note 4, “Fair Value Measurements,” for definitions of hierarchy levels. As of December 31, 2019, the remaining contractual life of the 2025 Notes is approximately 5.4 years.maturities.

The following table sets forth total interest expense recognized related to the 2025 Notes (in thousands):

Year Ended 

December 31,

    

    

2019

2018

Contractual interest expense

 

$

3,953

$

2,578

Amortization of debt discount

 

11,706

 

6,831

Total

 

$

15,659

$

9,409

Effective interest rate of the liability component

 

7.9

%

 

7.9

%  

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Year Ended December 31,

2027 Notes

2022

2021

2020

Contractual interest expense

$

12,500

$

12,500

$

7,743

Amortization of debt discount

 

3,342

 

37,070

 

21,756

Total

$

15,842

$

49,570

$

29,499

Effective interest rate

1.6

%  

 

3.4

%  

 

3.4

%  

Year Ended December 31,

2025 Notes

2022

2021

2020

Contractual interest expense

$

10

$

1,082

$

3,900

Amortization of debt discount

 

3

 

4,558

 

12,532

Total

$

13

$

5,640

$

16,432

Effective interest rate

1.8

%  

4.7

%  

7.9

%  

Year Ended December 31,

Livongo Notes

2022

2021

2020

Contractual interest expense

$

4,813

$

4,813

$

829

Amortization of debt discount

 

0

 

19,310

 

3,226

Total

$

4,813

$

24,123

$

4,055

Effective interest rate

0.9

%  

5.2

%  

 

5.2

%  

Exchanges and Conversions of Convertible Senior Notes Due 20222025

On June 27, 2017,

In 2021, the Company issued, at par value, $275entered into privately negotiated agreements with certain holders of the 2025 Notes to exchange approximately $211.5 million aggregate principal amount of 3% convertible senior notes due 2022. The 20222025 Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 3% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 2022 Notes will mature on December 15, 2022. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $263.7 million after deducting offering costsfor an aggregate of approximately $11.3 million.

The 2022 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank senior in right of payment to the Company’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 2022 Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s liabilities that are not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries.

Holders may convert all or any portion of their 2022 Notes in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at their option, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding June 15, 2022 only under the following circumstances:

during any calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the shares of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a

F-24

Table of Contents

period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day;
during the 5-business day period after any 10 consecutive trading day period in which the trading price was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day;
upon the occurrence of specified corporate events described under the 2022 Notes Indenture; or
if the Company calls the 2022 Notes for redemption, at any time until the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the redemption date.

On or after June 15, 2022, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2022 Notes, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

The conversion rate for the 2022 Notes was initially, and remains, 22.72474.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amountin private placement transactions pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the 2022 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion priceSecurities Act of approximately $44.00 per share1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In addition, certain holders of the Company’s common stock. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash,2025 Notes converted their 2025 Notes in exchange for approximately 1.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock orduring the year ended December 31, 2021. As a combination thereof, atresult of the Company’s election. Ifexchanges and conversions, the Company elects to satisfyrecorded a charge associated with the conversion obligation solelyloss on extinguishment of debt net of transaction fees of $40.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Redemption and Conversions of Convertible Senior Notes Due 2022

In March 2021, the Company completed a redemption of all of the then outstanding 2022 Notes in exchange for approximately $0.1 million in cash or through payment(including accrued and delivery, asunpaid interest). Prior to that redemption, certain holders of the case may be, of a combination of cash and2022 Notes converted their 2022 Notes in exchange for 1.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock during the amount of cash and sharesyear ended December 31, 2021. As a result of the Company’s common stock, if any, due upon conversion will be basedredemption and conversions, the Company recorded a charge associated with the loss on a daily conversion value calculated on a proportionate basis for each trading day in a 25 trading day observation period.extinguishment of debt of $3.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Note 12. Advances from Financing Companies

The Company may redeem for cash all or anyutilizes a third-party financing company to provide certain Clients with a rental option. The principal portion of the 2022 Notes, at its option, on or after December 22, 2020 if the lastthese up-front payments are reported sale price of its common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price thenas advances from financing companies in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of the redemption. The redemption price will be the principal amount of the 2022 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, calling any 2022 Note for redemption on or after December 22, 2020 will constitute a make-whole fundamental change with respect to that 2022 Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note, if it is converted in connection with the redemption, will be increased in certain circumstances as described in the 2022 Notes Indenture.

In accounting for the issuance of the 2022 Notes, the Company separated the 2022 Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the 2022 Notes as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount, referred to as the debt discount, is amortized to interest expense from the issuance date to June 15, 2022 (the first date on which the Company may be required to repurchase the 2022 Notes at the option of the holder). The equity component is not re-measured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. The equity component related to the 2022 Notes was $62.4 million, net of issuance costs which was recorded in additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

In accounting for the transaction costs related Interest rates applicable to the issuanceoutstanding advances as of theDecember 31, 2022 Notes, the Company allocated the total costs incurredranged from 3.35% to the liability and equity components of the 2022 Notes based on their relative values. Transaction costs attributable to the liability component are being amortized to interest expense over the five and a half year term of the 2022 Notes, and transaction costs attributable to the equity component are netted with the equity components in stockholders’ equity.8.50%.

F-25F-29

Table of Contents

TheClient lease payments to third-party financing companies will reduce the advances from financing companies as of December 31, 2022 Notes consist of the followingby year as follows (in thousands):

As of December 31,

As of December 31,

Liability component

    

2019

    

2018

Principal

$

274,995

$

275,000

Less: Debt discount, net (2)

(40,878)

(54,904)

Net carrying amount

$

234,117

$

220,096

(2)Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets within convertible senior notes and amortized to interest expense over the expected life of the 2022 Notes using the effective interest rate method.

���

    

As of December 31,

    

2022

2023

$

11,375

2024

6,106

2025

1,976

Total

$

19,457

The fair value of the 2022 Notes was approximately $553.8 million as of December 31, 2019. The Company estimates the fair value of its 2022 Notes utilizing market quotations for debt that have quoted prices in active markets. Since the 2022 Notes do not trade on a daily basis in an active market, the fair value estimates are based on market observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities, which are classified as Level 2 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. See Note 4, “Fair Value Measurements,” for definitions of hierarchy levels. As of December 31, 2019, the remaining contractual life of the 2022 Notes is approximately 3.0 years.

The following table sets forth total interest expense recognized related to the 2022 Notes (in thousands):

Year Ended 

December 31,

    

2019

  

2018

2017

    

Contractual interest expense

 

$

8,250

$

8,250

$

4,227

Amortization of debt discount

 

14,026

 

12,726

 

6,052

Total

 

$

22,276

$

20,976

$

10,279

Effective interest rate of the liability component

 

10.0

%  

 

10.0

%  

10.0

%  

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Note 12.13. Leases and Contractual Obligations

Operating Leases

The Company has operating leases for facilities, hosting co-location facilities, and certain equipment under non-cancelable leases in the United StatesU.S. and various international locations. The leases have remaining lease terms of 1less than one to 1110 years, with options to extend the lease term from 1one to 6five years. At the inception of an arrangement, the Company determines whether the arrangement is, or contains, a lease based on the arrangement conveingterms covering the right otto use property, plant, or equipment for a startedstated period of time. For new and amended leases beginning in 20192020 and after, the Company will separately allocateallocates the lease (e.g., fixed lease payments for right-to-use land, building, etc.) and non-lease components (e.g., common area maintenance) for its leases. The components of operating lease expense reflected in the consolidated statements of operations were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended 

    

December 31, 2019

Year Ended December 31,

Lease cost

    

2022

2021

Operating lease cost

$

8,020

$

18,473

$

14,087

Variable lease cost

954

Short-term lease cost

162

1,087

Total lease cost

$

8,974

$

18,635

$

15,174

 In determining the present value of the lease payments, the Company has elected to utilize its incremental borrowing rate based on the original lease term and not the remaining lease term. Supplemental information related to operating leases was as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    

2022

2021

Cash payment for operating cash flows used for operating leases

    

$

16,854

    

$

14,531

Operating lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets

$

3,748

$

11,598

 

 

Other Information

Weighted-average remaining lease term

5.55

5.71

Weighted-average discount rate

6.08%

5.88%

F-26F-30

Table of Contents

operating leases was as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    

December 31, 2019

Cash payment for operating cash flows used for operating leases

$

7,911

Operating lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets

$

6,228

 

Other Information

Weighted-average remaining lease term

6.03 yrs

Weighted-average discount rate

6.50%

The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases in the United StatesU.S. and various international locations. As of December 31, 2019, theThe future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases arewere as follows (in thousands):

    

Operating

 

Leases

 

2020

 

$

7,030

2021

5,890

2022

5,751

2023

5,477

2024

4,382

2025 and thereafter

8,019

Sub-total

36,549

Less: imputed interest

6,467

Minimum lease payments

 

$

30,082

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

    

As of December 31,

Operating Leases:

2022

2023

$

15,746

2024

 

11,078

2025

8,519

2026

7,607

2027

5,340

2028 and thereafter

12,887

Total future minimum payments

61,177

Less: imputed interest

(9,543)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

$

51,634

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

$

13,592

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

$

38,042

The future minimumCompany rents certain information systems to selected qualified customers under arrangements that qualify as either sales-type lease payments primarily relateor operating lease arrangements. Leases have terms that generally range from two to facilities space. The facility lease agreements generally provide for rental payments on a graduated basis and for options to renew, which could increase future minimum lease payments if exercised. As of December 31, 2019, the Company entered into a lease, commencing in 2020 future lease payments of $8.0 million, excluding purchase options, that are not yet recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.five years.

LetterThe Company recorded certain restructuring costs related to lease impairments and the related charges due to the abandonment and/or exit of Creditexcess leased office space. However, the lease liabilities related to these spaces remain an outstanding obligation of the Company as of December 31, 2022.

The Company has $2.2 million letter of credits outstanding relating to its leased office space at December 31, 2019.

Note 14. Restructuring

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company began actions to restructure the Company's operations to reduce operating costs. The Company accounts for restructuring costs in accordance with ASC Subtopic 420-10, "Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations." The restructuring costs were recorded to the "Restructuring costs" line item within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Loss as they were recognized.

The Company recorded $7.4 million of restructuring costs during the year ended December 31, 2022. The portion of these amounts to be settled by cash disbursements was accounted for as a restructuring liability under the line item "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In connection with the restructuring, the Company expects to incur approximately $17 million in pre-tax charges in 2023, consisting of approximately $9 million substantially related to employee transition, severance payments, employee benefits, and related costs expected to be realized in the first quarter of 2023, and approximately $8 million of exit costs associated with office space reductions expected to occur by the second quarter of 2023. Of the aggregate amount of pre-tax charges that the Company estimates it will incur in 2023, approximately $10 million are expected to result in future cash expenditures related to workforce reductions.

The table below summarizes the accrual and charges incurred with respect to the Company's restructuring that are included in the line items "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2022 (in thousands):

Restructuring Plan

 

    

Severance

Lease Termination

Total

Accrued Balance, January 1, 2022

$

0

$

0

$

0

Initial costs

1,359

3,815

5,174

 

Cash payments

(563)

(568)

(1,131)

Accrued Balance, December 31, 2022

$

796

$

3,247

$

4,043

F-31

Table of Contents

Note 13.15. Common Stock and Stockholders’ Equity

Capitalization

Effective May 31, 2018, the authorized number of shares of the Company’s common stock was increased from 100,000,000 to 150,000,000 shares.

On July 26, 2018, Teladoc Health closed on its July Offering in which the Company issued and sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock, at an issuance price of $66.28 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $330.9 million after deducting offering expenses of $0.5 million.

Warrants

The Company has 0 warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

F-27

Table of Contents

Stock Plan and Stock OptionsPlans

The Company’s 2015 Incentive Award Plan, (the “Plan”2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan and Livongo Acquisition Incentive Award Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) providesprovide for the issuance of incentive and nonstatutorynon-statutory options and other equity-based awards to its employees and non-employees. Optionsnon-employee service providers. The Company had 13,606,908 shares available for grant at December 31, 2022.

In connection with the closing of the Livongo merger, the Company assumed the Livongo Health, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, the Livongo Health, Inc. Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, and the Livongo Health, Inc. Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the “Assumed Plans”). At the effective time of the Livongo merger on October 30, 2020, each outstanding Livongo equity award issued under the Plan are exercisable for periods notAssumed Plans was converted into a corresponding award with respect to exceed ten years, and vest and contain such other terms and conditions as specified in the applicable award document. Options to buyCompany’s common stock, are issued underwith the Plan,number of shares underlying such award adjusted based on the “Equity Award Adjustment Ratio” (as defined below) and remained outstanding in accordance with exercise prices equalthe terms that were applicable to such award prior to the Livongo merger. The exercise price of each outstanding Livongo stock option was also adjusted based on the Equity Award Adjustment Ratio. The “Equity Award Adjustment Ratio” means the quotient determined by dividing (i) the volume weighted average closing price of sharesLivongo common stock on the four trading days ending on October 29, 2020, by (ii) the volume weighted average closing price of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of award. The Company had 4,782,863 shares available for grant at December 31, 2019.

four

Activity under the Plan is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts and years):

    

    

Weighted-

    

 

Weighted-

Average

 

Number of

Average

Remaining

Aggregate

 

Shares

Exercise

Contractual

Intrinsic

 

Outstanding

Price

Life in Years

Value

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

6,947,797

$

23.15

 

7.86

$

186,770

Stock option grants

164,524

$

64.52

 

0

$

0

Stock options exercised

(1,632,130)

$

20.40

 

0

$

(74,068)

Stock options forfeited

(271,192)

$

39.73

 

0

$

0

Stock options expired

(2,018)

$

0.80

 

0

$

0

Balance at December 31, 2019

5,206,981

$

24.47

 

7.03

$

308,538

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2019

5,206,981

$

24.47

 

7.03

$

308,538

Exercisable at December 31, 2019

3,300,173

$

19.60

 

6.65

$

211,594

The total grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $4.7 million, $27.0 million and $73.8 million, respectively. trading days beginning on October 29, 2020.

All stock-based awards to employees are measured based on the grant-date fair value, ofor replacement grant date fair value in relation to the awardsLivongo transaction, and are generally recognized on a straight-line basis in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally requiring a four-year vesting period for each award)stock option and a three-year vesting period for each RSU).

Stock Options

Options issued under the Plans are exercisable for periods not to exceed 10 years, and vest and contain such other terms and conditions as specified in the applicable award document. Options to buy common stock are issued under the Plans, with exercise prices equal to the closing price of shares of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of award.

Stock option activity under the Plans was as follows (in thousands, except share, per share amounts, and years):

    

    

Weighted-

    

 

Weighted-

Average

 

Number of

Average

Remaining

Aggregate

 

Shares

Exercise

Contractual

Intrinsic

 

Outstanding

Price

Life in Years

Value

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

3,426,978

$

22.88

 

5.32

$

242,569

Stock option grants

1,530,665

$

33.72

 

N/A

Stock options exercised

(591,213)

$

9.95

 

N/A

$

(24,005)

Stock options forfeited

(122,496)

$

51.01

 

N/A

Balance at December 31, 2022

4,243,934

$

27.79

 

6.10

$

19,541

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2022

4,243,934

$

27.79

 

6.10

$

19,541

Exercisable at December 31, 2022

2,733,507

$

22.61

 

4.28

$

19,541

The total grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $26.8 million, $7.4 million, and $1,298.0 million, respectively.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

F-32

Table of Contents

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model are determined as follows:

Volatility. Since the Company does not have a trading history prior to July 2015 for its common stock, theThe expected volatility was derived from a blend of the Company’s history and the historical stock volatilities of several unrelated public companies within its industry that it considers to be comparable to its business combined with the Company’s stock volatility over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. The Company increases the weighted average applied to the Company’s trading history each year as more history becomes available.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with terms similar to the expected term on the options.

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. When establishing the expected term assumption, the Company utilizes historical data.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with terms similar to the expected term on the options.

Dividend Yield. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and therefore, it used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions and fair value per share:

Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

    

2020

 

Volatility

56.7% - 68.7%

56.1% - 58.1%

46.1% - 56.6%

Expected term (in years)

4.1

4.1

4.1

Risk-free interest rate

1.13% - 4.36%

0.31% - 1.02%

0.22%-1.64%

Dividend yield

0

0

0

Weighted-average fair value of underlying stock options

$

17.48

$

67.37

$

48.74

The Company determined that a Monte Carlo valuation model is most suitable for valuation of options for the replaced and replacement awards from the Livongo merger, for the following reasons:

Forfeiture rate.Options are deeply in-the-money, as such don’t qualify as “plain-vanilla” options.

With the merger, the exercise pattern of the replaced and replacement options might be different from a regular “plain-vanilla” option that assumes the exercise of the option at the end of the option expiration time. A lattice approach can be used to directly model the effect of different expected periods before exercise on the fair-value-based measure of the option, whereas it is assumed under the Black-Scholes-Merton model that exercise occurs at the end of the option’s expected term.

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded compensation expense related to stock options granted of $20.3 million, $93.0 million, and $134.9 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company had $23.7 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.6 years.

Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of RSUs is determined on the date of grant. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur.records compensation expense in the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for RSUs. The vesting period for employees and members of the Board of Directors ranges from one to three years.

F-28F-33

Table of Contents

RSU activity under the Plans was as follows:

Weighted-Average

Grant Date

    

RSUs

    

Fair Value Per RSU

Balance at December 31, 2021

2,133,501

$

168.43

Granted

 

6,724,893

$

47.91

Vested and issued

(1,309,504)

$

122.56

Forfeited

(1,067,221)

$

102.71

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

6,481,669

$

63.63

Vested and unissued at December 31, 2022

23,889

$

92.12

Non-vested at December 31, 2022

6,457,780

$

63.52

The total grant-date fair value of each option grantRSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions$322.2 million, $144.2 million and fair value per share:$801.0 million, respectively.

Year Ended December 31,

    

    

2019

2018

    

2017

 

Volatility

 

46.8% – 47.6%

43.4% – 46.1%

44.8% – 47.7%

Expected life (in years)

 

5.2

6.0

6.0

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.35% - 2.55%

2.45% - 3.03%

1.81% - 2.30%

Dividend yield

 

0

0

0

Weighted-average fair value of underlying stock options

$

28.37

$

20.26

$

12.14

For the yearyears ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to stock options grantedRSUs of $20.4$179.4 million, $182.4 million, and $24.6 million and $17.6$314.1 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019,2022, the Company had $26.4 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to non vested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.9 years.

Restricted Stock Units

In May 2017, the Company commenced issuing Restricted Stock Units (“RSU’s”), pursuant to the Plan to certain employees and Board Members under the 2017 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan.

The fair value of the RSU’s is determined on the date of grant. The Company records compensation expense in the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for RSU’s and on an accelerated tranche by tranche basis for performance based awards. The vesting period for employees and members of the Board of Directors ranges from one to four years.

Activity under the RSU’s is as follows:

Weighted-Average

Grant Date

    

Shares

    

Fair Value Per Share

Balance at December 31, 2018

1,332,824

$

40.61

Granted

 

878,004

$

64.66

Vested and issued

(517,572)

$

39.55

Forfeited

(209,698)

$

54.14

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

1,483,558

$

54.13

Vested and unissued at December 31, 2019

13,755

$

50.90

Non-vested at December 31, 2019

1,469,803

$

53.98

The total grant-date fair value of RSU’s granted for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $56.7 million, $49.3 million and $24.8 million, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to the RSU’s of $30.5 million, $16.7 million and $12.4 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $56.8$309.9 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSU’s,RSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.92.0 years.

Performance Stock Units

The Company began issuing grants Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) to employees under the 2015 Plan in 2018. Stock-based compensation costs associated with our PSUthe Company’s PSUs are initially determined using the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date the awards are approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors

F-29

Table of Contents

(servicegranted (service inception date). The vesting of these PSUPSUs is subject to certain performance conditions and a service requirement ranging from 1-3one to three years. Until the performance conditions are met, stockStock-based compensation costs associated with these PSUPSUs are re-measuredreassessed each reporting period based upon the fair market value of the Company's common stock and the estimated performance attainment on the reporting date.date until the performance conditions are met. The ultimate number of PSUs that are issued to an employee is the result of the actual performance of the Company at the end of the performance period compared to the performance conditionstargets and cangenerally range from 50%0% to 200% of the initial grant. Stock compensation expense for PSUs is recognized on an accelerated tranche by tranche basis for performance-based awards.  Forfeitures are accounted for at the time the occur consistent with Company policy.

ActivityPSU activity under the PSU isPlans was as follows:

Weighted-Average

Grant Date

    

Shares

    

Fair Value Per Share

Balance at December 31, 2018

76,624

$

38.55

Granted

 

486,441

$

64.94

Vested and issued

(31,338)

$

38.55

Forfeited

(19,245)

$

67.55

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

512,482

$

62.51

Vested and unissued at December 31, 2019

0

$

0

Non-vested at December 31, 2019

512,482

$

62.51

Weighted-Average

Grant Date

    

Shares

    

Fair Value Per PSU

Balance at December 31, 2021

356,249

$

140.01

Granted

 

511,107

$

70.32

Vested and issued

(199,066)

$

109.37

Forfeited

(38,618)

$

85.78

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

629,672

$

99.07

Vested and unissued at December 31, 2022

0

$

0.00

Non-vested at December 31, 2022

629,672

$

99.07

The total grant-date fair value of PSUPSUs granted forduring the years ended December 31, 20192022, 2021 and 2018 were $31.62020 was $35.9 million, $70.4 million, and $3.5$25.0 million, respectively.

For the yearyears ended December 31, 20192022, 2021 and 2018,2020, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to the PSUPSUs of $14.6$15.1 million, $22.0 million, and $1.5$24.0 million, respectively. The Company had 0 stock-based compensation expense related to the PSU for the year ended December 31, 2017.

F-34

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019,2022, the Company had $15.2$6.3 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested PSU,PSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.01.2 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In July 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP in connection with its initial public offering. AThrough December 31, 2022, a total of 645,2581,019,726 shares of common stock werehave been reserved for issuance under this plan as of December 31, 2018.2022. The Company’s ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll deductions during defined offering periods. Under the ESPP, the Company may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of its common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances. The price at which the stock is purchased is equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or on the date of purchase.

During 20192022 and 2018,2021, the Company issued 64,497271,159 shares and 85,218122,059 shares, respectively, under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2019, 461,6502022, 299,472 shares remained available for issuance.

For the yearyears ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to the ESPP of $1.2$3.0 million, $1.0$5.2 million, and $0.6$2.8 million, respectively, based on offerings made under the plan to-date.respectively.

As of December 31, 2019,2022, the Company had $0.6$2.2 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to the ESPP, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 0.4 years.

F-30

Table of Contents

Total compensation costs charged as an expense for stock-based awards including stock options, RSU’s and ESPP, recognized in the components of operating expenses arewere as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended

December 31,

    

    

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

Administrative and marketing

$

4,956

$

2,091

$

4,584

Sales

 

10,286

7,638

3,503

Technology and development

 

7,573

6,000

2,919

General and administrative

 

43,887

28,040

19,591

Total stock-based compensation expense

$

66,702

$

43,769

$

30,597

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Year Ended December 31,

    

    

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

    

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization, which is shown separately)

$

6,468

$

8,280

$

2,700

Advertising and marketing

14,083

18,952

26,995

Sales

 

43,183

71,475

65,730

Technology and development

 

64,577

95,561

60,556

General and administrative

 

89,541

108,318

319,550

Total stock-based compensation expense (1)

$

217,852

$

302,586

$

475,531

(1)Excluding the amount capitalized related to internal software development projects.

(

Note 14.16. Provision for Income Taxes

The Company follows the provisions of the accounting guidance on accounting for income taxes which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax asset to a level which, more likely than not, will be realized.

For financial reporting purposes, income (loss)loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017 include2020 included the following components (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Domestic

$

(95,476)

  

$

(91,142)

  

$

(107,703)

International

 

(13,979)

  

 

(5,824)

  

 

696

Total

$

(109,455)

  

$

(96,966)

  

$

(107,007)

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Year Ended December 31, 

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Domestic

$

(13,303,130)

  

$

(365,762)

  

$

(566,266)

International

 

(360,213)

  

 

(18,894)

  

 

(9,727)

Total

$

(13,663,343)

  

$

(384,656)

  

$

(575,993)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following components:

Year Ended December 31,

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Current federal

$

239

  

$

0

  

$

9

Current state

300

6

0

Current foreign

(262)

  

2,011

  

357

Total current

277

  

2,017

  

366

Deferred federal

(5,043)

  

(499)

  

(273)

Deferred state

(1,783)

  

416

  

122

Deferred foreign

(4,042)

  

(1,816)

  

(440)

Total deferred

(10,868)

  

(1,899)

  

(591)

Total (Benefit) / Provision

$

(10,591)

  

$

118

  

$

(225)

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

F-31F-35

Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes was comprised of the following components (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Current federal

$

0

  

$

0

  

$

(1,954)

Current state

3,007

567

27

Current foreign

1,021

  

2,595

  

1,605

Total current

4,028

  

3,162

  

(322)

Deferred federal

770

  

49,008

  

(60,008)

Deferred state

(5,643)

  

(6,276)

  

(26,775)

Deferred foreign

(2,967)

  

(1,757)

  

(3,752)

Total deferred

(7,840)

  

40,975

  

(90,535)

Provision for income taxes

$

(3,812)

  

$

44,137

  

$

(90,857)

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes. The sources and tax effects of the differences are as follows:

Year Ended

 

December 31,

 

    

2019

2018

2017

 

Tax at federal statutory rate

21.0

%

21.0

%

35.0

%

State and local tax

4.6

%

4.8

%

2.5

%

Mandatory repatriation net of dividends received deduction

0

%

0

%

(3.2)

%

Acquisition expenses

(0.4)

%

(1.3)

%

0

%

Non-deductible stock compensation

11.5

%

16.5

%

6.6

%

Executive compensation

(3.8)

%

0

%

0

%

Non-deductible expenses

(0.2)

%

(0.3)

%

(0.2)

%

Foreign rate differential

2.2

%

0

%

0

%

Foreign tax credit

0

%

0

%

1.2

%

Change in deferred taxes due to tax legislation

0

%

0

%

(34.5)

%

Change in valuation allowance due to tax legislation

0

%

0

%

35.3

%

Change in valuation allowance

(25.3)

%

(41.5)

%

(43.1)

%

Other

0.1

%

0.7

%

0.6

%

Effective tax rate

9.7

%

(0.1)

%

0.2

%

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

As of

 

December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

 

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards

$

158,520

$

136,384

Accrued expenses and compensation

2,168

782

Uncertain tax positions, including interest

352

312

Stock-based compensation

 

14,914

 

9,175

Foreign tax credits and alternative minimum tax credits

5,871

7,135

Interest expense carryforward

1,295

1,274

Operating lease assets (1)

7,492

0

Other

127

73

Deferred tax assets

190,739

155,135

Valuation allowance

 

(121,186)

 

(93,572)

Net deferred tax assets

69,553

61,563

Deferred tax liabilities:

Debt related

(27,545)

(31,986)

Operating lease liabilities (1)

(6,889)

0

Depreciation of property and equipment

(1,344)

(2,342)

Intangible assets

 

(55,453)

 

(59,679)

Deferred tax liabilities

(91,231)

(94,007)

Net deferred tax liabilities

$

(21,678)

$

(32,444)

(1)As discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2019, we adopted an updated lease accounting standard that resulted in the recognition of operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. We adopted this standard using a transition method that does not require application to periods prior to adoption.
(2)Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2022

2021

2020

 

Tax at federal statutory rate

21.0

%

21.0

%

21.0

%

Goodwill impairment

(24.7)

0.0

0.0

State and local tax

4.2

7.7

2.3

Acquisition expenses

0.0

2.0

(2.2)

Stock compensation

(0.3)

6.7

(1.1)

Non-deductible expenses

0.0

(0.5)

(0.1)

Foreign rate differential

0.0

0.2

0.3

Change in valuation allowance

(0.1)

(46.9)

(5.4)

Other

(0.1)

(1.7)

1.0

Effective tax rate

0.0

%

(11.5)

%

15.8

%

F-32F-36

Table of Contents

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

As of December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

    

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards

$

658,409

$

687,679

Accrued expenses and compensation

4,933

5,413

Stock-based compensation

 

52,854

 

63,641

Foreign tax credits and alternative minimum tax credits

3,448

4,814

Research and development credits

0

1,320

Depreciation of property and equipment

19

56

Interest expense carryforward

2,677

11,528

Operating lease assets

11,012

13,575

Deferred revenue

7,422

7,946

Capitalized R&D

21,987

0

Other

8,590

7,032

Deferred tax assets

771,351

803,004

Valuation allowance

 

(415,751)

 

(335,810)

Net deferred tax assets

355,600

467,194

Deferred tax liabilities:

Debt related

0

(73,378)

Operating lease liabilities

(8,701)

(11,842)

Depreciation of property and equipment

(551)

(3,427)

Intangible assets

(396,408)

(452,049)

Other (1)

 

(879)

 

(2,275)

Deferred tax liabilities

(406,539)

(542,971)

Net deferred tax liabilities

$

(50,939)

$

(75,777)

(1)The Company has updated the presentation of the deferred tax liability item of “Debt related” to combine with “Other,” as it is now an immaterial amount in 2022.

As of December 31, 2019,2022, the Company hashad approximately $2,640.9 million of federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, $1,536.3 million of state NOL carryforwards, and $64.9 million of foreign NOL carryforwards. The federal NOL carryforwards created starting in the year ended December 31, 2018 of $2,223.7 million will carry forward indefinitely, while the remaining federal NOL carryforwards of $417.2 million will begin to expire in 2034. A portion of the state and foreign NOL carryforwards will expire in 2023 and continue to expire in future years. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had approximately $3.4 million of foreign tax credits, a portion of which will expire in 2023 and the remaining will expire in future years. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had no federal and state research and development credits.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company had a valuation allowance of approximately $121.2$415.8 million against mosta portion of the domestic netU.S. and certain foreign deferred tax assets, for which realization cannot be considered more likely than not at this time. The net deferred tax liabilityvaluation allowance increased by $79.9 million from December 31, 2021, of which, approximately $61.8 million is the result of indefinite lived assets related to amortizationconvertible debt following the adoption of U.S. tax deductible goodwill along with foreign operation timing differences.ASU 2020-06, which was recorded against additional paid-in capital. The increase in the valuation allowance of $27.6remaining incremental $18.1 million isrelates to current taxes, primarily due tofrom the current year loss in the U.S. Management assesses the need for the valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and past financial performance. The Company remains in a significant cumulative loss position as of December 31, 2019 and, as a result, management believes a full valuation allowance against most domestic net deferred tax assets, except for the domestic deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite lived intangible assets, is warranted as of December 31, 2019. The primary driver for the income tax benefit as of December 31, 2019 as compared to the income tax expense at December 31, 2018 is the partial release of the valuation allowance due to the reasessment of the realizability of deferred tax assets. This relates to the intercompany transfer of a U.S. subsidiary from a foreign owned subsidiary to the U.S. parent, which was recorded in the quarter ending September 30,2019. The valuation allowance against the remaining deferred tax assets may require adjustment in the future based on changes in the mix of temporary differences, changes in tax laws, and operating performance. If and when the Company determines the valuation allowance should be released (i.e., reduced), the adjustment would result in a tax benefit reported in that period’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, the effect of which would be an increase in reported net income. The amount of any such tax benefit associated with release of our valuation allowance in a particular reporting period may be material.operational loss.

H.R. 1, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act included significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including amendments which significantly change the taxation of business entities. ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment. The Company recognized the impact of the reduction in the U.S. statutory rate from 35% to 21% at December 31, 2017 as well as the impact of the mandatory repatriation, which was fully offset with a change in net operating loss and valuation allowance. Given the significance of the legislation, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), which clarifies accounting for income taxes under ASC 740 if information is not yet available or complete and provided for up to a one-year period in which to complete the required analyses and accounting. The Company finalized the impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act during the filing of the domestic tax return in the fourth quarter of 2018 and it did not have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.

In accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Company reduced the current U.S. statutory tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent on January 1, 2018. The Company also limited its interest deduction in accordance with the changes to IRC Section 163(j), which expands the limitation on the deductibility of interest expense, resulting in the creation of an interest expense carryforward of $5.2 million, at the effective date, which can be carried forward indefinitely and is offset with a valuation allowance. The Company assessed the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income, and although not material, the Company is accounting for it as a current period cost. The Company is not subject to the Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has approximately $609.7 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards, $326.7 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, and $39.3 million of foreign net operating loss carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforwards created in the year ended December 31, 2018 of $205.8 million carry forward infinitely, while the remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards of $404.0 million begin to expire in 2020. The state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2019, and the foreign net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has approximately $5.9 million of foreign tax credits, which begin to expire in 2020.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and foreign tax credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 due to ownership change limitations that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future in accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or Section 382, as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an ownership change as defined

F-33F-37

Table of Contents

by Section 382 results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain shareholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period.

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when we believe that certain positions might be challenged despite our belief that our tax return positions are fully supportable. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. Afollowing table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the gross unrecognized tax benefits is as followsfor the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

Balance on January 1, 2019

    

$

2,907

Additions based on Prior Year Tax Positions

 

5

Balance on December 31, 2019

$

2,912

Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

2020

Balance at beginning of the period

    

$

110,848

    

$

21,362

    

$

2,912

Unrecognized tax benefits assumed in a business combination

 

0

 

59,110

 

15,850

Additions based on prior year tax positions

 

12,151

 

43,399

 

0

Additions based on current year tax positions

 

20,799

 

1,490

 

4,990

Statute of limitations expirations

 

0

 

0

 

(2,390)

Release

 

0

 

(14,513)

 

0

Balance at end of the period

$

143,798

$

110,848

$

21,362

The Company anticipates that $2.4 millionamount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease inas of December 31, 2022 that, if recognized, would reduce tax expense was approximately $143.8 million. The Company does not anticipate any of its unrecognized tax benefits to be settled within the next 12 months.

The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions in the United StatesU.S. and other countries, where applicable. There are currently no pending tax examinations. The Company thus is still open under the U.S. federal statute from 20142018 to the present, and as early as 2006 to the present for foreign jurisdictions. Earlieralthough earlier years may be examined to the extent that loss carryforwards are used in futureopen audit periods. The Company is currently under audit in a single foreign tax jurisdiction. There are no tax matters under discussion with taxing authorities that are expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognizedCompany further believes that it has made adequate provision for all income tax benefits as a component of interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.uncertainties.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements provide for any related tax liability on amounts that may be repatriated, aside from undistributed earnings of $12.8$6.1 million for certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in operations outside the U.S. as of December 31, 2019.2022. The amount of any unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings would be immaterial.

Note 15. Sale of Assets

On June 29, 2018, the Company completed the sale of certain assets, primarily client contracts for services provided in the workers compensation field for total consideration of $5.5 million. The Company recorded a gain on this sale of $5.5 million which is included in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Note 16.17. Net Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock of the Company outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock of the Company, including outstanding stock options warrants and convertible notes, to the extent dilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential shares of common stock of the Company outstanding would have been anti-dilutive. TheAs of December 31, 2022, the Company has 5.2had 4.2 million outstanding stock options, 2.06.5 million outstanding restricted stock unitsRSUs, 0.6 million outstanding PSUs, and 0.10.3 million issuable shares of common stock associated with the ESPP.

F-34

Table of Contents

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the Company’s common stock (in thousands, except shares and per share data):

Year Ended 

 

December 31,

Year Ended December 31,

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

    

Net loss

$

(98,864)

$

(97,084)

$

(106,782)

$

(13,659,531)

$

(428,793)

$

(485,136)

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

 

71,845

 

65,845

 

55,427

 

161,457,123

 

156,939,349

 

90,509,229

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

$

(1.38)

$

(1.47)

$

(1.93)

$

(84.60)

$

(2.73)

$

(5.36)

Note 17. Quarterly Statement of Operations

The following table sets forth our quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

(in thousands, except net loss per share data)

    

1Q18

    

2Q18

    

3Q18

    

4Q18

    

1Q19

    

2Q19

    

3Q19

    

4Q19

 

Revenue

$

89,644

$

94,560

$

110,962

$

122,741

$

128,573

$

130,276

$

137,969

$

156,489

Expenses:

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

26,856

27,684

34,167

40,028

44,677

41,634

42,799

55,355

Operating expenses:

Advertising and marketing

20,325

19,561

21,668

23,555

26,404

26,616

31,321

25,356

Sales

13,783

14,559

16,303

14,509

16,212

15,832

16,120

16,751

Technology and development

12,904

14,348

13,577

13,544

15,987

16,665

15,746

16,246

Legal and regulatory

1,045

639

807

1,490

1,586

2,019

1,634

1,523

Acquisition and integration related costs

1,569

5,800

1,588

1,434

1,012

1,136

1,995

2,477

Gain on sale

0

(4,070)

(1,430)

0

0

0

0

0

General and administrative

24,001

26,140

30,314

36,461

35,982

38,549

38,681

44,482

Depreciation and amortization

8,253

8,046

9,746

9,557

9,600

9,848

9,617

9,887

Total expenses

108,736

112,707

126,740

140,578

151,460

152,299

157,913

172,077

Loss from operations

(19,092)

(18,147)

(15,778)

(17,837)

(22,887)

(22,023)

(19,944)

(15,588)

Interest expense, net

4,873

6,910

7,666

6,663

6,521

7,211

7,700

7,581

Net loss before taxes

(23,965)

(25,057)

(23,444)

(24,500)

(29,408)

(29,234)

(27,644)

(23,169)

Income tax provision (benefit)

(103)

22

(180)

379

742

90

(7,298)

(4,125)

Net loss

(23,862)

(25,079)

(23,264)

(24,879)

(30,150)

(29,324)

(20,346)

(19,044)

GAAP Net Loss per Share

$

(0.39)

$

(0.40)

$

(0.34)

$

(0.35)

$

(0.43)

$

(0.41)

$

(0.28)

$

(0.26)

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Used in Computing GAAP Net Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted

 

61,798

 

62,976

 

68,248

 

70,240

 

70,919

 

71,721

 

72,151

 

72,565

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Note: The Company acquired Advance Medical on May 31, 2018 and MedecinDirect on April 30, 2019. The results of the acquisitions were integrated within the Company’s existing business on the respective acquisition dates.

Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Note 18. 401(k) Plan

The Company has established a 401(k) plan that qualifies as a deferred compensation arrangement under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.Code Section 401. All U.S. employees over the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan. The

F-38

Table of Contents

Company contributes 100% of eligible employee’s elective deferral up to 4% of $0.3 million of eligible earnings. The Company made matching contributions to participants’ accounts totaling $3.2$12.1 million, $2.7$11.3 million, and $1.7$4.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

F-35

Table of Contents

Note 19. Legal Matters

From time to time, Teladoc Health is involved in various litigation matters arising out ofin the normal course of business, including the matters described below. The Company consults with legal counsel on those issues related to litigation and seekseeks input from other experts and advisors with respect to such matters. Estimating the probable losses or a range of probable losses resulting from litigation, government actions and other legal proceedings is inherently difficult and requires an extensive degree of judgment, particularly where the matters involve indeterminate claims for monetary damages, may involve discretionary amounts, present novel legal theories, are in the early stages of the proceedings, or are subject to appeal. Whether any losses, damages, or remedies ultimately resulting from such matters could reasonably have a material effect on ourthe Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows will depend on a number of variables, including, for example, the timing and amount of such losses or damages (if any) and the structure and type of any such remedies. As of the date of these financial statements, Teladoc Health’s management does not presently expect any litigation matter to have a material adverse impact on ourits business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

On December 12, 2018, a purported securities class action complaint (Reiner v. Teladoc Health, Inc., et.al.) was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and certain of the Company’s officers and a former officer. The complaint is brought on behalf of a purported class consisting of all persons or entities who purchased or otherwise acquired shares of the Company’s common stock during the period March 3, 2016 through December 5, 2018. The complaint asserts violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 based on allegedly false or misleading statements and omissions with respect to, among other things, the alleged misconduct of one of the Company’s previous Executive Officers. The complaint seeks certification as a class action and unspecified compensatory damages plus interest and attorneys’ fees. The Company believes that the claims against the Company and its officers are without merit, and the Company and its named officers intend to defend the Company vigorously, including filing a motion to dismiss the complaint.

In addition, on June 21, 2019, a stockholder derivative lawsuit (Kreutter v. Gorevic, et al.) was filed in the SDNY against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company. The derivative lawsuit alleges that the named directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties to the Company in connection with factual assertions substantially similar to those in the purported securities class action complaint described above. The Company believes that the claims set forth in this stockholder derivative lawsuit are without merit.

On May 14, 2018, a purported class action complaint (Thomas v. Best Doctors, Inc.) was filed in the United StatesU.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts against the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Best Doctors, Inc. The complaint alleges that on or about May 16, 2017, Best Doctors violated the U.S. Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA)(the “TCPA”) by sending unsolicited facsimiles to plaintiff and certain other recipients without the recipients’ prior express invitation or permission. The lawsuit seeks statutory damages for each violation, subject to trebling under the TCPA, and injunctive relief. On May 27, 2022, the Court entered an order preliminarily approving the terms of a tentative settlement reached by the parties and conditionally certified the settlement class. On October 27, 2022, the Court entered an order granting final approval of the settlement.

On August 27, 2021, a purported securities class action complaint (City of Hialeah Employees’ Retirement System v. Teladoc Health, Inc., et.al.) was filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. The complaint was brought on behalf of a purported class consisting of all persons who acquired shares of Teladoc Health common stock issued in the Livongo merger. The complaint asserted violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act based on allegedly false or misleading statements and omissions with respect to the registration statement and prospectus filed in connection with the Livongo merger. The complaint sought certification as a class action, unspecified compensatory damages plus interest and attorneys’ fees, rescission or a rescissory measure of damages and equitable or other relief. On January 18, 2022, the case was voluntarily dismissed without prejudice in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois and on January 26, 2022, was refiled in the Supreme Court of the State of New York. The refiled case includes substantially the same allegations. The Company will vigorouslybelieves that these claims are without merit, and the Company and its named current and former officers and directors intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously, including through the filing of a motion to dismiss the complaint on April 8, 2022.

On June 6, 2022, a purported securities class action complaint (Schneider v. Teladoc Health, Inc., et. al.) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and certain of the Company’s officers. The complaint was brought on behalf of a purported class consisting of all persons or entities who purchased or otherwise acquired shares of the Company’s common stock during the period October 28, 2021 through April 27, 2022. The complaint asserted violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder based on allegedly false or misleading statements and omissions with respect to, among other things, the Company’s business, operations, and prospects. The complaint seeks certification as a class action and unspecified compensatory damages plus interest and attorneys’ fees. On August 2, 2022, a duplicative purported securities class action complaint (De Schutter v. Teladoc Health, Inc., et.al.) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The claims and parties in De Schutter were substantially similar to those in Schneider. The De Schutter case was transferred on consent to the Southern District court, and the Schneider and De Schutter actions have now been consolidated under the caption In re Teladoc Health, Inc. Securities Litigation. On August 23, 2022, the

F-39

Table of Contents

court appointed Leadersel Innotech ESG as lead plaintiff pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint on September 30, 2022, on behalf of a purported class consisting of all persons or entities who purchased or otherwise acquired shares of the Company’s common stock during the period February 24, 2021 to July 27, 2022, and filed a second amended complaint on December 6, 2022, on behalf of a purported class consisting of all persons or entities who purchased or otherwise acquired shares of the Company’s common stock during the period February 11, 2021 to July 27, 2022. The Company believes that these claims are without merit, and the Company and its named officers intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously, including through the filing of a motion to dismiss the complaint on January 20, 2023.

On August 9, 2022, a verified shareholder derivative complaint (Vaughn v. Teladoc Health, Inc., et.al.) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company as a nominal defendant and certain of the Company’s officers and directors. The complaint asserts violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and waste of corporate assets in connection with factual assertions similar to those in the purported securities class action complaints described above. The complaint seeks damages to the Company allegedly sustained as a result of the acts and omissions of the named officers and directors and seeks an order directing the Company to reform and improve the Company’s corporate governance. On September 6, 2022, a duplicative verified stockholder derivative complaint (Hendry v. Teladoc Health, Inc., et. al) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The claims and parties in Hendry were substantially similar to those in Vaughn. The Vaughn and Hendry actions have now been consolidated under the caption In re Teladoc Stockholder Derivative Litigation, and a consolidated complaint was filed on November 29, 2022. The consolidated complaint also asserts violations of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The parties subsequently stipulated to transfer the action to the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, and on December 22, 2022 the parties agreed, and the Court ordered, to stay all proceedings until final resolution, including exhaustion of appeals, of the motion to dismiss filed in the purported securities class action complaint described above.

On July 30, 2020, the Company received a Civil Investigative Demand from the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) as part of its non-public investigation to determine whether the Company, through its BetterHelp business, engaged in unfair business practices in violation of the Federal Trade Commission Act (the “FTC Investigation”). The Company subsequently entered into settlement negotiations with the FTC in an effort to resolve all claims and allegations arising out of or relating to the FTC Investigation. During 2022, the Company determined that a loss stemming from the FTC Investigation in the amount of $7.8 million is probable. An accrual of such amount is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive loss. The matter remains unresolved, and there can be no assurance as to the timing or the terms of any potential loss is currently deemed to be immaterial.final outcome.

Note 20. Subsequent EventSegments

Graphic
Graphic

ASCSubtopic280-10,“SegmentReporting,” establishesstandardsforreportinginformation about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the CODM and is responsible for reviewing financial information presented on asegmentbasisforpurposes ofmakingoperatingdecisions andassessingfinancialperformance.

The CODM measures and evaluates segments based on segment operating revenues together with Adjusted EBITDA.The Company excludes the following items from segment Adjusted EBITDA: provision for income taxes; other expense (income), net; interest expense, net; depreciation and amortization; goodwill impairment; loss on extinguishment of debt; stock-based compensation; restructuring costs; and acquisition, integration and transformation charges.Althoughtheseamounts are excludedfromsegmentAdjustedEBITDA,theyareincludedinreported consolidated net loss and are included in the reconciliation that follows.

On January 12, 2020, The Company’scomputationofsegmentAdjustedEBITDAmaynotbecomparableto othersimilarly titled metrics computedby othercompanies becauseallcompanies do notcalculate segment Adjusted EBITDAin the same fashion.

F-40

Table of Contents

Operating revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining its operatingresults. Otherexpensesthat arenotdirectlyattributabletoaparticularsegmentarebaseduponallocation methodologies, including the following: revenue,headcount, time and other relevantusagemeasures, and/or a combination of such.

The Company entered intohas two reportable segments: Teladoc Health Integrated Care and BetterHelp. The Integrated Care segment includes a definitive agreement to acquire InTouch Technologies, Inc., the leading providersuite of global virtual medical services including general medical, expert medical services, specialty medical, chronic condition management, mental health, and enabling technologies and enterprise telehealth solutions for hospitals and health systems. The transaction is expectedBetterHelp segment includes virtual mental health and other wellness services provided on a global basis which are predominantly marketed and sold on a direct-to-consumer basis. Other reflects certain revenues and charges not related to close by the endongoing segment operations.

The CODM does not review any information regarding total assets on a segmentbasis. The Integrated Care segment accounted for more than 85% of the second quarter of 2020. Under the termsCompany's total capital expenditures for each of the agreement,years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020. Segments do not record intersegment revenues, and, accordingly, there is none to be reported. The accounting policies for segment reporting are the purchase pricesame as for the Company as a whole.

The following table presents revenues by segment (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

    

2022

2021

    

2020

Teladoc Health Integrated Care

$

1,373,900

$

1,300,878

$

744,309

BetterHelp

1,019,646

721,238

345,105

Other (1)

13,294

10,591

4,548

Total Consolidated Revenue

$

2,406,840

$

2,032,707

$

1,093,962

The following table presents Adjusted EBITDA by segment (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2022

2021

    

2020

 

Teladoc Health Integrated Care

$

135,153

$

144,021

$

65,836

BetterHelp

114,116

121,702

65,545

Other (1)

(2,756)

2,114

(4,540)

Total Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

$

246,513

$

267,837

$

126,841

(1)Other reflects certain revenues and expenses not related to ongoing segment operations.

F-41

Table of $600.0 million will consistContents

The following table presents a reconciliation of approximately $150.0 million in cashsegment Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated GAAP income before income taxes (in thousands):

Year Ended

 

December 31,

 

    

2022

2021

    

2020

 

Teladoc Health Integrated Care

$

135,153

$

144,021

$

65,836

BetterHelp

114,116

121,702

65,545

Other

(2,756)

2,114

(4,540)

Total consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

246,513

267,837

126,841

Adjustments to reconcile to GAAP net loss:

Goodwill impairment

(13,402,812)

0

0

Loss on extinguishment of debt

0

(43,748)

(9,077)

Other expense (income), net

(859)

5,088

(545)

Interest expense, net

 

(9,270)

(80,365)

(59,950)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(256,027)

(204,239)

(69,495)

Stock-based compensation

(217,852)

(302,586)

(475,531)

Acquisition, integration, and transformation costs

(15,620)

(26,643)

(88,236)

Restructuring costs

(7,416)

0

0

Loss before provision for income taxes

(13,663,343)

(384,656)

(575,993)

Provision for income taxes

 

3,812

(44,137)

90,857

Net loss

$

(13,659,531)

$

(428,793)

$

(485,136)

Geographic data for long-lived assets (representing property, plant and $450.0 million of Teladoc Health’s common stock.equipment) were as follows (in thousands):

As of December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

 

United States

$

25,935

$

25,123

Other

 

3,706

 

2,111

Total long-lived assets

$

29,641

$

27,234

F-36F-42